Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport
for UNIX and Linux



User Guide
r11
J02562-1E
This documentation and related computer software program (hereinafter referred to as the “Documentation”) is for
the end user’s informational purposes only and is subject to change or withdrawal by Computer Associates
International, Inc. (“CA”) at any time.
This documentation may not be copied, transferred, reproduced, disclosed or duplicated, in whole or in part, without
the prior written consent of CA. This documentation is proprietary information of CA and protected by the copyright
laws of the United States and international treaties.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, licensed users may print a reasonable number of copies of this documentation for
their own internal use, provided that all CA copyright notices and legends are affixed to each reproduced copy. Only
authorized employees, consultants, or agents of the user who are bound by the confidentiality provisions of the
license for the software are permitted to have access to such copies.
This right to print copies is limited to the period during which the license for the product remains in full force and
effect. Should the license terminate for any reason, it shall be the user’s responsibility to return to CA the reproduced
copies or to certify to CA that same have been destroyed.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, CA provides this documentation “as is” without warranty of any kind,
including without limitation, any implied warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose or
noninfringement. In no event will CA be liable to the end user or any third party for any loss or damage, direct or
indirect, from the use of this documentation, including without limitation, lost profits, business interruption,
goodwill, or lost data, even if CA is expressly advised of such loss or damage.
The use of any product referenced in this documentation and this documentation is governed by the end user’s
applicable license agreement.
The manufacturer of this documentation is Computer Associates International, Inc.
Provided with “Restricted Rights” as set forth in 48 C.F.R. Section 12.212, 48 C.F.R. Sections 52.227-19(c)(1) and (2) or
DFARS Section 252.227-7013(c)(1)(ii) or applicable successor provisions.
 2005 Computer Associates International, Inc.
All trademarks, trade names, service marks, and logos referenced herein belong to their respective companies.
Contents
Chapter 1: Introduction
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Flexibility ................................................. 1-1
Multiple User Interfaces ................................................................... 1-2
Unified Solution .......................................................................... 1-2
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Applications............................................... 1-2
File Transfer .............................................................................. 1-2
Type 2.1 Support .......................................................................... 1-3
TCP/IP Support .......................................................................... 1-3
Report Distribution ....................................................................... 1-4
RJE/NJE Replacement ..................................................................... 1-4
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Features................................................... 1-5
Modular Support of Most Systems .......................................................... 1-5
Data Link Types .......................................................................... 1-6
Standard Features ......................................................................... 1-6
Standard Functions ....................................................................... 1-6
High Capacity and Performance ............................................................ 1-7
Security .................................................................................. 1-8
Management ............................................................................. 1-8
Types of Transfers ............................................................................ 1-9
Answering Remote Requests ............................................................... 1-9
Invoking Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport ................................................. 1-10
Menu Interface .......................................................................... 1-10
Batch/Command Line Interface ........................................................... 1-10
Programming Interface ................................................................... 1-10
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Connectivity ............................................. 1-11
Network Levels in the SNA Model ............................................................ 1-12
The End User Level ...................................................................... 1-12
The Logical Level ........................................................................ 1-13
The Physical Level ....................................................................... 1-13
Contents
iii
Network Level Diagram................................................................... 1-14
Benefits of LU 6.2 (APPC) ................................................................. 1-14
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport in the TCP/IP Network .................................... 1-16
TCP/IP Protocol Stack .................................................................... 1-16
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Nodes in the TCP/IP Network .......................... 1-18
Successful Send File Transfer Scenario .......................................................... 1-19
Send File Flowchart ....................................................................... 1-20
Conventions ................................................................................. 1-21
Commands .............................................................................. 1-21
Special Function Keys ..................................................................... 1-21
File and Program Names .................................................................. 1-21
Screen Output ............................................................................ 1-21
Chapter 2: Operating Environment
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Globals .................................................... 2-1
PATH and Directory Considerations ........................................................ 2-1
Transfer Protocols ......................................................................... 2-2
Using Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Parameters .......................................... 2-2
Parameter Values .......................................................................... 2-2
Parameter Format ......................................................................... 2-3
Guidelines ................................................................................ 2-4
Using the xcomd Command .................................................................... 2-4
Controlling the Daemon.................................................................... 2-5
Options ................................................................................... 2-5
Starting xcomd ............................................................................ 2-6
Using Global Parameters ....................................................................... 2-6
Parameters ................................................................................ 2-7
Setting Session Control Parameters ............................................................ 2-18
Managing the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Queue ...................................... 2-20
Using the xcomqm Command ............................................................. 2-20
Options .................................................................................. 2-20
Purging the Log File .......................................................................... 2-21
Using the Pre-allocation Exit .................................................................. 2-22
Using xcompre ........................................................................... 2-23
xcompre Options ......................................................................... 2-24
Using Post Processing Scripts .................................................................. 2-25
Shells and Script Changes ................................................................. 2-25
Process Summary......................................................................... 2-26
Troubleshooting .......................................................................... 2-26
iv
User Guide
Modifying Post Processing Parameters .........................................................
Using xcompp ...........................................................................
Modifying the Post Transfer Script ............................................................
Using xcomend ..........................................................................
Modifying Printing Processes .................................................................
Using xcomlp ............................................................................
Customizing the Notification Process ..........................................................
Using xcomntfy ..........................................................................
xcom.trusted ................................................................................
Using xcom.trusted ......................................................................
Sample File ..............................................................................
Reports Containing Machine Code Characters ..................................................
2-26
2-26
2-28
2-28
2-31
2-31
2-32
2-32
2-34
2-34
2-36
2-36
Chapter 3: The Command Line Interface
Using Configuration Files ..................................................................... 3-1
Creating Configuration Files ............................................................... 3-2
Transferring Files ............................................................................. 3-3
Specifying Protocols ....................................................................... 3-3
Queuing Transfers ........................................................................ 3-3
Multiple Transfers ........................................................................ 3-4
Using Semicolons ......................................................................... 3-4
Wildcard Characters ...................................................................... 3-4
Syntax ................................................................................... 3-4
Options .................................................................................. 3-5
Transferring Files Using SNA/APPC Protocols .................................................. 3-7
Using SNA/APPC Protocols ............................................................... 3-7
Transferring Files Using TCP/IP Protocols ...................................................... 3-8
Using IP Addresses and Names ............................................................ 3-8
Specifying the Remote System .............................................................. 3-9
TCP/IP Name Resolution ................................................................. 3-10
Using TCP/IP Protocols with Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport .......................... 3-10
PROTOCOL ............................................................................. 3-11
Setting Communications Parameters........................................................... 3-12
Communications and Data Transfer Parameters............................................. 3-12
List of Parameters ........................................................................ 3-12
Using the Send File Command ................................................................ 3-18
Parameters .............................................................................. 3-19
Using the Retrieve File Command ............................................................. 3-21
Parameters .............................................................................. 3-22
Contents
v
Creating a File on an IBM Mainframe .......................................................... 3-25
Parameters ............................................................................... 3-25
Tape Parameters for an IBM Mainframe .................................................... 3-31
Using the Send Report Command .............................................................. 3-35
Parameters ............................................................................... 3-35
Support for IBM Machine Code Characters.................................................. 3-39
Using the Send Job Command ................................................................. 3-40
Parameters ............................................................................... 3-41
Tracing Problems ............................................................................ 3-41
Return Codes ............................................................................ 3-42
Parameters ............................................................................... 3-43
Setting Up Log Files .......................................................................... 3-43
Parameters ............................................................................... 3-44
Setting File Type Conversion .................................................................. 3-44
Parameters ............................................................................... 3-45
Creating Custom Character Sets for File Conversion ............................................. 3-47
When to Use Character Conversion ........................................................ 3-47
Hexadecimal Numbers in Conversion Tables ................................................ 3-48
Customizing Default Character Sets ........................................................ 3-49
Specifying a Custom Character Set ......................................................... 3-50
Using Store and Forward ..................................................................... 3-51
When to Use ............................................................................. 3-51
Parameters ............................................................................... 3-52
Setting Password and User ID Security ......................................................... 3-52
Parameters ............................................................................... 3-53
Encrypting Parameter Values in Existing Configuration Files ..................................... 3-54
Syntax ................................................................................... 3-54
Options .................................................................................. 3-54
Procedure................................................................................ 3-55
Changing an Encrypted Value ............................................................. 3-55
Queuing Locally Initiated Transfers ............................................................ 3-56
Parameters ............................................................................... 3-57
Notifying of Transfer Completion .............................................................. 3-58
Example 1 ............................................................................... 3-58
Example 2 ............................................................................... 3-59
Parameters ............................................................................... 3-59
Checkpointing and Restarting Transfers ........................................................ 3-62
Parameters ............................................................................... 3-63
vi
User Guide
Chapter 4: The Application Programming Interface
XcomAPI .................................................................................... 4-1
XcomQAPI ................................................................................... 4-1
Upgrading from Previous Releases ............................................................. 4-2
Changes to Access Permissions ............................................................. 4-2
Link Libraries............................................................................. 4-2
Starting States ............................................................................ 4-3
Starting States in startst.h .................................................................. 4-3
API Control Block Structure ................................................................ 4-3
Using API Member Names .................................................................... 4-6
Member Names ........................................................................... 4-6
Using XcomQAPI Option Parameters .......................................................... 4-38
Option Parameters ....................................................................... 4-38
API Examples ............................................................................... 4-40
C Language API File Transfer to Remote System File Example................................ 4-40
Queue Request Using XcomAQPI Routine .................................................. 4-43
XcomQAPI Return Codes..................................................................... 4-46
Chapter 5: Remote System Information
AS/400 ......................................................................................
Naming Conventions ......................................................................
Types of Files Supported...................................................................
Additional Features .......................................................................
Configuration Issues ......................................................................
Case Sensitivity ...........................................................................
z/OS ........................................................................................
Naming Conventions ......................................................................
Examples.................................................................................
Types of Files Supported...................................................................
DCB Information..........................................................................
Additional Features .......................................................................
Novell NetWare ..............................................................................
Naming Conventions ......................................................................
Types of Files Supported...................................................................
Destination Printer Information ............................................................
Restriction................................................................................
OpenVMS ....................................................................................
Naming Conventions ......................................................................
Restrictions ...............................................................................
5-2
5-2
5-2
5-2
5-3
5-3
5-4
5-4
5-5
5-5
5-5
5-6
5-6
5-6
5-6
5-7
5-7
5-7
5-7
5-8
Contents
vii
OS/2 ........................................................................................ 5-10
Naming Conventions ..................................................................... 5-10
Restrictions .............................................................................. 5-11
Stratus ...................................................................................... 5-12
Naming Conventions ..................................................................... 5-12
Types of Files Supported .................................................................. 5-13
Tandem ..................................................................................... 5-14
Naming Conventions ..................................................................... 5-14
Example ................................................................................. 5-14
Types of Files Supported .................................................................. 5-15
File Type Specification .................................................................... 5-15
Remotely Initiated Send Requests .......................................................... 5-16
UNIX/Linux ................................................................................. 5-16
Naming Conventions ..................................................................... 5-16
Types of Files Supported .................................................................. 5-17
VM ......................................................................................... 5-17
Naming Conventions ..................................................................... 5-17
Types of Files Supported .................................................................. 5-18
DCB Information ......................................................................... 5-18
Restriction ............................................................................... 5-18
VSE ......................................................................................... 5-19
VSAM Naming Conventions .............................................................. 5-19
SAM Naming Conventions ................................................................ 5-20
TAPE Naming Conventions ............................................................... 5-22
DTF Information ......................................................................... 5-23
Types of Files Supported .................................................................. 5-24
Restrictions .............................................................................. 5-24
Windows 3.1, 95, and 98 ...................................................................... 5-25
Naming Conventions ..................................................................... 5-25
Restrictions .............................................................................. 5-26
Windows NT (2000, 2003, and XP) ............................................................. 5-27
Naming Conventions ..................................................................... 5-27
Types of Files Supported .................................................................. 5-28
Additional Features ....................................................................... 5-29
Destination Printer Information ............................................................ 5-30
Restrictions .............................................................................. 5-31
viii
User Guide
Chapter 6: Generating SSL Certificates
Using SSL Mode ..............................................................................
Setting Expiration .............................................................................
Creating the CA Certificate ....................................................................
Creating the Server Certificate .................................................................
Creating the Client Certificate ..................................................................
Configuring Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport SSL Server.....................................
Configuring the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Client .....................................
6-1
6-2
6-2
6-3
6-3
6-4
6-5
Appendix A: Parameters
Using Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Parameters .......................................... A-1
Parameter Format ......................................................................... A-2
Syntax ................................................................................... A-2
Guidelines ............................................................................... A-2
List of Parameters............................................................................. A-3
AGE_TIME ............................................................................... A-3
ALLOCATION_TYPE ..................................................................... A-4
ATOE_FILENAME ........................................................................ A-4
BLKSIZE ................................................................................. A-4
CARRIAGE_CONTROL_CHARACTERS.................................................... A-5
CARRIAGE_FLAG ........................................................................ A-5
CHECKPOINT_COUNT ................................................................... A-6
CLASS ................................................................................... A-6
CODE_FLAG ............................................................................. A-6
CODETABL .............................................................................. A-7
COMPRESS .............................................................................. A-7
CONTROL ............................................................................... A-8
CONVERT_CLASSES ..................................................................... A-8
COPIES .................................................................................. A-8
CREATE_DIR ............................................................................ A-9
DATACLAS .............................................................................. A-9
DEBUG_FLAG ........................................................................... A-9
DEN .................................................................................... A-10
DESTINATION .......................................................................... A-10
DESTINATION_TYPE .................................................................... A-10
DISPLAY_PASSWORD_IN_TRACE ....................................................... A-10
DISPOSITION ........................................................................... A-11
DOMAIN ............................................................................... A-11
DSNTYPE ............................................................................... A-11
Contents
ix
EOL_CLASSES ..........................................................................
ETOA_FILENAME ......................................................................
EXPDT .................................................................................
EXPIRATION_TIME .....................................................................
FCB ....................................................................................
FILE_OPTION ..........................................................................
FILE_OPTION_RF .......................................................................
FORM ..................................................................................
HOLDFLAG ............................................................................
INTERNAL_CONVERSION_TABLES .....................................................
LABEL .................................................................................
LABELNUM ............................................................................
LCLNTFYL .............................................................................
LOCAL_FILE ...........................................................................
LOCAL_FILE_RF ........................................................................
LOCAL_FILE_SJ ........................................................................
LOCAL_FILE_SR ........................................................................
LOCAL_NOTIFY ........................................................................
LRECL .................................................................................
MAX_QUEUE_ENTRIES .................................................................
MAX_REMOTE_TCP ....................................................................
MAX_SESSIONS_ENTRIES ..............................................................
MAXRECLEN ...........................................................................
METACODE_CLASSES ..................................................................
MGMTCLAS ............................................................................
NOTIFY_NAME ........................................................................
NOTIFYL ...............................................................................
NOTIFYR ...............................................................................
NOTIFY_TERM .........................................................................
NUMBER_OF_RETRIES .................................................................
NUM_OF_DIR_BLOCKS .................................................................
PASSWORD ............................................................................
PORT ..................................................................................
PRIMARY_ALLOC ......................................................................
PRIORITY ..............................................................................
PROTOCOL ............................................................................
QUEUE.................................................................................
QUEUE_PATH ..........................................................................
RMTNTFYL.............................................................................
RECORD_FORMAT .....................................................................
REMOTE_FILE ..........................................................................
x
User Guide
A-12
A-12
A-12
A-13
A-13
A-13
A-14
A-15
A-15
A-15
A-16
A-16
A-17
A-17
A-18
A-18
A-18
A-19
A-19
A-19
A-20
A-20
A-20
A-20
A-21
A-21
A-21
A-22
A-22
A-22
A-23
A-23
A-23
A-23
A-24
A-24
A-24
A-25
A-25
A-26
A-27
REMOTE_FILE_RF ....................................................................... A-28
REMOTE_SYSTEM....................................................................... A-28
REMOTE_SYSTEM_RF ................................................................... A-29
REMOTE_SYSTEM_SJ .................................................................... A-29
REMOTE_SYSTEM_SR ................................................................... A-29
REMOVE_TRAIL_BLANKS ............................................................... A-30
REPORT_TITLE ......................................................................... A-30
RESTART_SUPPORTED .................................................................. A-31
RETPD .................................................................................. A-31
RETRY_TIME............................................................................ A-31
SAVE_PASSWORD_IN_CNF ............................................................. A-31
SECONDARY_ALLOC ................................................................... A-32
SECURE_SOCKET ....................................................................... A-32
SESSIONS_FILE ......................................................................... A-32
SHELL_CMD ............................................................................ A-33
SOCK_DELAY ........................................................................... A-33
SOCK_RCV_BUF_SIZE ................................................................... A-33
SOCK_SEND_BUF_SIZE ................................................................. A-34
SPOOL_FLAG ........................................................................... A-34
START_DATE ........................................................................... A-34
START_TIME ............................................................................ A-34
STAT_FREQUENCY ..................................................................... A-35
STORCLAS .............................................................................. A-35
SYSTEM_USER_DATA ................................................................... A-35
TAPE ................................................................................... A-35
TCP_CMD .............................................................................. A-36
TEMPDIR ............................................................................... A-36
TP_CMD ................................................................................ A-36
TRACE_PATH........................................................................... A-36
TRANSFER_NAME ...................................................................... A-37
TRANSFER_TYPE ....................................................................... A-37
TRANSFER_USER_DATA ................................................................ A-38
TRUNCATION .......................................................................... A-38
TRUSTED ............................................................................... A-38
TRUSTED_PATH ........................................................................ A-38
TXPI_BUF_SIZE ......................................................................... A-39
TXPI_RECEIVE_TIMEOUT ............................................................... A-39
TXPI_SEND_CHECK_FREQ .............................................................. A-39
TXPI_TERM_TIMEOUT .................................................................. A-39
UMASK ................................................................................. A-40
UNIT ................................................................................... A-40
Contents
xi
UNITCT ................................................................................
UNIT_RF ...............................................................................
USE_TP_SECURITY .....................................................................
USERID ................................................................................
VERSION ...............................................................................
VOLCT .................................................................................
VOLUME ...............................................................................
VOLUME_RF ...........................................................................
VOLSQ .................................................................................
XCOM_CONFIG_SSL ....................................................................
XCOM_PASSWORD .....................................................................
XCOM_SHOW_CIPHER .................................................................
XCOM_TRUSTED_OVR .................................................................
XCOM_USERID .........................................................................
XCOMPRE_LOCAL .....................................................................
XENDCMD .............................................................................
XIDEST .................................................................................
XLOGFILE ..............................................................................
XLPCMD ...............................................................................
XLUNAME .............................................................................
XMODE ................................................................................
XNODESPEC ...........................................................................
XNOTIFYCMD ..........................................................................
XPPCMD ...............................................................................
XPRECMD ..............................................................................
XTRACE ................................................................................
A-40
A-40
A-40
A-41
A-41
A-41
A-41
A-41
A-42
A-42
A-42
A-42
A-43
A-43
A-43
A-43
A-44
A-44
A-44
A-45
A-45
A-45
A-45
A-46
A-46
A-46
Appendix B: Messages
Error Messages................................................................................ B-1
Message ID Content ....................................................................... B-1
List of Messages ............................................................................... B-3
Appendix C: Understanding Logical Units
Physical Network Components ................................................................
Logical Network Components .................................................................
LU Sessions ..............................................................................
Procedure Correlation Identifier ...........................................................
Session Identifier .........................................................................
xii
User Guide
C-1
C-2
C-2
C-2
C-2
Logical Unit Types ............................................................................ C-3
Independent Logical Units ..................................................................... C-4
Systems Supporting ILUs .................................................................. C-4
Software Version Support for ILUs ......................................................... C-4
LU 6.2 Independent Implementations ....................................................... C-5
Direct Sessions with Dependent Logical Unit ................................................ C-5
PU Type ................................................................................. C-5
Appendix D: Using xcomtool
Starting xcomtool ............................................................................. D-2
The Main Window ............................................................................ D-3
Using the Main Window ................................................................... D-4
Menu Bar Selections ....................................................................... D-5
Drag and Drop Processing ..................................................................... D-6
Editing and Submitting Toggle Buttons ..................................................... D-7
Using Process Buttons ..................................................................... D-8
Using Drag and Drop ..................................................................... D-8
Dragging to Control Windows ................................................................. D-9
Specifying a Local File ..................................................................... D-9
Editing Configuration Files .................................................................... D-9
Before Performing Transfers .................................................................. D-11
Using Control Windows ...................................................................... D-11
Menu Bar Selections ...................................................................... D-12
Fields ................................................................................... D-13
RECORD_FORMAT ...................................................................... D-16
Control Window Common Options ........................................................ D-17
Sending a File Using a Control Window........................................................ D-19
Procedure ............................................................................... D-20
Sending a Report Using a Control Window ..................................................... D-21
Procedure ............................................................................... D-22
Sending a Job Using a Control Window ........................................................ D-23
Procedure ............................................................................... D-24
Receiving a File Using a Control Window ...................................................... D-24
Procedure ............................................................................... D-25
Specifying Directories and Commands ......................................................... D-26
Procedure ............................................................................... D-27
Fields ................................................................................... D-28
Pushbuttons ............................................................................. D-28
Contents
xiii
Notifying of Transfer Completion .............................................................
Procedure...............................................................................
Pull-Down Menus .......................................................................
Fields ..................................................................................
Pushbuttons ............................................................................
Using the Conversion Dialog .................................................................
Procedure...............................................................................
Using the Miscellaneous Window .............................................................
Procedure...............................................................................
Pull-down Menu ........................................................................
Fields ..................................................................................
Pushbuttons ............................................................................
Using the Secure Socket Window .............................................................
Accessing the Secure Socket Window ......................................................
Procedure...............................................................................
Pushbuttons ............................................................................
Viewing Transfer Status......................................................................
Procedure...............................................................................
Fields ..................................................................................
Pushbuttons ............................................................................
Viewing Transfer Status After Completion .....................................................
Procedure...............................................................................
Fields ..................................................................................
Pushbutton .............................................................................
Viewing Log Information ....................................................................
Procedure...............................................................................
Pushbuttons ............................................................................
D-29
D-29
D-30
D-30
D-31
D-31
D-31
D-33
D-34
D-35
D-35
D-36
D-36
D-36
D-37
D-37
D-37
D-38
D-38
D-39
D-39
D-40
D-40
D-40
D-41
D-41
D-41
Appendix E: Problem Determination
Where to Find Information ..................................................................... E-1
General Procedures ............................................................................ E-2
Test Procedure ............................................................................ E-2
Problem Determination Worksheet ............................................................. E-4
General Information ....................................................................... E-4
Environment Information .................................................................. E-5
Transfer Type ............................................................................. E-5
Problem Description ....................................................................... E-6
Problem History ........................................................................... E-7
Error Messages ............................................................................ E-7
Network Configuration Diagram............................................................ E-8
xiv
User Guide
Environmental Information Inventory ...................................................... E-8
Documentation ........................................................................... E-9
Contacting Customer Support................................................................. E-12
Product Releases and Maintenance ............................................................ E-12
Index
Contents
xv
Chapter
1
Introduction
Unicenter® CA-XCOM® Data Transport® for UNIX and Linux supports
high-speed transfers of files between all supported systems. Users can send files
from the local system to remote systems across an SNA or TCP/IP network and
actively retrieve files from those systems. The remote system can initiate the
same range of transfer capabilities as the local system. This chapter is a general
introduction to the features and functions of Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport across all of its platforms.
This guide is for users of Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport on UNIX and
Linux platforms, including System Administrators and Applications
Programmers.
To install this product, you need the following:
■
Knowledge of UNIX or Linux administration and communication concepts
■
Superuser (root) privilege
For more information on prerequisites, see the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport Getting Started for the appropriate version of UNIX or Linux.
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Flexibility
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport allows data centers in various locations
worldwide to interact with each other for the following purposes:
■
Sharing data
■
Automating data and report distribution
■
Providing unattended back-up to dissimilar computers
■
Controlling and auditing network activities
■
Maintaining network security
The applications listed above are only a few examples. Under most conditions,
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport will allow file sharing between any two
computers or workstations within your company.
Introduction
1–1
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Applications
Multiple User Interfaces
Any computer using Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport can communicate
with any other machine using Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport. Transfers
can be invoked through the following methods:
■
Menu interface
■
Batch/command line interface
■
Application Programming Interface (API)
Unified Solution
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport is a unified solution. It supports
communications over more hardware environments than any other software
product on the market today. Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport also has a
solid technology base. By using LU 6.2 or TCP/IP communications protocols,
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport uses state-of-the-art technology, protecting
your company’s investment for years to come.
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Applications
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport has considerable flexibility is its ability to
transfer the following:
■
Files
■
Jobs
■
Reports
When these functions are combined, a wide variety of applications are possible.
File Transfer
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport supports high-speed file transfers between
all supported processors. In some environments, you can start thousands of
transfers with a single operation. Parallel sessions are possible in varying degrees
throughout the product line.
You can totally automate Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport transfers. On a
PC, you can be actively engaged in the use of other applications (for example,
word processing) while receiving or transmitting files in the background.
Comprehensive management tools allow for effective central-site control of
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport activity, including advanced problem
determination features.
1–2
User Guide
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Applications
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport will support transfers between any two
processors in an SNA network or a TCP/IP network with one of the following
methods:
■
■
■
By using the z/OS, VM, or VSE mainframes for store-and-forward
Through Independent Logical Unit (ILU) support over the SNA (Systems
Network Architecture) backbone
Through use of the TCP/IP network
Type 2.1 Support
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport supports node Type 2.1 connections to
allow the direct interchange of files between DOS PCs, AS/400s, OS/2
workstations, and others. Support for Independent Logical Units (ILUs) allows
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport to deliver data in Advanced Peer to Peer
Networking (APPN) and Low Entry Networking (LEN) networks. This means
that PCs and minicomputers attached to the same SNA or APPN network can
exchange data even if they are not directly connected.
TCP/IP Support
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport provides support for performing transfers
using TCP/IP between platforms that support TCP/IP and that are running
Advantage CA-XCOM Data Transport 3.0 or 3.1 or Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport r11. TCP/IP support is provided between the following platforms:
■
AS/400
■
Linux S/390
■
Linux x86
■
Netware
■
Open VMS Alpha
■
OS/2
■
Tandem
■
Windows NT family (2000, 2003, and XP)
■
z/OS
■
Most common UNIX platforms
Introduction
1–3
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Applications
You can use the Secure Socket Layer (SSL) to perform secure TCP/IP transfers
between platforms running Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport r11 and above
that support secure (SSL) TCP/IP. A secure (SSL) TCP/IP transfer allows for the
encryption of the transmitted data. It also adds a digital signature to the
encryption of the transmitted data. Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport uses
OpenSSL to implement a secure (SSL) TCP/IP transfer. Secure (SSL) TCP/IP
support is provided between the following platforms:
■
Linux S/390
■
Linux x86
■
Windows NT family (2000, 2003, and XP)
■
z/OS
■
Most common UNIX platforms
Report Distribution
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport allows z/OS, VM, VSE, AS/400 and VAX
users to take print output from any supported system and automatically transfer
it to another system for printing. The application programs producing the
reports do not require any modification to support Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport report distribution, and no operator intervention is required at either
end.
RJE/NJE Replacement
Current Remote Job Entry (RJE) systems contain inherent limitations. Remote
computers can submit work to the host for processing and receive print data, but
the host cannot distribute processing tasks to idle processors residing on the
network. A further concern for data processing managers is the requirement that
users have an understanding of Job Entry Subsystem (JES) commands to operate
the system.
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport avoids these limitations by taking
advantage of the LU 6.2 and TCP/IP protocols, providing a peer-to-peer
relationship between all supported systems. Any Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport system is able to send and receive batch jobs and print data from any
other Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport system without formatting
constraints.
For example, an AS/400 user can do the following:
1–4
User Guide
■
Automatically retrieve files from a number of attached PCs.
■
Process the data.
■
Generate a report.
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Features
■
Send one copy of the report back to the source PC for printing.
■
Send another to the z/OS mainframe for printing on a high-speed printer.
You can easily implement Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport without any
changes to your existing applications programs. Data is transferred with greater
integrity and higher efficiency.
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Features
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport provides peer-to-peer communications
using LU 6.2 or TCP/IP over a wider range of systems than any other product.
All of the major features are supported across the product line.
Modular Support of Most Systems
By supporting the LU 6.2 and TCP/IP protocols, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport can transfer data between a diversity of platforms. Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport is now available on the following systems:
■
DG/UX AViiON
■
Digital Unix
■
HP 9000
■
IBM AS/400
■
IBM z/OS
■
IBM RS/6000
■
IBM VM
■
IBM VSE
■
Linux Intel
■
Linux S/390
■
NCR 3000 (AT&T)
■
NetWare
■
OpenVMS Alpha
■
OS/2
■
PC or MS-DOS
■
SCO UNIX
■
Sequent
Introduction
1–5
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Features
■
SINIX for Transit
■
Stratus
■
Sun OS
■
Sun Solaris
■
Tandem
■
VAX VMS
■
Windows NT family (2000, 2003, and XP)
Data Link Types
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport supports the following data link types:
■
SDLC
■
Local Area Network (such as Token Ring and Ethernet)
■
All SNA data links, including channel-based links
■
TCP/IP
Standard Features
The following features are standard to Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport:
■
■
■
■
Simple installation—You can install Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
without hardware changes to your system.
Initiation by either computer (any-to-any)—Either computer can send and
retrieve data files.
Low maintenance—There are no hooks or patches into the operating system.
Choice of interfaces—You can choose from batch/command line,
programming (on supported platforms), and menu interfaces.
Standard Functions
The following functions are offered over most of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport platforms:
■
■
1–6
User Guide
Compression—Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport compresses repeating
characters prior to transmission. In certain cases, throughput is significantly
higher than the actual line speed.
ASCII/EBCDIC translation—Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport can
translate data between ASCII and EBCDIC formats as needed. Translations
occur on the ASCII-based platform.
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Features
■
■
■
Checkpoint/Restart—All components of Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport running Version 2 or higher support checkpoint/restart. Transfers
that are stopped or fail prior to completion automatically resume, continuing
from the last checkpoint.
Store-and-forward—Users communicating through a common z/OS, VM, or
VSE hub can perform data transfers even if the remote (target) machine is
not communicating or turned on at the time of the initial transfer. Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport ensures that the data is sent as soon as the device
is available.
Remote spooling—Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport allows VM, z/OS,
VSE, AS/400 and VAX users the following reporting options:
− Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport on all platforms can receive
reports.
− Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport on all platforms can send a file to a
remote Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport partner, requesting that it
be treated as a report.
− Some Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport platforms can also take
reports off the system spool and forward them to another Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport platform without operator action. This
automatic report transfer facility is called Process SYSOUT on z/OS and
VSE, and it is called XQUE on AS/400 and VAX. VM does not allow
automatic processing of spooled files. However, spooled files on VM can
be manually received and redirected.
High Capacity and Performance
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport is optimized for high-speed bulk data
transfer. For instance, the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for z/OS
products can allow up to 1,000 simultaneous, active file transfers from a single
machine, depending upon your hardware and software configuration.
Comparatively, CICS-based products limit the user to a maximum of 34
concurrent transfers, and many other VTAM file transfer products are faced with
similar limitations.
Introduction
1–7
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Features
Security
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport interfaces with the native security facility
on all supported systems. When security is invoked, you are required to provide
a valid user ID and password for the remote system. For example, in the z/OS
environment, an interface is also provided to IBM RACF, eTrust CA-ACF2, and
eTrust CA-Top Secret. On PC and OS/2 versions of Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport (where no native security exists), you are given the option to create an
ID/password table to prevent unauthorized use of Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport.
Unlike most other communication facilities, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport encrypts passwords. This ensures that communications line tapping
will not breach security.
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport also has special security capabilities that
can help data centers handle their individual needs. For example, the security
features allow installer specification of what can or cannot run under the
privileges of someone other than the person requesting the transmission. These
security features can also force user IDs from both remote computers to be the
same or different. For otherwise unsatisfied security needs, Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport supplies a variety of user exits that enable user-written security
packages to be fully integrated.
Management
An important feature for any enterprise-wide information product is the ability
to effectively control and manage the distribution of files and work throughout
the network. Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport systems maintain a
comprehensive log of all transfer activity. Utilities are provided to allow the
system administrator to view the log on-line and modify the status of pending or
currently active transfers.
Details of any transfer errors are also maintained in the log, allowing rapid
problem determination and resolution. In addition, messages signaling the
completion of any Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport event can be directed to
a user in the network.
1–8
User Guide
Types of Transfers
Types of Transfers
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport will perform the following transfers:
■
■
■
■
Sending files—With Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport, a computer can
send a data file to be stored on the remote system in a specified remote file.
Sending reports—Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport can send a report to
be printed on a remote system.
Sending batch jobs for execution—Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
can send a job to be executed on a remote system.
Retrieving files—When a computer starts the transmission request, it can
also retrieve a file from a remote computer and store it in a specified local
remote file.
Answering Remote Requests
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport monitors the network for incoming
requests. Upon detecting one, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport determines
whether it is a request to send a file inbound (from the remote system to this
machine) or outbound (from this machine to another system).
■
■
■
Files—The remote system can send or retrieve files. When a remote system
requests Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport to send it a file, Unicenter CAXCOM Data Transport tries to allocate and open the file. Unicenter CAXCOM Data Transport then reads the data records and transfers them to the
remote system.
Jobs—The remote system can use Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport to
submit jobs to the local system.
Reports—The remote system can send the local system a report. Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport writes the report to an output spool file. Each
supported system has unique spooling capabilities and Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport has been designed to provide a high degree of print
redirection and manipulation.
Introduction
1–9
Invoking Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
Invoking Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport is both easy to use and diverse enough for
the most complex applications. Data transfer can be completed through any one
of three interfaces, and reports can be printed on a remote printer using the
Remote Spooling feature. These are described fully in later chapters.
Menu Interface
The menu interface provides a simple, fill-in-the-blanks approach to file transfer.
You are prompted for required information and can use the extensive on-line
help facilities provided with each product. Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
menus always have the look and feel appropriate to the system on which they
are running. For example, the micro-computer platforms use a graphical user
interface with menus, tool bars, pop-up windows, and so on, while z/OS is
written for the popular ISPF Dialog Manager.
Batch/Command Line Interface
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport can also be initiated with a batch file on
your computer. For example, a transfer can be invoked through a JCL batch job
on z/OS, and a CMS EXEC on VM. On mini and microcomputers, a transfer can
be initiated via a command entered at the operating system prompt/command
line or placed in a batch file to be executed with other commands.
Programming Interface
Any programming language supporting callable subroutines can call Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport. Examples of calling programs from common
programming languages are given in each user manual, for supported platforms.
UNIX and Linux versions of Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport allow direct
API calls to specific Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport functions in addition to
allowing you to run Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport as a subprogram.
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport also provides exits on many systems,
allowing you to control or be informed about certain Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport events involving security and completed transfers.
1–10
User Guide
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Connectivity
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Connectivity
The diagram below shows how Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport can
provide connectivity across very diverse environments. Any client node using
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport can send and receive files from any of the
remote systems shown in this example or any other Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport component. For more information, see Modular Support of Most
Systems in this chapter.
Note: For information about the platforms for which TCP/IP support is
provided, see TCP/IP Support in this chapter.
Introduction
1–11
Network Levels in the SNA Model
Network Levels in the SNA Model
An SNA network is divided into levels of physical and logical components. The
logical components are interconnected by a path control network that runs over
the physical components.
As data is passed up and down the SNA functional layers, each layer performs a
set of control functions and adds control information to the data in the form of a
header. The headers do not change the information in the data, but communicate
with the next layer of SNA to ensure that the data is understood.
As the data is passed through the layers, headers that are added at one end of the
network are stripped off and read by the receiving end. Thus, when the data
reaches its final destination, it is back to its original form.
The End User Level
The end user level consists of transaction programs (like Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport) that communicate with other transaction programs using LUs.
In a Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport transfer request, the local end user
specifies the following:
■
Type of transfer (send report, file, or job, or receive file)
■
Name of the local file
■
Name of the remote file to create, append, or replace
The request is then processed by the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
transaction program on the local system which sends an allocate verb and header
record to the remote system to establish an LU 6.2 session. When a session is
established and all of the parameters are confirmed by the remote system,
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport on the local system will send the file,
broken into data records, across the physical connection.
The remote Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport transaction program is then
invoked by the allocate verb sent by the local system (some systems cannot be
automatically invoked and must already be active to receive the allocate verb).
The remote transaction program then creates or opens the requested file, receives
the data records, and places them in the file. When all the records have been
received, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport on the remote system will send a
trailer record to the local system stating the number of records transmitted.
1–12
User Guide
Network Levels in the SNA Model
The Logical Level
The logical level consists of logical units (LUs) which link the physical units
(PUs) and transaction programs (TPs). Each Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport user should be assigned a unique LU name for gateway or workstation
identification. Each data record traveling across the line will contain LU 6.2
protocol information containing instructions for the remote system.
The Physical Level
The physical level consists of PU nodes linked by a physical connection.
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport supports transfers between
physically-connected systems whether they are directly or indirectly connected.
PU Type 2.1 nodes can make a direct logical link even without a direct physical
connection. Transfers involving PU Type 2.0 nodes (like VAX/VMS) can be
made using the store-and-forward feature of Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport.
Introduction
1–13
Network Levels in the SNA Model
Network Level Diagram
The diagram below shows the various network levels used to communicate with
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport:
END
USER
LEVEL
Local
User
Remote
User
CA-XCOM
CA-XCOM
LU 6.2
LU 6.2
Physical
Unit Node
Physical
Unit Node
LOGICAL
LEVEL
PHYSICAL
LEVEL
Physical Connection
Benefits of LU 6.2 (APPC)
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport is built upon the LU 6.2 protocol. LU 6.2 is
also known as Advanced Program-to-Program Communications (APPC) and is
IBM’s most powerful enhancement to the Systems Network Architecture (SNA)
suite of communications protocols.
1–14
User Guide
Network Levels in the SNA Model
Improved Throughput
When Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport uses the LU 6.2 protocol, it does not
place hardware restrictions on the size of the data that it sends. RJE-based data
transfer packages (LU Type 1) limit the size of a data frame (RU) to 80 characters,
while 3270-based transfer packages (LU Type 2) often limit the size to 1,920
characters, the size of one screen. LU 6.2 allows RU sizes of up to 65,536
characters.
Each transmitted string of data is wrapped in a protocol envelope. Larger RU
sizes, such as those allowed with Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport, mean
less protocol overhead and a higher percentage of actual data traveling across
your communication links.
P = Protocol
Overhead
Other LUs (for example, RJE)
P
Data
P
Data
P
Data
LU 6.2 (Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport)
P
Data
Support for Advanced Networking
For SNA, LU 6.2 fully exploits the PU Type 2.1 peer protocol. This means that LU
6.2 is the only protocol that can use advanced functions such as Low Entry
Networking (LEN), Advanced Peer-to-Peer Networking (APPN), and
Independent Logical Units (ILUs) that are changing the face of computer
networking today. For more information about these topics, see the appendix
“Understanding Logical Units.”
APPC allows two programs running on distinctly different computers to
converse with each other in real time without regard to hardware. All other
protocols assume that one of the two devices communicating is a dumb terminal
and impose all the limitations of a particular terminal on the partner computer.
APPC and Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport recognize that distributed
processing employs intelligent processors so they can exploit the intelligence of
the computers on which they are running.
Introduction
1–15
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport in the TCP/IP Network
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport in the TCP/IP Network
This section provides a discussion of the architectural and conceptual framework
of the TCP/IP communications protocol as it relates to the implementation of
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport as a TCP/IP application.
TCP/IP Protocol Stack
TCP/IP is a collection of specialized communications protocols and functions
organized into a stack of four layers. The layers that make up the TCP/IP
protocol stack are the following:
■
Network layer (the lowest protocol layer)
■
Internetwork layer
■
Transport layer
■
Application layer (the highest protocol layer)
Each layer in the TCP/IP protocol stack provides services to the layer above it
and uses the services below it.
The table below lists the protocols and functions that form the content of each
layer of the TCP/IP protocol stack. (The table shows only partial contents for the
top and bottom layer.)
1–16
User Guide
TCP/IP Protocol Layer
Protocols and Functions
Network layer
Token Ring
Ethernet
X.25
and so on
Internetwork layer
Internet Protocol (IP)
Control Message Protocol (ICMP)
Address Resolution Protocol (ARP)
Transport layer
Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)
User Datagram Protocol (UDP)
Application layer
Telnet
File Transfer Protocol (FTP)
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP)
Domain Name System (DNS)
Sockets
and so on
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport in the TCP/IP Network
The next few sections provide:
■
■
A summary of the services that each layer of the protocol stack performs in
the TCP/IP network
A description of the protocols that are particularly important for the
functioning of Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport as a TCP/IP network
node
Network Layer
The Network layer provides a set of protocols, Token Ring, Ethernet, and so on,
which define how data are transported over different physical networks.
Internetwork Layer
The protocols of the Internetwork layer provide connection services for TCP/IP.
The protocols in this layer connect physical networks and transport protocols.
The Internet Protocol (IP) of this layer integrates different physical networks into
a unified logical network known as the internet and provides for the universal
addressing of computers (hosts) in a TCP/IP (internet) network. IP uses a 32-bit
number (IP address) that identifies both a physical network and a specific
computer within that network. The IP address is the basic transport mechanism
for routing data from a source computer to a destination computer.
However, IP does not ensure a reliable communication, because it does not
require that the computers participating in a data exchange acknowledge the
reception of the transmitted data. The reliability of communication is
implemented at the next higher protocol layer.
Transport Layer
The protocols of the Transport layer allow communication between application
programs.
The Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) of this layer establishes a connection
between the sender and receiver and provides a continuous communication
service with reliability of transmissions. TCP divides the data to be transmitted
into smaller units (packets, datagrams), sends them individually using IP, and
reassembles them at the destination node, comparing the received data with the
data that were sent. TCP is capable of determining if the two are the same. If they
are not (that is, data were lost or damaged during transmission), TCP resends the
missing data.
Introduction
1–17
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport in the TCP/IP Network
Application Layer
The Application layer, which is built on the services of the Transport layer,
provides a number of applications that allow users to use network services
(terminal-to-terminal communication, data transfer, electronic mail, and so on).
The Application layer provides an application programming interface known as
Sockets for communications applications. Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
uses this component of the Application layer to transfer files to machines in a
TCP/IP network.
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Nodes in the TCP/IP Network
Each computer in a TCP/IP network is assigned at least one unique address,
which is used by the IP and other higher-level protocols.
TCP/IP Address
TCP/IP employs an addressing scheme consisting of a 32-bit long field divided
into two parts. The first part of the address field contains a network address; the
second field contains the address of a specific computer.
A TCP/IP address is written in dotted-decimal notation, which is obtained by
first dividing the 32-bit long address into four 8-bit long fields and then
converting each of the four fields into a decimal number and separating the fields
with periods.
Instead of using a numeric address, a symbolic name may be used to identify a
computer in a TCP/IP network. Each computer in a TCP/IP network is assigned
at last one name, which is resolved to a numeric address using either a
translation file or an application known as the name server (which is part of the
Domain Name System function of the Application layer).
TCP/IP Port
The notions of port and port number are extensions of the TCP/IP address. Once
the TCP/IP address has been used to deliver data to the desired computer in the
network, the port number is used to identify the process for which the data are
intended. By using ports and port numbers one computer can provide more than
one service. Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport uses a predefined port number
but it can be changed if it interferes with existing application services.
1–18
User Guide
Successful Send File Transfer Scenario
Successful Send File Transfer Scenario
This section contains a flow chart to illustrate a typical successful send file
scenario. Compare the steps below with the Send File Flowchart to follow a
typical successful send file transfer.
1.
The local Windows user invokes Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport and
requests a transfer.
2.
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport verifies the information contained in
the request.
Example: Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport checks to see if the local file
exists on the local system.
3.
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport establishes a connection with the
remote system and sends along the header record to the remote system. The
header record contains transfer information regarding the request, for
example, file names and compression. The local system then waits for
confirmation of the header record information.
4.
Once the contents of the header record are verified, Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport begins sending data records to the remote system. Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport sends each data record, checking to see if any
sending errors occur. If no errors are found, the local system checks for an
end-of-file marker denoting the last record of the file. If no end-of-file marker
is found, another data record is sent.
5.
If an end-of-file marker is found, the local system sends a trailer record,
which indicates the number of data records sent. The local system then
awaits verification from the remote system that the number of records
received is equal to the number of records sent. If the number of records
matches, a successful send file message is sent to the user on the local system
and the conversation ends. If notification was specified, Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport on the remote system notifies the user of a
successful transfer.
Introduction
1–19
Successful Send File Transfer Scenario
Send File Flowchart
The following flowchart illustrates a normal Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport send file request:
1–20
User Guide
Conventions
Conventions
This guide contains information about the operation and usage of Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport for UNIX and Linux. The following conventions are
used throughout this guide.
Commands
User input is in the following font and placed on separate lines:
xcom62 -c1 -f filename.cnf
Items that you must replace with specific values when you issue the commands
are in italics. For example, replace filename.cnf with the name of your
configuration file. Type commands exactly as they appear, paying attention to
upper and lower case. Command options appear set off by brackets [ ]. Do not
type the brackets in a command.
Grouped commands of more than six lines are set off in a simulated screen
display.
All of the commands for Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for UNIX and
Linux follow the conventional rules and grammar of the UNIX and Linux
command languages.
Special Function Keys
Special function keys, such as Enter or CTRL, appear in regular font and all in
upper case.
File and Program Names
File names and names of programs in running text are set off in the following
font:
xcomd
Screen Output
Computer output is in the following font and placed on separate lines:
XCOMU0082I xcomd: stop request accepted.
Introduction
1–21
Chapter
2
Operating Environment
The components used for scheduling transfers, handling files, and managing
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport resources are the xcomd command and the
daemon process, the global parameters, the session control parameters, the
queue, and the use of post processing scripts.
A substantial portion of a user’s ability to control Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport comes from the use of files to set variables that govern the system's
behavior. These files are xcom.glb and xcom.cnf.
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Globals
You should be aware of the following information before you begin using
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport.
PATH and Directory Considerations
■
■
■
■
■
Before executing a file transfer request, be sure that you have properly set up
your directories and path variables.
The Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport daemon, xcomd, is installed in the
/etc directory, except for the following:
–
For HP-UX systems, xcomd is installed in the /opt/xcom/bin directory.
–
For OSF Digital UNIX and Linux, xcomd is installed in the /usr/sbin
directory.
Be sure that your PATH variable is set so that your shell can find xcom62 or
xcomtcp, or both.
The /usr/spool/xcom directory is the default repository that Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport uses for logging and for configuration
information.
For further information about PATH and directory defaults, see the
appendix “Parameters.”
Operating Environment
2–1
Using Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Parameters
Transfer Protocols
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport supports transfer protocols, such as
Ethernet, SDLC, Token Ring, and TCP/IP.
SNA/APPC Protocols
For SNA/APPC protocols, support is based on the capabilities provided by
the particular APPC vendor.
For SNA/APPC, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport requires an active LU
6.2 session to transfer files. When an LU 6.2 session is established, local users
can begin using Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport to initiate transfers.
TCP/IP Protocols
The TCP/IP component of Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport supports
TCP/IP protocols for performing transfers between Advantage CA-XCOM
Data Transport Version 3.x or Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport r11
platforms using TCP/IP.
Using Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Parameters
Use parameter values to control the variables that govern the behavior of
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport. For a full list of Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport for UNIX and Linux parameters, see the appendix “Parameters.”
Parameter Values
Parameter values can be defined to Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport as
indicated in the table below. The values take precedence depending on where
they are specified.
The order in which parameter values take precedence is as follows:
Order of
Precedence
2–2
User Guide
Parameter Value Explanation
Specified in
1
Command Line
If the user specifies a value for a parameter
on the command line, this overrides every
other specification in the files or the
program.
2
xcom.cnf or
filename.cnf
If the value is specified in the xcom.cnf file,
or in a user-customized configuration file,
filename.cnf, it overrides the value in the
xcom.glb file for locally initiated transfers.
Using Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Parameters
Order of
Precedence
Parameter Value Explanation
Specified in
3
xcom.glb
If the value is specified in the xcom.glb file,
it overrides the value in the program. The
values specified in xcom.glb are generally
used by the system administrator to start
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport and
for remotely initiated transfers.
4
Program Defaults
If a value is not specified anywhere, the
program has its own defaults.
Parameter Format
The Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport parameters consist of assignment
statements. The format for assignment statements is as follows:
■
PARAMETER_NAME (Always all uppercase, with underscore character (_)
when indicated.)
■
An equal sign (=)
■
A character string terminated by a newline
Syntax
The syntax for assignment statements is as follows:
PARAMETER_NAME=value
Example
In the following example, the parameter EXPIRATION_TIME is set to a value of
6000 seconds.
EXPIRATION_TIME=6000
This controls the maximum time in seconds that a transaction is held in the
transfer queue.
Operating Environment
2–3
Using the xcomd Command
Guidelines
The following guidelines apply when using Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport parameters:
■
■
■
When you type trailing spaces and tabs from the command line as part of a
parameter value, they are stripped by the command line processor (the
shell).
When you type trailing spaces and tabs into a file or script with an editor,
such as vi, they are treated as part of a parameter value. These trailing spaces
and tabs should be removed. If they are not removed they can cause
confusion and unpredictable or undesirable results.
Empty lines and lines beginning with a pound sign (#) are discarded.
Examples
In the following examples, the spacespacespace represents trailing spaces.
If you type the following at the command line, the trailing spaces are ignored:
xcom62 -c1 LOCAL_FILE=xyzspacespacespace
If you type the following into any configuration file using an editor, the
spacespacespace would be treated as part of the name of the LOCAL_FILE.
LOCAL_FILE=xyzspacespacespace
Using the xcomd Command
Use xcomd from the command line to start and stop the Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport daemon process, to kill the daemon process, to set trace levels,
and to report the release level of xcomd.
The xcomd command controls the daemon. The daemon itself runs as a
background process to control file transfers and manage Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport resources. The daemon:
■
Schedules and synchronizes transfer requests.
■
Controls shared memory for transfers.
■
2–4
User Guide
Establishes the default parameter values by reading the parameter file,
xcom.glb and then running in the background.
■
Controls the automatic restart of locally initiated transfers.
■
Writes queue information out to disk periodically.
■
Deletes aged entries from the queue.
Using the xcomd Command
■
■
Notifies a local user by executing the xcomntfy script when LOCAL_NOTIFY
is required.
Communicates with active or pending transfers to terminate a transfer.
Controlling the Daemon
When Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport is installed, the system administrator
has permission to control the daemon. Without authorized permission, other
users cannot control the daemon. Users are normally given permission to
perform transfers and check the status of the queue.
The daemon must be running before you can do any transfers. For performing
transfers using SNA protocols, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport also
requires an active LU 6.2 session to transfer files. Once an LU 6.2 session is
established, local users may begin using Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport to
initiate transfers. For performing transfers using TCP/IP, your system must be
configured for using Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport with TCP/IP.
Syntax
The syntax for using the xcomd command is as follows:
xcomd option
Options
The following table explains the options for xcomd:
Option
-c[y]
Explanation
Kill the daemon process and free shared memory. This option
will stop the daemon while transfers are running.
Note: Use this option as a last resort because it brings the
scheduler down immediately, whether or not there are running
or scheduled transfers. If you use the -c option without the y,
the system prompts you to confirm this action by typing y for
yes.
WARNING! This option can cause corruption of the CA-XCOM
queue. It can shut down Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport while
it is updating the queue. To prevent problems, delete the queue by
deleting all files in /usr/spool/xcom/Q after issuing this command.
Operating Environment
2–5
Using Global Parameters
Option
Explanation
-dtracelevel
Set the trace level of the daemon process to tracelevel. Higher
numbers (up to 10) give more trace information. The trace goes
to stderr. For more information, see the topic, Tracing Problems,
in the chapter "The Command Line Interface."
-r
Report the release level of xcomd and exit.
-s
Stop the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport daemon by
sending a request to the scheduler.
Note: This option does not stop the daemon immediately if
there is an active transfer going on.
Starting xcomd
To start xcomd, enter the following command at the system prompt:
/etc/xcomd
Note: The full path name specification for xcomd is /etc/xcomd, except for the
following:
■
For HP-UX systems, use /opt/xcom/bin/xcomd.
■
For OSF Digital UNIX and Linux systems, use /usr/sbin/xcomd.
The options for xcomd are described in the table above.
Using Global Parameters
The xcom.glb file lets you set defaults independently of the execution
environment for transfers. This file is created as part of the installation process.
Use vi or another editor to modify parameters.
The parameters in xcom.glb are a superset of the parameters in xcom.cnf. Any
parameters set in xcom.cnf can be set in xcom.glb. However, the parameters that
are specific to xcom.glb cannot be set in xcom.cnf. If there are any changes made
to the xcom.glb file, the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport daemon must be
stopped and restarted.
Note: The xcom.glb parameters apply to incoming and outgoing transfers unless
they are overridden. xcom.cnf parameters override those in xcom.glb for
outgoing transfers. The parameters in xcom.glb are used for remotely initiated
transfers.
2–6
User Guide
Using Global Parameters
For a full list of Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport parameters, see the
appendix “Parameters.” For an explanation of parameters and defaults see Using
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Parameters in this chapter. This section
contains information about using the global parameters contained in the
xcom.glb file.
Parameters
The parameters for xcom.glb are shown below.
AGE_TIME
The number of seconds before waiting queue entries are removed from queue. If
the value is 0, the waiting queue entries never age and are never removed from
the queue.
Range: 0 to 86313600 (999 days)
Default: 432000 (5 days)
ATOE_FILENAME
The name of the file containing the ASCII-to-EBCDIC character conversion table.
This is a custom file used only for specifying custom translation tables from
ASCII to EBCDIC, if needed.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default: /usr/spool/xcom/convtab/atoe.tab, except for the following:
■
For HP-UX systems: /var/spool/xcom/convtab/atoe.tab
■
For OSF Digital UNIX: /var/opt/xcom/convtab/atoe.tab
CONVERT_CLASSES
A character string containing print classes for EBCDIC-to-ASCII conversions to
be performed. For incoming report transfers only.
Range: 1 to 64 characters
Default: None
Operating Environment
2–7
Using Global Parameters
DISPLAY_PASSWORD_IN_TRACE
Determines if Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport displays password
information in the trace files.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
YES
Encrypted and plain text passwords are displayed in the trace
files.
ENCRYPT
Encrypted passwords are displayed in the trace files.
NO
Encrypted passwords are displayed in the trace files
Default: NO
EOL_CLASSES
A character string containing print classes for an ASCII newline that is appended
to each record. For incoming report transfers only.
Range: 1 to 64 characters
Default: None
ETOA_FILENAME
The name of the file containing the EBCDIC-to-ASCII character conversion table.
This is a custom file used only for creating custom translation tables from
EBCDIC to ASCII, if needed.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: /usr/spool/xcom/convtab/etoa.tab, except for the following:
2–8
User Guide
■
For HP-UX systems: /var/spool/xcom/convtab/etoa.tab
■
For OSF Digital UNIX: /var/opt/xcom/convtab/etoa.tab
Using Global Parameters
EXPIRATION_TIME
The maximum time, in seconds, that a transaction is held in the transfer queue
after completion. When the maximum time is reached, all references to the
transaction are removed from the queue, including trace files and temporary
files.
Note: If EXPIRATION_TIME is set to no value in xcom.glb, the program default
of 6000 is used.
Range: 0 to 32767
Default: 6000
INTERNAL_CONVERSION_TABLES
Indicates whether internal or external conversion tables should be used for
ASCII-to-EBCDIC conversion and EBCDIC-to-ASCII conversion. The external
conversion files may be customized to meet your needs. For the appropriate
directory and file name, see ATOE_FILENAME and ETOA_FILENAME.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
YES
Use internal conversion tables.
NO
Use the external tables contained in ATOE_FILENAME and
ETOA_FILENAME.
Default: YES
MAX_QUEUE_ENTRIES
The maximum number of entries allowed in the transfer queue. Once the
maximum number of queue entries is reached, subsequent transfer attempts are
rejected by Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport.
Note: This value depends on the memory available when Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport is started.
Range: 0 to 32767
The value cannot be set larger than the maximum allowed shared memory
segment divided by 512.
Default: 50
Operating Environment
2–9
Using Global Parameters
MAX_REMOTE_TCP
The maximum number of simultaneous remote TCP/IP transfers accepted by
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport. Transfers received after this limit has been
reached are rejected.
Note: Setting this parameter to 0 prohibits any remote transfers from taking
place.
Range: 0 to 999
Default: 32
MAX_SESSIONS_ENTRIES
The maximum number of partners that can be described in the XCOM.SES file.
Range: 1 to 999
Default: 15
METACODE_CLASSES
Classes of print jobs saved in metacode format, a variable length record format.
For incoming report transfers only.
Range: 0 to 64 characters
Default: None
PROTOCOL
The type of communication protocols to use.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
SNA
For transfers using SNA/APPC communication protocols
TCPIP
For transfers using TCP/IP communication protocols
Default: SNA
Note: If only the TCP/IP Component is installed with the base components of
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport, the default value is TCPIP.
2–10
User Guide
Using Global Parameters
REMOVE_TRAIL_BLANKS
Indicates whether or not to remove the blanks at the end of each record when a
remote partner is sending a file.
Range: Yes or No
Default: No
QUEUE_PATH
Directory containing the transfer queue data files.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default: /usr/spool/xcom/Q, except for the following:
■
For HP-UX systems: /var/spool/xcom/Q
■
For OSF Digital UNIX systems: /var/opt/xcom/Q
SAVE_PASSWORD_IN_CNF
Determines if the xcomtool GUI saves the password in the .CNF file.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
YES
The xcomtool GUI saves the password in the .CNF file in
encrypted format.
NO
The xcomtool GUI does not save the password in the .CNF file
and blanks the password field out after each operation.
Default: NO
SESSIONS_FILE
The path name of the xcom.ses file, which tells Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport how many sessions can be used by a single LU.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default: /usr/spool/xcom/config/xcom.ses, except for the following:
■
For HP-UX systems: /var/spool/xcom/config/xcom.ses
■
For OSF Digital UNIX systems: /var/opt/xcom/config/xcom.ses
Operating Environment
2–11
Using Global Parameters
SHELL_CMD
Name of the command that runs jobs, reports, notification scripts, and post
processing scripts on the local system.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: /bin/ksh
SOCK_DELAY
TCP/IP socket option TCP_NODELAY. Refers to the Nagle algorithm for send
coalescing. By default, small sends may be delayed. Should have no impact for
normal Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport record sizes. Used for TCP/IP
transfers only.
Note: Socket options affect the way Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport uses
the TCP/IP stack implementation.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
YES
Small sends may be delayed. (Does not disable the Nagle
algorithm.)
NO
All sends are immediate. (Disables the Nagle algorithm.)
Default: YES
SOCK_RCV_BUF_SIZE
TCP/IP Socket option SO_RCVBUF. The buffer size for receives. Use zero for the
default size provided by the socket implementation. The value for
SOCK_RCV_BUF_SIZE can be smaller than the value for TXPI_BUF_SIZE. Used
for TCP/IP transfers only.
Note: Socket options affect the way Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport uses
the TCP/IP stack implementation.
Range: 0 to 65536
Default: 0
2–12
User Guide
Using Global Parameters
SOCK_SEND_BUF_SIZE
TCP/IP Socket option SO_SNDBUF. The buffer size for sends. Use zero for the
default size provided by the socket implementation. The value for
SOCK_SEND_BUF_SIZE can be smaller than the value for TXPI_BUF_SIZE.
Used for TCP/IP transfers only.
Note: Socket options affect the way Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport uses
the TCP/IP stack implementation.
Range: 0 to 65536
Default: 0
STAT_FREQUENCY
Indicates the frequency with which transfer statistics are made available to
xcomqm. Intended for tuning high-speed links. Longer values help performance,
but byte/record counts in xcomqm -D may be slightly behind the actual counts.
Range: 1 to 9999 records
Default: 10
TCP_CMD
Path and name of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport program started by
the XCOMD service that is used for queued locally initiated transfers, and for all
remotely initiated transfers for TCP/IP protocols.
Range: 0 to 256
Default: /usr/lib/xcom/xcomtcp, except for the following:
■
For HP-UX systems: /opt/xcom/lib/xcomtcp
■
For OSF Digital UNIX systems: /usr/opt/xcom/lib/xcomtcp
TEMPDIR
Indicates the directory in which temporary files for jobs and reports can be
created.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: /tmp
Operating Environment
2–13
Using Global Parameters
TP_CMD
Command to start a transaction program using SNA protocols.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default:
■
For UNIX/Linux systems: /usr/lib/xcom/xcomtp
■
For HP-UX systems: /opt/xcom/lib/xcomtp
■
For OSF Digital UNIX systems: /usr/opt/xcom/lib/xcomtp
TRACE_PATH
The directory containing the trace data files.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default: /usr/spool/xcom/trace, except for the following:
■
For HP-UX systems: /var/spool/xcom/trace
■
For OSF Digital UNIX systems: /var/opt/xcom/trace
TRUSTED_PATH
The directory containing the trusted files.
Default: /user/spool/xcom/trusted
TXPI_BUF_SIZ
For TCP/IP transfers, the internal buffer size for sends and receives. The default
size allows multiple Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport records to be received
in a single socket call. With this default, if your Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport record size is less than 32K, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport will
attempt to receive multiple records in a single socket call. Used for TCP/IP
transfers only.
Range: 0 to 65536
Default: 32768
2–14
User Guide
Using Global Parameters
TXPI_SEND_CHECK_FREQ
Indicates the frequency that Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport checks to see if
incoming error information is available when sending data. For example, if the
value is 5, a check is made every fifth time that data is sent, to determine if data
is available for receiving. Larger values give better performance. Smaller values
minimize the sending of data after the partner reports an error. Used for TCP/IP
transfers only.
Range: 0 to 9999
Default: 10
TXPI_TERM_TIMEOUT
Maximum wait time, in seconds, for partner to terminate TCP/IP
communications. If a transfer terminates normally, both sides of the conversation
coordinate the termination, and there should be no need to wait. This timeout
will occur only during an error in the termination of the connection. Used for
TCP/IP transfers only.
Range: 0 to 999 seconds
Default: 20 seconds
UMASK
Used to set the permissions assigned to a file when the file is being created and
received on the system for the first time. The value is expressed as an octal
number (base 8). The octal number has the same meaning as in the standard
umask command.
Range: 000 to 777
Default: 022
XCOM_PASSWORD
This parameter specifies the default password for remotely initiated transfers.
Range: 0 to 31 characters
Default: None
Operating Environment
2–15
Using Global Parameters
XCOM_TRUSTED_OVR
Specifies if the user is permitted to override the user ID by using the USERID
parameter for locally initiated trusted transfers. If XCOM_TRUSTED_OVR is set
to YES, the user is permitted to override the user ID by using the USERID
parameter. If it is set to NO, the user ID of the process that initiated the transfer is
used.
Range: YES, NO, Y, N
Default: NO
XCOM_USERID
This is the default user ID for remotely initiated transfers.
Range: 0 to 12 characters
Default: xcom
XCOMPRE_LOCAL
Indicates whether the xcompre script file for a locally initiated transfer should be
run.
Range: YES, NO
Default: NO
XENDCMD
The name of the post processing command optionally invoked by the Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport transfer program after any type of transfer is finished,
whether successful or not. Invoked after partner communications have ended.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default:
2–16
User Guide
■
For UNIX/Linux systems: /usr/lib/xcom/xcomend
■
For HP-UX systems: /opt/xcom/lib/xcomend
■
For OSF Digital UNIX system: /usr/opt/xcom/lib/xcomend
Using Global Parameters
XLPCMD
Name of the post-processing command used to send print jobs to the spooler. For
incoming reports only.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default:
■
For UNIX/Linux systems: /usr/lib/xcom/xcomlp
■
For HP-UX systems: /opt/xcom/lib/xcomlp
■
For OSF Digital UNIX system: /usr/opt/xcom/lib/xcomlp
XNOTIFYCMD
Path name of the command that Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport will use to
notify users on the local system of the completion of a transfer. This is normally a
shell script that composes a message and invokes mail or write as appropriate.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default:
■
For UNIX/Linux systems: /usr/lib/xcom/xcomntfy
■
For HP-UX systems: /opt/xcom/lib/xcomntfy
■
For OSF Digital UNIX system: /usr/opt/xcom/lib/xcomntfy
XPPCMD
Path name of the command used for user-defined post processing, for file
transfers only. Only used when the local system is receiving the file.
Range: 0 to 64 characters
Default:
■
For UNIX/Linux systems: /usr/lib/xcom/xcompp
■
For HP-UX systems: /usr/lib/xcom/xcompp
Operating Environment
2–17
Setting Session Control Parameters
XPRECMD
Path name of the command used for user-defined pre-allocation processing for
locally and remotely initiated transfers. Specify this parameter in xcom.glb to
invoke the pre-allocation exit xcompre.
Range: 0 to 64 characters
Default:
■
For UNIX/Linux systems: /usr/lib/xcom/xcompre
■
For HP-UX systems: /opt/xcom/lib/xcompre
■
For OSF Digital UNIX system: /usr/opt/xcom/lib/xcompre
XTRACE
Indicates the level of desired execution for incoming transfers.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
0
No tracing.
1 to 8
Levels of tracing from 1 (lowest) to 8 (highest).
9
Show the contents of the data buffers.
10
Includes levels 1-9 with additional detailed technical information.
Default: 0
Setting Session Control Parameters
Use xcom.ses to specify the maximum number of locally initiated simultaneous
transfers for each connection to a remote system. This governs queued transfers
only. Use vi (visual interface) or another editor to modify xcom.ses.
The xcomd command uses the configuration file xcom.ses to set session control
parameters. For the location of the file on your system, see the Getting Started for
your system.
You can set a maximum number of partners that can be described in this file by
specifying a number in the MAX_SESSIONS_ENTRIES global parameter. For
example, if you specify MAX_SESSIONS_ENTRIES=50, you can have up to 50
lines in this file, each one specifying the name of the remote system.
2–18
User Guide
Setting Session Control Parameters
You limit the number of sessions available for Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transfers by setting a parameter in the xcom.ses file for each
connection to the remote Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport partner. If a
session is not available for immediate use, the transfer is queued for subsequent
execution.
To specify a remote system, as indicated in the example in this section, replace
connection_profile with the destination address or name specified by the user in
the remote system parameter. (REMOTE_SYSTEM, REMOTE_SYSTEM_RF,
REMOTE_SYSTEM_SJ, or REMOTE_SYSTEM_SR.)
Note: Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport reserves memory for information
about the number of sessions for each destination based upon the
connection_profile entries in this file.
Transfers Using SNA
For transfers using SNA, the parameter name connection_profile represents the
remote system name or partner LU name to which the session limit is applied.
Transfers Using TCP/IP
For transfers using TCP/IP, specify the format of the remote system that is
consistent with your site’s use of the remote system parameters. If the IP address
is used, specify connection_profile in the form of 123.123.78.91. If host names or
domain names are used in the remote system parameter, specify
connection_profile in the appropriate form of the name.
You may specify a connection_profile for each form of address or name that is
used. Note that if the XCOM.SES file does not have an entry for the host name or
domain name, the value of the connection_profile will default to one.
Example
In the following example, a sample xcom.ses file of session control parameters
for Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport partners is shown. It indicates that a
maximum of 8 sessions can be used at any one time for locally initiated transfers
to a remote system identified as XCOMQA3 and a maximum of 4 sessions can be
used at any one time for locally initiated transfers to a remote system identified
as XCOMQA4. It indicates that a maximum of 4 simultaneous transfers can go to
123.123.78.91.
# connection_profile=number_of_sessions_allowed
#
XCOMQA3=8
XCOMQA4=4
123.123.78.91=4
Operating Environment
2–19
Managing the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Queue
Managing the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Queue
Use xcomqm at the command line to control the activity of the Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport transfer queue, including stopping transfers and
displaying the status of a transfer.
The XcomQAPI allows your site to write programs to access the queue. The input
and options for the XcomQAPI are the same as those described in the following
topics. For additional information about the XcomQAPI, see the chapter “The
Application Programming Interface.”
Using the xcomqm Command
The xcomqm command lets you maintain Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
queues by using the command line interface. This command lets you delete
entries from the queue, suspend transfers, resume suspended transfers, display
the list of entries in the queue and display detailed information about the queue
entries.
Syntax
The syntax for xcomqm is as follows:
xcomqm [option] [option] . . .
You can use more than one option on a command line. You can also use the same
option more than once. Each option must be separated by a space. These options
can be listed in any order, but note that when the shell encounters options such
as the -r option, it performs the command and exits xcomqm without reading the
rest of the command line.
Options
The following table explains the options for xcomqm:
Option
2–20
User Guide
Function
-r
Display the release level of xcomqm and exit.
-Aentryname
Release a held transfer.
-Centryname
Get a trace of a transfer.
-Dentryname
Display details about a queue entry.
-Hentryname
Hold a scheduled transfer.
Purging the Log File
Option
Function
-L[a]
List your queued transfers. Use -La for all queued
transfers.
-Rentryname
Remove a queue entry.
-Rfentryname
Force the entry to be removed from the queue. Use this
command when you want to remove a transfer that is
still active.
-R*
Remove all completed or scheduled entries from the
queue.
If you use this option on an active transfer, it will
interrupt the transfer.
-Tentryname
Terminate an active transfer.
-T[f]entryname
Force termination of the transfer. Use this command
when you want to remove a transfer that is still active.
Note: Please be aware that when using SNA/APPC
protocols, the TP will ABEND and it may be necessary
to restart the underlying SNA software. When using
TCP/IP, xcomtcp will ABEND.
-Sentryname
Suspend a transfer.
-Eentryname
Resume a suspended transfer.
-d
Display debugging information.
no option
Display the help menu.
-z
Display logging text for transfer.
Note: entryname represents the Transaction ID, which is the six-digit name of the
transfer entry in the queue.
Purging the Log File
CLEANLOG purges entries from the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
transfer and error log. Run this program on a regular basis to ensure that the log
file does not grow too large. Back up the XCOM.LOG before running this
program as all items older than the specified age are deleted.
Note: Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport should be idle when you run this
program.
Operating Environment
2–21
Using the Pre-allocation Exit
Syntax
The syntax for CLEANLOG is as follows:
CLEANLOG number_of_days_old [log_file_name]
Value
Description
number_of_days_old
Entries in the log longer than the number of days
specified are purged.
log_file_name
The name of the log file to clean (optional). The
default is the XCOM.LOG in the current directory.
If not specified, the log file name defaults to
/var/spool/xcom/xcom.log.
Example
CLEANLOG 5
This command removes entries in XCOM.LOG that are older than 5 days.
Using the Pre-allocation Exit
Use the xcompre exit to validate all locally and remotely initiated transfers before
they begin, and to customize parameters for that transfer as indicated below.
This exit is invoked by specifying the XPRECMD parameter in xcom.glb. If
XPRECMD is set when xcomd is invoked, the pre-allocation exit will be active for
remotely initiated transfers. This gives the system administrator additional
capabilities to control access, such as allowing only a particular user to perform a
transfer, or only allowing transfers to or from a particular directory.
Customization is useful in certain applications where the remote user does not
specify the true file name, and the local system uses a database to map the
specified name to the true local name. For example, certain e-mail application
systems work in this way. By way of additional explanation, for example, an
incoming transfer specifies a certain file name, but the administrator of the local
system that is receiving the file wants to place the data in a different file,
depending on the user ID of the sender. The script retrieves parameter values
and sends the relevant information to standard output, using the -g option, and
if desired, changes the values using the -p option.
2–22
User Guide
Using the Pre-allocation Exit
Using xcompre
An xcompre shell script is provided with Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
as a sample script, and is available online. It is an option to run an exit on the
local system before the transfer starts. It can be tailored to meet individual user
requirements. The xcompre exit collects and passes transfer ID information (tid)
to xcomqm, along with the parameter values specified by the available options, g and -p.
Note: The -g and -p options, for use with xcomqm, as shown in the sample script
are intended only for use with this exit.
The pre-allocation exit is invoked after Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
receives the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport header from the remote
partner, but before the transfer commences.
For information about shells and script changes, see Shells and Script Changes in
this chapter.
For remotely initiated transfers, the pre-allocation exit is invoked after Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport receives the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
header from the remote partner, but before the transfer commences. For locally
initiated transfers, the pre-allocation exit is invoked based on the value specified
by the global parameter XCOM_LOCAL. If XCOMPRE_LOCAL is set, the preallocation exit is invoked before sending the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport header to a remote partner.
Operating Environment
2–23
Using the Pre-allocation Exit
xcompre Options
The available options for xcompre and their associated parameters are listed
below:
Option
Function
-g
Passes transfer ID to xcomqm, and retrieves the values for the
following parameters from the local database and passes them
to standard output:
FILE_OPTION
FILE_TYPE
LOCAL_FILE
REMOTE_FILE
REMOTE_LU
TRANSFER_TYPE
USERID
-p
Changes the values for the following parameters based upon
the specified transfer ID (tid) and applies them to the transfer:
FILE_OPTION
LOCAL_FILE
REMOTE_FILE
Sample Script
The following is the sample xcompre script.
#!/bin/sh
# @(#)xcompre.sh
#
#
#
This procedure is invoked by the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
transaction program for all locally and remotely initiated transfers
before they begin.
tid=$1
echo $1 > /tmp/$tid.tidlog
# required for HPUX-10
if [ `uname` = 'HP-UX' ]
then PATH=/opt/xcom/bin:$PATH
fi
xcomqm -g$tid |grep USERID > /tmp/$tid.userlog
2–24
User Guide
Using Post Processing Scripts
'egrep' 'payroll|finance' /tmp/$tid.userlog
if [ $? -ne 0 ]
then
exit 100
else
xcomqm -p$tid LOCAL_FILE=/u/jc/test/000040.local
REMOTE_FILE=abcdefg \
FILE_OPTION=CREATE \
2>&1 > /tmp/$tid.errlog
exit 0
fi
\
Example
In the above sample script, the only file transfers permitted are ones that have
payroll or finance in the USERID. If the USERID does not meet one of these
criteria, the transfer is rejected. If the transfer is permitted, then the -p option is
used to specify the values to use for LOCAL_FILE, REMOTE_FILE and
FILE_OPTION.
Using Post Processing Scripts
Use these scripts to handle processing after you have received a file. They are
used for controlling print-spooling, for managing notification facilities, and for
additional processing of incoming files after a successful file transfer is received.
The post processing shell scripts include xcompp, xcomend, xcomlp, and
xcomntfy. These are provided with Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport as
sample scripts, and are also available online. They can be tailored to meet
individual user requirements, if necessary.
Shells and Script Changes
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport uses the shell specified by the
SHELL_CMD parameter for processing scripts. If you customize a script using a
shell other than the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport default, you should
change the default. However, all other Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
scripts will then use that default. This may affect the behavior of all Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport scripts.
Operating Environment
2–25
Modifying Post Processing Parameters
Process Summary
To modify a post processing script, follow these steps:
1.
Invoke an editor, such as vi, and open the script you want to modify.
2.
Go to the bottom of the script.
3.
Add the desired commands to the end of the script.
Note: If the script ends with an exit statement, enter your commands above
exit.
4.
Save the file and exit the editor.
Troubleshooting
For script problems, uncomment the debugging statements included in the
sample script and rerun the script. The debugging section is clearly marked.
Debugging information is written to the file specified in the first statement.
Modifying Post Processing Parameters
Use xcompp after a successful file transfer is received, to modify any of the
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport parameters that appear in the script.
Using xcompp
The xcompp script is a shell script that contains parameters for post processing of
a file. After a successful file transfer is received, xcompp is always turned on
(available) and will get invoked automatically. It is only invoked for incoming
files. It does not work for jobs or reports.
You can reference the parameters in xcompp by putting commands at the end of
the script. xcompp does not take any visible actions if no modifications are made
to the script.
2–26
User Guide
Modifying Post Processing Parameters
Sample Script
The following is the sample xcompp script:
#!/bin/sh
# @(#)xcompp.sh 1.1
#
#
#
#
#
3/27/92 20:19:33
This procedure is invoked by the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport transaction
program after the transfer is finished before the conversation is terminated.
Not every argument will be populated;
the values contained in the arguments depend on those provided by the
remote system.
###### START OF DEBUG SECTION ######
######
###### UNCOMMENT THE LINES BELOW TO DEBUG THIS SCRIPT ######
#exec >> /tmp/xcompp.out
#exec 2>&1
#set -vx
#PS4='[$0: $LINENO]+ '
#export PS4
###### END OF DEBUG SECTION ######
compression=$1
# Compression flag
shift
notify_flag=$1
# Notify flag
shift
notify_name=$1
# Notify Name
shift
remoteuser=$1
# Notify User
shift
filetype=$1
# File type (Whether it's file, job or report)
shift
fileaction=$1
# File action (Create, replace or append)
shift
datasettype=$1
# Dataset type
shift
carriage_flag=$1 # Carriage return flag
shift
code_flag=$1
# Code flag
shift
recfm=$1
# Record format
shift
lrecl=$1
# Logical record length
shift
remote_reqno=$1
# Remote request Number
shift
local_reqno=$1
# Local Request number
shift
group=$1
# Group name
shift
sysdata=$1
# System Dependent User Data
shift
xferdata=$1
# Transfer Dependent User Data
shift
ident=$1
# Ident
shift
truncation_flag=$1
# Truncation flag
shift
tmp_file=$1
# Local temporary file name
shift
file=$1
# Local file name
shift
remote_file=$1
# Remote file name
Operating Environment
2–27
Modifying the Post Transfer Script
#
POSTPROCESS HERE !
exit 0
Example
The example below shows how you change the permissions on a received file by
adding the following to the end of the xcompp script:
chmod 777 $tmp_file
This will change the permissions on tmp_file to read, write, and execute.
Note: You must type a $ sign before the variable to reference the variable in the
xcompp script.
Modifying the Post Transfer Script
Use this script for all types of transfers, after a transfer is finished and partner
communications have ended, whether the transfer completed successfully or not.
Using xcomend
The xcomend script is a script that is invoked by a Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transfer program. This script can be used as provided, or it can be
used by system administrators to modify printing commands and parameters to
provide additional information about all types of transfers (remote and local;
send and receive; successful or failed). Different arguments are passed
depending on whether the transfer is a file, job, or report. This script can be used
to define the context of the transfer, such as indicating that a remotely initiated
send transfer failed with a particular message.
Sample Script
The following is the sample xcomend script:
#!/bin/sh
# @(#)xcomend.sh 1.0
#
#
#
#
#
8/1/96 12:23:04
This procedure is invoked by the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport transfer
program after the transfer is finished (whether successful or not).
Not every argument will be populated;
the values contained in the arguments depend on those provided by the
remote system.
###### START OF DEBUG SECTION ######
######
###### UNCOMMENT THE LINES BELOW TO DEBUG THIS SCRIPT ######
#exec > /tmp/xcomend.$1.out
2–28
User Guide
Modifying the Post Transfer Script
#exec 2>&1
#set -vx
#PS4='[$0: $LINENO]+ '
#export PS4
###### END OF DEBUG SECTION ######
#
#
The first parameters are supplied for any type of transfer.
local_reqno=$1
# local request number/tid (000000 if unassigned)
shift
initiator=$1
# LOCAL or REMOTE
shift
transfer_type=$1 # FILE or JOB or REPORT
shift
direction=$1
# SEND or RECEIVE
shift
restarting=$1
# RESTARTING or FIRST_TRY
shift
start_time=$1
# Start time of transfer
shift
end_time=$1
# End time of transfer
shift
remote_system=$1 # Remote system name
shift
status=$1
# Status of transfer
shift
error=$1
# XCOM file transfer numeric error code
shift
msg=$1
# error code translated to message text
shift
status_msg=$1
# status message from partner when error on remote sys
shift
remoteuser=$1
shift
# Remote user
remote_reqno=$1
# Remote request Number
shift
group=$1
# Group name
shift
sysdata=$1
# System Dependent User Data
shift
xferdata=$1
# Transfer Dependent User Data
shift
transfer_name=$1 # Transfer Name
shift
tmp_file=$1
shift
file=$1
shift
remote_file=$1
shift
# Local temporary file name
# Local file name
# Remote file name
carriage_flag=$1 # Carriage return flag
shift
code_flag=$1
# Code flag
shift
compression=$1
shift
file_recs=$1
shift
file_bytes=$1
# Compression flag
# No. of records read/written
# No. of bytes
read/written
Operating Environment
2–29
Modifying the Post Transfer Script
shift
blocks=$1
shift
bytes=$1
shift
#
#
# No. of blocks
# No. of bytes
sent/received
sent/received
The next parameters are supplied for file transfers only
if [ $transfer_type = "FILE" ]
then
fileaction=$1
# File action (C, R, or A for create, replace, or append)
shift
datasettype=$1
# Dataset type
shift
recfm=$1
# Record format
shift
lrecl=$1
# Logical record length
shift
truncation_flag=$1
# Truncation flag
shift
#
#
The next group of parameters are supplied for report transfers only
elif [ $transfer_type = "REPORT" ]
then
jobname=$1
# Job name field from JES
shift
jobnumber=$1
# Job number field from JES
shift
class=$1
# print class
shift
copies=$1
# Number of copies to print
shift
form=$1
# Type of form to print this job on.
shift
recfm=$1
# Record format of incoming print job.
shift
lrecl=$1
# Logical record length of incoming report.
shift
blksize=$1
# Block size of incoming report.
shift
ucs_name=$1
# Name of UCS to be used for this print job.
shift
fcb=$1
# Name of FCB (form control block) for this report.
shift
room_number=$1
# Room number field from JES.
shift
programmer_name=$1
# Programmer name field from JES.
shift
tso_notify=$1
# TSO notify field from JES.
shift
destination=$1
# Destination printer specification.
shift
carriagecontrol=$1
# Type of carriage control characters being used.
shift
#
# There are no extra parameters for remote jobs
fi
#
2–30
User Guide
Modifying Printing Processes
#
PUT YOUR OWN XCOM ENDING CODE HERE !
exit 0
Modifying Printing Processes
Use this script after a print job is received from a remote system. Use the script as
provided or modify it, if necessary. The sample script assumes the default print
queue is used for printing Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport print jobs.
Using xcomlp
The xcomlp script is a shell script that is invoked by the Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport transaction program (XCOMSEND).
The contents of the parameters passed to xcomlp depend on what is supplied on
the initiating side of the transfer. The only field that can be absolutely relied on is
the file name. The sample procedure also assumes that the COPIES= field is
valid, in addition to assigning each incoming argument to an appropriately
named variable. For information regarding the processing machine code
characters, see the section, Reports Containing Machine Code Characters, later in
this chapter.
Sample Script
The following is the sample xcomlp script:
#!/bin/sh
# @(#)xcomlp.sh 1.1
3/27/92 20:19:33
#
#
#
#
#
#
This procedure is invoked by the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport transaction
program after an incoming print request is received. Not every argument will
be populated; the values contained in the arguments depend on those provided
by the remote system. The most general case is that of a host partner that
uses the user exit EXIT02 to extract and transmit the JES parameters
for the print job.
#
In all cases, the
file
and
copies
parameters will be valid.
###### START OF DEBUG SECTION ######
######
###### UNCOMMENT THE LINES BELOW TO DEBUG THIS SCRIPT ######
#exec > /tmp/xcomlp.out
#exec 2>&1
#set -vx
#PS4='[$0: $LINENO]+ '
#export PS4
###### END OF DEBUG SECTION ######
rluname=$1
shift
jobname=$1
# Remote lu name
# Job name field from JES
Operating Environment
2–31
Customizing the Notification Process
shift
jobnumber=$1
# Job number field from JES
shift
class=$1
# print class
shift
copies=$1
# Number of copies to print
shift
form=$1
# Type of form to print this job on.
shift
recfm=$1
# Record format of incoming print job.
shift
lrecl=$1
# Logical record length of incoming report.
shift
blksize=$1
# Block size of incoming report.
shift
ucs_name=$1
# Name of UCS to be used for this print job.
shift
fcb=$1
# Name of FCB (form control block) for this report.
shift
room_number=$1
# Room number field from JES.
shift
programmer_name=$1
# Programmer name field from JES.
shift
tso_notify=$1
# TSO notify field from JES.
shift
file=$1
# Name of temporary file into which XCOM 6.2 has placed report
shift
destination=$1
# Destination printer specification.
shift
nodespec=$1
# connection profile name
shift
carriagecontrol=$1
# Type of carriage control characters being used.
lp
${copies:+-n$copies} < $file
Customizing the Notification Process
The xcomntfy script is used, when notification is requested, to notify users that a
transfer has completed successfully. System administrators can modify this script
to customize notification procedures, if necessary. For any other post-processing
modifications, we recommend that you use xcompp.
Using xcomntfy
The supplied script uses mailx(1) to notify the named user logins.
Sample Script
The following is the xcomntfy script:
#!/bin/sh
# @(#)xcomntfy.sh
1.2
3/28/92 08:42:41
#
This procedure (xcomntfy) is called by Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
#
transaction program when the NOTIFY parameter is set to YES.
#
2–32
User Guide
Customizing the Notification Process
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
The arguments passed to the xcomntfy procedure are:
-q q_entryname
-h how
The following $how will be treated as 'M' (mail to user) by default:
T - TSO;
R - ROSCOE;
C - CICS;
L - another LU;
M - mail to user.
The following $how will be treated as 'W' (write to user) by default:
W - write to user.
The following $how will be treated as 'A' (write to all users) by deflt:
A - all;
-u login
Note: 1.Other information about the transfer can be extracted
from the output of xcomqm -D$q_entryname command
for postprocessing
2.If specified in $how method fails, the mail message will be sent
to $LOGNAME or root.
#uncomment following to diagnose problems with script
# set -xv
if [ `uname` = 'SunOS' ]
then MAIL=Mail
else
MAIL=mailx
fi
# required for HPUX-10
if [ `uname` = 'HP-UX' ]
then PATH=/opt/xcom/bin:$PATH
fi
while test $# -gt 0
do
case "$1" in
-h)
how="$2"
shift;;
-q)
q_entryname="$2"
shift;;
-u)
login="$2"
shift;;
esac
shift
done
case "$how" in
[TRCLMV]* )
xcomqm -D$q_entryname|
$MAIL -s "xfer $q_entryname" ${login:-${LOGNAME:-root}} >/dev/null 2>&1
;;
[W]* )
xcomqm -D$q_entryname|
if [ "$login" != "" ]
then
(write $login || $MAIL -s "xfer $q_entryname" ${login:-${LOGNAME:-root}})
>/dev/null 2>&1
fi
Operating Environment
2–33
xcom.trusted
;;
[A]* )
xcomqm -D$q_entryname|
(wall || $MAIL -s "xfer $q_entryname" ${login:-${LOGNAME:-root}})
>/dev/null 2>&1
;;
* )
;;
esac
# put user defined notification
# script here
exit 0
xcom.trusted
The xcom.trusted file contains a list of user names and, optionally, group user
IDs that are considered to be valid initiators of trusted transfers. Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport for UNIX and Linux can initiate a transfer with itself
and other platforms and respond to trusted transfers.
An xcom.trusted file must be defined for each trusted transfer expected from a
remote system. The xcom.trusted file allows a transfer to be sent without
specifying a user ID and password, as long as the UNIX or Linux system it is
being transferred to has a system-defined xcom.trusted file, with the same user
ID as the sending system. The user ID specified on the initiating system must
match the user ID of the person logged on to the initiating system. In this case,
even if no user ID or password is provided, the transfer is allowed to proceed.
Entries in the file identify users on the remote system and optional group user
ID. If the optional group user ID is not present, the first user ID will be used to
perform the transfer.
Using xcom.trusted
When Unicenter CA-XCOM for UNIX and Linux detects a trusted transfer, it
searches for and reads the appropriate file into memory and constructs a simple
search index. To improve the speed of this operation, the xcom.trusted file is
broken into many files: one per remote system. The file in the example below is
xcom.trusted.127.0.0.1; it will be used to authenticate trusted transfers from the
system whose IP address is 127.0.0.1.
2–34
User Guide
xcom.trusted
The xcom.trusted file for each installation of Unicenter CA-XCOM for UNIX or
Linux is in one of the following locations, depending on the conventions of the
particular platform:
■
/var/spool/xcom/trusted
■
/usr/spool/xcom/trusted
■
/var/opt/xcom/trusted
You can have just one trusted file if desired. For example, you can create a file in
the new format called xcom.trusted.all. Then, for each remote partner, the
following command creates a symbolic link to that file.
ln –s xcom.trusted.all xcom.trusted.127.0.0.1
ln –s xcom.trusted.all xcom.trusted.127.0.0.2
ln –s xcom.trusted.all xcom.trusted.127.0.0.3
ln –s xcom.trusted.all xcom.trusted.TSO36
This is particularly useful for testing and for small environments where the size
of the trusted file does not impact performance.
Use your preferred text editor to maintain the file.
For UNIX or Linux initiated transfers you must specify the TRUSTED parameter
to indicate to the receiving NT, UNIX, or Linux partner that the transfer is to be
considered a trusted transfer. If XCOM_TRUSTED_OVR has been set to Y in the
xcom.glb, the USERID parameter may also be specified to set the user ID that
will be used by the receiving NT, UNIX, or Linux partner.
The following versions of CA-XCOM Data Transport can send and receive
trusted transfers to and from each other:
■
■
Advantage CA-XCOM Data Transport for Windows NT Server/Professional
Version 3.1
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for Windows NT Server/Professional
r11
■
Any Advantage CA-XCOM Data Transport for UNIX Version 3.1 platform
■
Any Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for UNIX and Linux r11 platform
Note: Versions 3.0 and 3.1 of Advantage CA-XCOM Data Transport for z/OS
support only locally initiated trusted transfers to other trusted enabled
platforms, including Advantage CA-XCOM Data Transport for UNIX Version
3.0.
Operating Environment
2–35
Reports Containing Machine Code Characters
Sample File
#
#
#
#
#
#
xcom.trusted
In order to improve the speed of this operation, the xcom.trusted file will
be broken into many files: one per remote system. The file in the example
below is xcom.trusted.127.0.0.1; it will be used to authenticate trusted
transfers from the system whose IP address is 127.0.0.1.
# There will be other instances of the xcom.trusted file with different name
# suffixes to allow trusted transfers to be initiated from many remote systems.
#
# The xcom.trusted file has one line per user. The first user id is the
# one sent by the initiating system. The optional second user id is the
# one that will be used by Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport when performing the
transfer on the
# responding system. If the second user id is not present, the first user id
# will be used by the responding system instead.
# Changes to the xcom.trusted file will take effect without having to recycle
xcomd.
#
# For MVS remotely initiated transfers
# The userid of the person submitting the JCL must match a userid in the list
# of userids.
#
# Lines that begin with '#' are treated as comments.
# A comment "#" must be followed by a space or a character.
#
# See the examples below for coding practices.
# comment
volke01
strmi03
dunla01
xcomuser
rudto02
rudtr01
skoje02
xcomuser
dexel01
payroll
oakda01
payroll
#
Reports Containing Machine Code Characters
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport processes machine code characters in
reports sent from the mainframe under either of these conditions:
■
CODE=MACHINE is specified for FILETYPE=REPORT.
■
The report is sent from a machine code type data set, such as FBM.
For each line that begins with a supported printer channel command code,
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport inserts the appropriate number of form
feed and line feed characters.
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport supports the following machine code
characters:
SKIP
SKIP
SKIP
SKIP
2–36
User Guide
ONE LINE
TWO LINES
THREE LINES
TO CHANNEL1-12
Reports Containing Machine Code Characters
WRITE
WRITE
WRITE
WRITE
WRITE
NO SPACE
ONE SPACE
TWO SPACES
THREE SPACES
& SKIP TO CHANEL1-12
All channel commands (that is, Skip to Channel, Write and Skip to Channel) are
translated to a form feed (0C) followed by n-1 line feeds (0A). The Skip to
Channel or Write and Skip to Channel number is represented by n.
Example
Skip to Channel 1 is translated to a form feed (0C) followed by 0 line feeds. Skip
to Channel 2 is translated to a form feed (0C) followed by 1 line feed (0A), and so
on.
Operating Environment
2–37
Chapter
3
The Command Line Interface
The command line interface allows you to enter commands from system prompt
to control Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport.
Make sure you are familiar with parameter usage before using the commands in
this chapter; for more information, see the chapter “Operating Environment.”
The daemon must also be running before you can perform any transfers.
Using Configuration Files
Use configuration files to set default parameters for Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transfers. Use xcom.cnf to change default settings or to set transferspecific variables for an individual locally-initiated transfer. You may have any
number of different .cnf files with different names.
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport reads the .cnf parameter file specified, or it
reads /usr/spool/xcom/config/xcom.cnf if no file is specified, and any
parameters specified on the command line, and then executes the specified file
transfer.
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport automatically uses the defaults from the
xcom.glb and the specified .cnf files to supply any parameter values not specified
elsewhere.
For each transfer, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport compiles a full set of
parameter values. To collect these values, the program follows a search sequence.
The values are collected in the following order:
■
■
■
■
The Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport program defaults.
Parameters defined in xcom.glb at the time the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport daemon was started.
Parameters defined in the specified .cnf file. If a copy of the configuration file
is not found in the current directory, then the file
/usr/spool/xcom/config/xcom.cnf is used. If a .cnf file is specified, the
parameters are not picked up from the xcom.cnf.
Parameters defined in the command line following the -f option.
The Command Line Interface
3–1
Using Configuration Files
Note: Use a text editor to modify the values in xcom.cnf. All modifications go
into effect the next time a transfer is initiated.
For a description of how parameter values take precedence, see Using Unicenter
CA-XCOM Parameters in the chapter “Operating Environment.” For a complete
list of Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport parameters see the appendix
“Parameters.”
Creating Configuration Files
Use the following procedure to create configuration files of your own for
different types of transfers:
1.
From the command line, copy xcom.cnf to a new file. Enterthe following:
cp /usr/spool/xcom/config/xcom.cnf configfilename.cnf
The file xcom.cnf is renamed to configfilename.cnf and resides in your local
directory
Note: The file name configfilename.cnf is used only as an example here.
2.
From your local directory, load configfilename.cnf into vi or another editor.
The configfilename.cnf file is loaded in the editor.
3.
Modify the parameters in the new file to your specific needs.
It is not necessary to list all available parameters in a configuration file,
because any unspecified parameters will use the defaults that are set in
xcom.glb or the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport daemon.
If you specify a configuration file, then xcom.cnf is not used. If you do not
specify a configuration file, then Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport looks
in xcom.cnf for parameter values.
4.
Save the file and exit the editor.
Example 1
In the following example, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport is invoked from
the command line and a configuration file is specified.
xcom62 [ -cnumber] [ -f [configfilename]
[PARAMETER_NAME=value ...] ]
Replace number, configfilename and PARAMETER_NAME=value with the desired
transfer value, configuration file name and/or parameter name and values.
For the complete syntax and options for using xcom62 or xcomtcp, see
Transferring Files in this chapter.
3–2
User Guide
Transferring Files
Example 2
In the following example, a regional office transfers its accounting records daily
to the mainframe headquarters.
For this transfer, create a configuration file named account.cnf that contains the
following parameter values:
FILEOPTION=REPLACE
LOCAL_FILE=/usr/bills/july
REMOTE_FILE=BILLS.JULY
Then specify this configuration file to use for the transfer as follows:
xcom62 -c1 -f account.cnf
Transferring Files
This section contains information about performing file transfers from the
command line using xcom62 or xcomtcp. It describes the syntax and options for
these commands, and also contains information about multiple transfers, using
semicolons, and wildcard characters.
■
Use xcom62 or xcomtcp to initiate file transfers from the command line.
■
Use xcom62 for transfers that use SNA/APPC protocols.
■
Use xcomtcp for transfers that use TCP/IP protocols.
Specifying Protocols
When using the xcom62 or xcomtcp commands, the choice of protocol to use is
indicated by the PROTOCOL parameter. This can be specified at the command
line, in a configuration file, or in the xcom.glb file, depending upon your
installation’s needs. If the protocol is not specified at the command line, the
defaults specified in the configuration file or in xcom.glb are used.
Queuing Transfers
Transfers may be queued or not queued. When queued, failed transfers are
retried automatically, depending on the parameters set in the xcom.glb. Multiple
transfers may be sent to a partner simultaneously using SNA or TCP/IP.
When not queued, transfers execute immediately, single-threaded and are not
retried if they fail.
The Command Line Interface
3–3
Transferring Files
Using xcom62
For performing transfers using SNA/APPC protocols, xcom62 allows you to
initiate the transfer of a file, a job or a report from the command line, and to
specify the parameters to be used for that transfer.
Using xcomtcp
For performing transfers using TCP/IP, xcomtcp allows you to initiate the
transfer of a file, a job or a report from the command prompt, and to specify the
parameters to be used for that transfer.
Multiple Transfers
You may initiate multiple transfers in two ways. You can use the NEWXFER
option of the CONTROL parameter or you can use separate commands from the
command line by placing a semicolon in between each transfer request. For
information on the CONTROL parameter, see the appendix “Parameters.”
Using Semicolons
You can do several transfers from the command line by using the semicolon (;),
the general shell command separator.
Example
In the following example, two files are sent to the remote system, using
semicolons to separate the transfers. The file test1 is sent into file testA and file
test2 is sent into file testB.
xcom62 -c1 -f LOCAL_FILE=test1 REMOTE_FILE=testA; xcom62 -c1
-f LOCAL_FILE=test2 REMOTE_FILE=testB
Wildcard Characters
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for UNIX and Linux supports the use of
wildcards for local files and remote files.
Syntax
The syntax for using xcom62 and xcomtcp is identical, except for the choice of
command. The syntax for each is shown below.
3–4
User Guide
Transferring Files
Syntax for xcom62
The syntax for using xcom62 is as follows:
xcom62 [-cnumber] [option] [-f [configfilename]
[PARAMETER_NAME=value ...] ]
Syntax for xcomtcp
The syntax for using xcomtcp is as follows:
xcomtcp [-cnumber] [option] [-f [configfilename]
[PARAMETER_NAME=value ...] ]
Options
The following table explains the options available for xcom62 and xcomtcp:
Note: When the shell encounters an option that performs an action and exits
xcom62 or xcomtcp, it will perform the command and exit xcom62 or xcomtcp
without reading the rest of the command line.
Option
-cnumber
-h
Explanation
The type of transfer to be attempted. Valid values for
number are:
Value
Description
1
Send file to remote system (default).
2
Send report to be printed on remote system.
3
Send job to be executed on remote system.
4
Receive file from remote system.
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport displays help. The
usage message is displayed and exits xcom62 or xcomtcp.
Note: All other options are ignored.
-r
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport displays the release
level. The release level of the software is displayed and
exits xcom62 or xcomtcp.
-q
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport queues the transfer.
This option works like the QUEUE=YES parameter in
xcom.cnf.
The Command Line Interface
3–5
Transferring Files
Option
Explanation
-s
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport sets silent mode,
which turns off all output to stderr.
-t
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport sends trace output
to stderr.
-i
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport ignores
configuration errors.
-f configfilename
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport reads configfilename
to set the parameters necessary for the transfer. The syntax
for setting parameters within the configuration file is as
follows:
PARAMETER1=value
PARAMETER2=value
Note: While you can have Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport read parameters from a file as well as from the
command line, the parameters on the command line take
precedence and must come after the file name.
If you specify -f, you must specify configfilename or
PARAMETERNAME=value, or you can specify both.
PARAMETERNAME=
value...
Instead of setting parameters in a file, you can set them on
the command line. The syntax is as follows:
PARAMETER1=value PARAMETER2=value
The value of the parameters must be in uppercase where
appropriate, but the parameter names themselves, with
an underscore character where indicated, are not required
to be in uppercase.
Note: Parameters entered on the command line take
precedence over those in the parameter file.
3–6
User Guide
no options
If you invoke Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
without options, the defaults that are in xcom.cnf are used
for the transfer.
-v
Sets the transfer version type. Valid values are 1 or 2.
-x
Sets the trace level. Valid values are 0 to 10.
Transferring Files Using SNA/APPC Protocols
Transferring Files Using SNA/APPC Protocols
Use the information below as examples when performing transfers that use
SNA/APPC protocols.
Note: The syntax and options for using xcom62 are identical to those for
xcomtcp. For more information, see Transferring Files in this chapter.
Using SNA/APPC Protocols
Your computer and the remote Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport system
must be configured for the appropriate SNA/APPC for you to use SNA/APPC
protocols with Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport.
The choice of protocol to use is indicated by the PROTOCOL parameter. This can
be specified at the command line, in a configuration file, or in the xcom.glb file,
depending upon your installation’s needs. If the protocol is not specified at the
command line, the defaults specified in the configuration file or in xcom.glb are
used.
For more information about your platform’s SNA/APPC configuration, see the
appropriate Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Getting Started and the
SNA/APPC vendor documentation.
Example 1
In the following example, the xcom62 command is used to queue a file for a send
file transfer, using SNA/APPC protocols. The configuration file is myconfig.cnf,
the local file is named testa.aaa, and the remote file is named testb.bbb. The remote
system is indicated by the value XCOMDEVT2 in the REMOTE_SYSTEM
parameter. QUEUE is set to YES, so the transfer is queued. The protocol is
determined by the value of the PROTOCOL parameter in the xcom.glb file,
which should be set to SNA for an SNA/APPC transfer.
xcom62 -c1 -f myconfig.cnf LOCAL_FILE=testa.aaa
REMOTE_FILE=testb.bbb REMOTE_SYSTEM=XCOMDEVT2
QUEUE=YES
The Command Line Interface
3–7
Transferring Files Using TCP/IP Protocols
Example 2
In the following example, the xcom62 command is used to send a file directly,
without sending it to the queue, using SNA/APPC protocols. The configuration
file is myconfig.cnf, the local file is named testa.aaa, and the remote file is named
testb.bbb. The remote system is indicated by the value XCOMDEVT2 in the
REMOTE_SYSTEM parameter. QUEUE is set to NO, so the transfer starts
immediately after you press Enter. The choice of protocols is indicated by the
value SNA in the PROTOCOL parameter. If the default value in the
configuration file or the xcom.glb file is SNA, you do not need to specify this
value here.
xcom62 -c1 -f myconfig.cnf LOCAL_FILE=testa.aaa
REMOTE_FILE=testb.bbb REMOTE_SYSTEM=XCOMDEVT2
QUEUE=NO PROTOCOL=SNA
Transferring Files Using TCP/IP Protocols
Use IP addresses, host names, or domain names when performing transfers that
use TCP/IP protocols.
Note: The syntax and options for using xcomtcp are identical to those for
xcom62. For more information, see Transferring Files in this chapter.
Using IP Addresses and Names
Your computer and the remote Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport system
must be configured for TCP/IP for you to use TCP/IP protocols with Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport
Before performing a file transfer, you must know the IP address, the host name,
or the domain name of the remote system. Check with the network administrator
of the remote system for these values.
If your computer is not configured for TCP/IP, check with your network
administrator for further information.
3–8
User Guide
Transferring Files Using TCP/IP Protocols
The formats of the IP address, host name, and domain name are described in the
following table:
Value
Description
IP address
A unique number for a particular computer, used to
identify the computer on the TCP/IP network. IP
addresses are in the dotted decimal notation format.
Example:
123.123.78.91
Host Name
The host name of a particular computer.
Example:
goodsys
Domain Name
The Domain Name Service (DNS) name. Identifies the
computer’s group in the DNS hierarchy. The host name
and the domain name make up the fully qualified domain
name of the computer.
Example:
goodsys.goodsite.com
goodsys is the name of the computer, and it is in the
goodsite.com domain.
Specifying the Remote System
When using TCP/IP, the remote system can be specified in different ways. For
example, you can use the following forms:
By host name:
REMOTE_SYSTEM=goodsys
By fully qualified domain name:
REMOTE_SYSTEM=goodsys.goodsite.com
By IP address:
REMOTE_SYSTEM=123.123.78.91
Using the IP address is the most efficient method to use when specifying a
remote system location.
The Command Line Interface
3–9
Transferring Files Using TCP/IP Protocols
Note: The examples above use the REMOTE_SYSTEM parameter, but the usage
applies to REMOTE_SYSTEM_RF, REMOTE_SYSTEM_SJ, and
REMOTE_SYSTEM_SR also.
TCP/IP Name Resolution
If using a host name or domain name, your system must have a way to resolve
that name to an IP address.
You can use any symbolic name that can be mapped to an IP address, such as a
host name or a domain name. Your system must be set up to resolve the name to
an IP address. Check with your network administrator for further information
about your system’s use of names.
If you are relying on name resolution to resolve names to IP addresses, this
capability must be installed and configured on your system. There are many
ways to implement name resolution, including the Domain Name Service (DNS),
and the use of host files.
Using TCP/IP Protocols with Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
To use TCP/IP protocols for a Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport transfer,
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport must have the port specification for the
remote system and an indication that you wish to use TCP/IP protocols.
The port is specified by the PORT parameter. The default value in the xcom.glb
file should be valid for most remote hosts.
If you need to change the port value of the local system, see the appropriate
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Getting Started for your platform.
The choice of protocol to use is indicated by the PROTOCOL parameter. This can
be specified at the command line, in a configuration file, or in the xcom.glb file,
depending upon your installation’s needs. If the protocol is not specified at the
command line, the defaults specified in the configuration file or in xcom.glb are
used.
In addition, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport uses other parameters for
TCP/IP functionality. These parameters are of interest to system administrators
for tuning and performance considerations. They are described in the section on
xcom.glb parameters in the chapter “Operating Environment” and are also listed
in the appendix “Parameters.”
3–10
User Guide
Transferring Files Using TCP/IP Protocols
Example 1
In the following example, the xcomtcp command is used to queue a file for a
send file transfer, using TCP/IP. The configuration file is myconfig.cnf, the local
file is named testa.aaa, and the remote file is named testb.bbb. The remote system
is indicated by the host name goodsys in the REMOTE_SYSTEM parameter.
QUEUE is set to YES, so the transfer is queued. TCP/IP is indicated by the
valueTCPIP in the PROTOCOL parameter. The port is determined by the value
of the PORT parameter in the xcom.glb file.
xcomtcp -c1 -f myconfig.cnf LOCAL_FILE=testa.aaa
REMOTE_FILE=testb.bbb REMOTE_SYSTEM=goodsys
QUEUE=YES PROTOCOL=TCPIP
Example 2
In the following example, the xcomtcp command is used to submit a transfer
directly, without sending it to the queue, using TCP/IP. The configuration file is
myconfig.cnf, the local file is named testa.aaa, and the remote file is named
testb.bbb. The remote system is indicated by the fully qualified domain name
goodsys.goodsite.com in the REMOTE_SYSTEM parameter. QUEUE is set to NO, so
the transfer starts immediately after you press Enter. TCP/IP is indicated by the
value TCPIP in the PROTOCOL parameter. (If the default value in the
configuration file or the xcom.glb file is TCPIP, you do not need to specify this
value here.) The port is indicated by the value 8044 in the PORT parameter.
Note: The default value of PORT should be valid for most hosts, and you should
only specify a value for this parameter when needed.
xcomtcp -c1 -f myconfig.cnf LOCAL_FILE=testa.aaa
REMOTE_FILE=testb.bbb REMOTE_SYSTEM=goodsys.goodsite.com
QUEUE=NO PROTOCOL=TCPIP PORT=8044
PROTOCOL
The types of communication protocols to use are described following.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
SNA
For transfers using SNA/APPC communication protocols
TCPIP
For transfers using TCP/IP communication protocols
Default: SNA
The Command Line Interface
3–11
Setting Communications Parameters
Setting Communications Parameters
Use the following parameters in the xcom.cnf file or in any Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport configuration files to configure Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport communication parameters and data transfer characteristics. These
parameters do not change for the different types of file transfers. We recommend
modifying these values in xcom.cnf during the initial configuration of Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport.
Communications and Data Transfer Parameters
Most of these parameters are general communications parameters used to
configure the communications addressing for the systems involved in transfers.
However, the COMPRESS, MAXRECLEN, TRUNCATION, and VERSION
parameters are used to specify the data transfer attributes for specific transfers.
List of Parameters
The communications and data transfer configuration parameters are shown
below.
CODETABL
Specifies the prefix to the file names, atoe.tab and etoa.tab, that contain the
external ASCII-to-EBCDIC and EBCDIC-to-ASCII custom character conversion
tables. These custom character conversion tables determine which external
translation tables will be used by the transfer.
Note: This parameter is valid only if INTERNAL_CONVERSION_TABLES=NO.
Range: 0 to 12 characters
Default: None
3–12
User Guide
Setting Communications Parameters
COMPRESS
Indicates the compression type. When communicating with an IBM mainframe,
if the data file contains any empty lines, COMPRESS can only be set to YES,
LZSMALL, LZMEDIUM, or LZLARGE.
Note: All compression types are not supported on all platforms. See the partner
platform documentation for supported compression types.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Note: The LZ values enable LZ (Lempel-Ziv) compression to replace sequences
of data bytes that occur more than once in a data stream with a code value.
Value
Description
COMPACT
RJE compaction algorithm optimized for uppercase English
text.
LCOMPACT
RJE compaction algorithm optimized for lowercase English
text.
LZLARGE
Activates LZ compression to search back 32K in the
datastream for a matching string.
LZMEDIUM
Activates LZ compression to search back 16K in the
datastream for a matching string.
LZRW3
General-purpose algorithm that runs fast and gives
reasonable compression.
LZSMALL
Activates LZ compression to search back 4K in the
datastream for a matching string.
NO
Indicates no compression.
RLE
Run length encoding.
YES
Indicates run length encoding of binary zeros and blanks
only.
ZLIBn
Greater compression than LZRW3 but less than LZSMALL,
LZMEDIUM, and LZLARGE. The n value can be 1 through
9.
Default: YES
The Command Line Interface
3–13
Setting Communications Parameters
DESTINATION_TYPE
The type of target system.
Range: HOST, MIDRANGE, or OTHER
Default: OTHER
DOMAIN
The Windows domain name for use in authenticating the user ID and password
when accessing a Windows based machine that has sharable disks and drives
that belong to that domain. This allows users to access these sharable drives
without having to have a local user ID or password defined to the machine.
Range: 1 to 15 characters.
Default: None
MAXRECLEN
For Windows NT, UNIX, and Linux systems, the locally initiating Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport system determines the values for MAXRECLEN,
TRUNCATION, and LRECL, for send and receive operations. When the local
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport system initiates a transfer of a text file, this
parameter designates the length, in bytes, of the largest record that can be
transferred. If a record length is longer than this value, Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport uses the value in the TRUNCATION parameter on the initiating
side to determine whether to terminate the transfer or to truncate the record and
continue the transfer. When Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport transfers
binary files, this value indicates the length of the records that are transferred. On
a receive operation, MAXRECLEN is set to whatever the LRECL value is on the
initiating side.
Range: 1 to 32767
Default: 1024
3–14
User Guide
Setting Communications Parameters
MAX_REMOTE_TCP
The maximum number of remote TCP/IP transfers accepted by Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport. Transfers received after this limit has been reached
are rejected.
Note: Setting this parameter to 0 prohibits any remote transfers from taking
place.
Range: 0 to 999
Default: 32
REMOTE_SYSTEM
The name of the remote system that receives a file, job, or report.
For SNA/APPC protocols, the name is as specified in the SNA/APPC
configuration of the local system. For RS/6000, this is the LU6.2 Side Information
record.
For TCP/IP protocols, the value can be the remote system’s IP address, host
name, or domain name.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: None
REMOTE_SYSTEM_RF
The name of the remote system that sends a file on a receive file operation. If no
value is specified here, the value in REMOTE_SYSTEM is used.
For SNA/APPC protocols, the name is as specified in the SNA/APPC
configuration of the local system. For RS/6000, this is the LU6.2 Side Information
record.
For TCP/IP protocols, the value can be the remote system’s IP address, host
name, or domain name.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: None
The Command Line Interface
3–15
Setting Communications Parameters
REMOTE_SYSTEM_SJ
The name of the remote system to which a job is sent. If no value is specified
here, the value in REMOTE_SYSTEM is used.
For SNA/APPC protocols, the name is as specified in the SNA/APPC
configuration of the local system. For RS/6000, this is the LU6.2 Side Information
record.
For TCP/IP protocols, the value can be the remote system’s IP address, host
name, or domain name.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: None
REMOTE_SYSTEM_SR
The name of the remote system to which a report is sent. If no value is specified
here, the value in REMOTE_SYSTEM is used.
For SNA/APPC protocols, the name is as specified in the SNA/APPC
configuration of the local system. For RS/6000, this is the LU6.2 Side Information
record.
For TCP/IP protocols, the value can be the remote system’s IP address, host
name, or domain name.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: None
TEMPDIR
Indicates the directory in which temporary files for jobs and reports can be
created.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: /tmp
3–16
User Guide
Setting Communications Parameters
TRUNCATION
Indicates whether Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport truncates excess
characters in the source file if the record exceeds the maximum record length as
indicated by the MAXRECLEN parameter. If NO is selected, and the maximum
record length is exceeded, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport aborts the
transfer. This parameter is ignored if CARRIAGE_FLAG=NO.
Note: Truncation is not valid for BINARY data or for non-text data received on
the UNIX or Linux platform.
Range: YES or NO
Default: NO
VERSION
Indicates the version of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport protocol to be
used for this transfer. For TCP/IP, only a value of 2 is valid.
Range: 1 or 2
Default: 2
Note: This is a Version 2 parameter.
XLUNAME
Indicates the name of the local LU. This name must match the remote LU name
on the remote system.
Range: 1 to 17 characters
Default: None
Note: Not used in Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for RS/6000 SNA
Services or RS/6000 SNA Server.
XMODE
Indicates the mode name associated with the SNA/APPC configuration for the
XLUNAME-Remote LU name pair. This name must match the mode name
defined on the remote system.
Range: 1 to 8 characters
Default: XCOMMODE
The Command Line Interface
3–17
Using the Send File Command
XNODESPEC
Required for Brixton and SunLink APPCs. Indicates the name of the node that
specifies the gateway to use for the transfer. Does not apply to other APPCs.
Range: 1 to 64 characters
Default: None
Using the Send File Command
Use the Send File command to send a copy of a file on the local system to a file
on a remote system.
The -c1 option specifies that this is a Send File transfer. The local file is indicated
by the LOCAL_FILE parameter. The file on the remote system is indicated by the
REMOTE_FILE parameter.
Example 1
In the following example, the xcom62 command is used. The configuration file is
/myconfig.cnf, the local file is named /testa.aaa, the remote file is named /testb.bbb,
and the transferred file replaces a file on the remote system that already exists.
xcom62 -c1 -f /myconfig.cnf LOCAL_FILE=/testa.aaa
REMOTE_FILE=/testb.bbb FILE_OPTION=REPLACE
Example 2
In the following example, the xcomtcp command is used. The configuration file
is /myconfig.cnf, the local file is named /testa.aaa, the remote file is named
/testb.bbb, and the transferred file replaces a file on the remote system that
already exists. The PROTOCOL parameter specifies the protocol as TCP/IP.
xcomtcp -c1 -f /myconfig.cnf LOCAL_FILE=/testa.aaa
REMOTE_FILE=/testb.bbb FILE_OPTION=REPLACE
PROTOCOL=TCPIP
3–18
User Guide
Using the Send File Command
Parameters
The Send File parameters are shown below.
CREATE_DIR
Indicates whether to create the specified directory if it does not exist.
Value
Description
YES
Create the directory if it does not exist.
NO
Do not create the directory if it does not exist.
Default: YES
FILE_OPTION
Indicates how the transferred data is to be processed by the receiving system. For
file transfers only.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
CREATE
Create a new file on the receiving system.
APPEND
Append the transferred data to an existing file on the receiving
system.
REPLACE
Replace an existing file on the receiving system.
For wildcard transfers:
Value
Description
CREATE
Create the PDS/Directory and add the transferred members. If the
PDS/Directory already exists, the transfer fails with an error.
APPEND
Add transferred members/files. If the PDS/Directory does not exist
or the member/file already exists, the transfer fails with an error.
REPLACE
Add or replace transferred members/files. If the PDS/Directory
does not exist, the transfer fails with error XCOMN0403E Cannot
open output file-No such file or directory.
The Command Line Interface
3–19
Using the Send File Command
Note: When creating a file on an IBM mainframe system, some additional
information may be necessary. Fore more information, see the explanations for
RECORD_FORMAT, BLKSIZE, VOLUME, and UNIT parameters.
Default: CREATE
LOCAL_FILE
The name of the file on the local system that is being transferred. At the
command prompt or in a script, if this variable is null or unset, standard input is
read. In this manner, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport commands can be
used in a pipeline or with redirection. All UNIX or Linux file naming
conventions apply.
For wildcard transfers, use an asterisk (*) as a file name to indicate that all files
within the specified directory are to be transferred. For example, the statement
LOCAL_FILE=/NAMES/* indicates that all files under the NAMES directory
are to be transferred.
When a prefix is followed by an asterisk, all members beginning with a specific
prefix are to be transferred. For example, LOCAL_FILE=/NAMES/AL* requests
that files AL, ALEX, and ALICE are all to be transferred. The same rules apply if
an asterisk is followed by a suffix.
The actual file name range (not including its path) for wildcard transfers can be
between 0 and 71 characters. This also includes the file extension where
applicable. File names over 71 characters are truncated. However, when sending
files to a mainframe PDS, any file name over 8 characters in length is truncated.
These systems do not recognize file extensions. For example, a file called
longfilename.txt will be truncated to longfile and a file called file.txt will be
truncated to file.
Note: If QUEUE=YES, the full path name must be specified.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default: None
REMOTE_FILE
Indicates the file on the remote computer to which the transferred data is being
written. If you are creating the file (FILE_OPTION=CREATE), the file name must
be consistent with the file naming conventions of the remote system. The local
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport system does not validate this name. The
remote I/O system determines whether the file name is valid.
3–20
User Guide
Using the Retrieve File Command
For wildcard transfers, use an asterisk (*) as a file name to indicate and to inform
the receiving partner that multiple files will be sent. For example,
REMOTE_FILE=/PAYROLL/*.
If multiple files are sent and the user specifies a file name, all files received by the
partner are written to that specified file as one single file.
An asterisk used to send files to an IBM mainframe system shows that all files
are to be transferred to a partitioned data set (PDS).
For platforms that support it, you can specify a common file extension to append
to each file name. For example, REMOTE_FILE=/PAYROLL/*.TXT.
Note: For send file transfers only.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: None
Using the Retrieve File Command
Use the Retrieve File command to retrieve a copy of a file from a remote system
and write it to a specified file on the local system.
The -c4 option specifies that this is a Retrieve File transfer. The remote file to be
copied is indicated by the REMOTE_FILE_RF parameter. The file on the local
system is indicated by the LOCAL_FILE_RF parameter.
Example 1
In the following example, the xcom62 command is used. The remote file customer
is retrieved into the local file /accounts. All other necessary parameters are read
from the default configuration file, xcom.cnf.
xcom62 -c4 -f REMOTE_FILE_RF=customer LOCAL_FILE_RF=/accounts
Example 2
In the following example, the xcomtcp command is used. The remote file
customer is retrieved into the local file /accounts. All other necessary parameters
are read from the default configuration file, xcom.cnf.
xcomtcp -c4 -f REMOTE_FILE_RF=customer LOCAL_FILE_RF=/accounts
The Command Line Interface
3–21
Using the Retrieve File Command
Parameters
The Retrieve File parameters are shown below.
FILE_OPTION_RF
Indicates how the transferred data is to be processed by the receiving system
(that is, the local system). Used when the transfer type is Retrieve File. If a value
is not specified, then the value of FILE_OPTION is used. If no default is specified
in FILE_OPTION or FILE_OPTION_RF, then the value defaults to CREATE.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
CREATE
Create a new file on the receiving system.
APPEND
Append the transferred data to an existing file on the receiving
system.
REPLACE
Replace an existing file on the receiving system.
For wildcard transfers:
Value
Description
CREATE
Create the PDS/Directory and add the transferred members. If the
PDS/Directory already exists, the transfer fails with an error.
APPEND
Add transferred members/files. If the PDS/Directory does not exist
or the member/file already exists, the transfer fails with an error.
REPLACE
Add or replace transferred members/files. If the PDS/Directory
does not exist, The transfer fails with error XCOMN0403E Cannot
open output file-No such file or directory.
Default: CREATE
LOCAL_FILE_RF
The file name that is created, appended, or replaced on the local system when it
receives a file. At the command prompt or in a script, if this value is null or
unset, then Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport writes to the stdout. All UNIX
or Linux file naming conventions apply.
For wildcard transfers, use an asterisk (*) as a file name to indicate that multiple
files will be received. For example, LOCAL_FILE_RF=/PAYROLL/*.
3–22
User Guide
Using the Retrieve File Command
If multiple files are received and the user specifies a file name, all files received
by the partner are written to that specified file as one single file.
For platforms that support it, you can specify a common file extension to be
appended to each file name. For example,
LOCAL_FILE_RF=/PAYROLL/*.TXT.
Note: If QUEUE=YES, the full path name must be specified.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default: None
REMOTE_FILE_RF
Indicates the name of the file to be retrieved from the remote system.
For wildcard transfers, use an asterisk (*) as a file name to indicate that all files
within the specified PDS/Directory should be transferred. For example, the
statement REMOTE_FILE_RF=/NAMES/* indicates that all files under the
NAMES directory should be transferred.
When a prefix is followed by an asterisk, all members beginning with a specific
prefix are transferred. For example, REMOTE_FILE_RF=/NAMES/AL* requests
that files AL, ALEX, and ALICE should be transferred. The same rules apply if
an asterisk is followed by a suffix.
The actual file name range (not including its path) for wildcard transfers can be
between 0 - 71 characters. This also includes the file extension where applicable.
File names over 71 characters are truncated.
Note: For retrieve file transfers only.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: None
The Command Line Interface
3–23
Using the Retrieve File Command
REMOTE_SYSTEM_RF
The name of the remote system that sends a file on a receive file operation. If no
value is specified here, the value in REMOTE_SYSTEM is used.
For SNA/APPC protocols, the name is as specified in the SNA/APPC
configuration of the local system. For RS/6000, this is the LU6.2 Side Information
record.
For TCP/IP protocols, the value can be the remote system’s IP address, host
name, or domain name.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: None
UNIT_RF
Specifies the unit from which a data set is to be retrieved from an IBM
mainframe.
Range: 0 to 6 characters
Default: None
VOLUME_RF
Specifies the volume from which a data set is to be retrieved from an IBM
mainframe.
Range: 0 to 6 characters
Default: None
3–24
User Guide
Creating a File on an IBM Mainframe
Creating a File on an IBM Mainframe
The IBM mainframe file system, unlike the UNIX or Linux system, may require
that you specify a variety of attributes in order to create a file on the mainframe.
To determine the appropriate values for these parameters, check with your IBM
mainframe applications group.
Parameters
The following parameters are used when FILE_OPTION=CREATE when
creating a file on an IBM mainframe from a local system.
ALLOCATION_TYPE
Indicates the unit of storage allocation for a data set created on an IBM
mainframe.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
CYL
Cylinders
TRK
Tracks
BLK
Blocks
Default: CYL
Note: This is a Version 2 parameter.
The Command Line Interface
3–25
Creating a File on an IBM Mainframe
BLKSIZE
Specifies the block size of a data set created on an IBM mainframe.
Note: Used when FILE_OPTION=CREATE
Range: 0 to 32767
If the format is
Then the block size must be
Fixed or fixed block record
A multiple of the record length
Variable record
4 bytes larger than the record length
Undefined record
Larger than the largest record length
Default: 800
DATACLAS
Specifies the name of the data class to use when allocating a new SMS-managed
data set.
Note: This parameter applies only to mainframe SMS data sets.
Range: 1 to 8 characters
Default: None
DSNTYPE
Specifies the data set definition.
Note: This parameter applies only to mainframe SMS data sets.
Value
Description
LIBRARY
Defines a PDSE
PDS
Defines a partitioned data set
Note: These values are IBM standards for SMS processing.
Range: 1 to 8 characters
Default: None
3–26
User Guide
Creating a File on an IBM Mainframe
LRECL
Specifies the actual or maximum length, in bytes, of a logical record.
Corresponds to the JCL LRECL subparameter.
Range: 0 to 32767
If the format is
Then the maximum length of a logical record
must be equal to the
Variable blocked record
Maximum record length plus 4
Fixed or fixed block record
Constant record length
Default: 160
MGMTCLAS
Specifies the name of the management class to use when allocating a new SMSmanaged data set.
Note: This parameter applies only to mainframe SMS data sets.
Range: 1 to 8 characters
Default: None
NUM_OF_DIR_BLOCKS
Specifies the number of directory blocks to allocate for a data set created on an
IBM mainframe.
Range: 0 to 32767
Default: 0
Note: Version 2 parameter
PRIMARY_ALLOC
Identifies primary storage allocation for a data set created on an IBM mainframe.
Range: 0 to 99999
Default: 1
Note: Version 2 parameter
The Command Line Interface
3–27
Creating a File on an IBM Mainframe
RECORD_FORMAT
Specifies the record format of a data set created on an IBM mainframe. This
corresponds to the JCL RECFM subparameter.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
3–28
User Guide
Value
Description
Record Length
Comment
F
Fixed unblocked
The same length as the
data set
FA
Fixed unblocked
ANSI
The same length as the Contains
data set
ISO/ANSI/FIPS control
characters
FB
Fixed blocked
Fixed
Fixed record length with
multiple records per
block
FBA
Fixed blocked
ANSI
Fixed
Multiple records per
block where these
records contain
ISO/ANSI/FIPS control
characters
FBS
Fixed blocked
spanned
Fixed
Multiple records per
block written as
standard blocks
FM
Fixed unblocked
machine
The same length as the Contains machine code
data set
control characters
FS
Fixed unblocked
spanned
The same length as the Written as standard
data set
blocks where these
records do not contain
any truncated blocks or
unfilled tracks
U
Undefined
Undefined
V
Variable
unblocked
Variable
VA
Variable
unblocked ANSI
Variable
Contains
ISO/ANSI/FIPS control
characters
VB
Variable blocked
Variable
Multiple records per
block
Creating a File on an IBM Mainframe
Value
Description
Record Length
Comment
VBA
Variable blocked
ANSI
Variable
Multiple records per
block where these
records contain
ISO/ANSI/FIPS control
characters
VBM
Variable blocked
machine
Variable
Multiple records per
block where these
records contain machine
code control characters
VBS
Variable blocked
spanned
Variable
May have multiple
records per block where
these records can span
more than one block
VM
Variable
unblocked
machine
Variable
Contains machine code
control characters
VS
Variable
unblocked
spanned
Variable
A record can span more
than one block
Default: VB
SECONDARY_ALLOC
Identifies secondary storage allocation for a data set created on an IBM
mainframe.
Range: 0 to 99999
Default: 0
Note: This is a Version 2 parameter.
The Command Line Interface
3–29
Creating a File on an IBM Mainframe
SECURE_SOCKET
Specifies whether to use an OpenSSL socket or Non OpenSSL socket for
transfers.
Value
Description
YES
Performs secure transfer.
The transfer uses an OpenSSL socket and must to connect to
a SSL listener on the remote partner.
NO
Performs non secure transfer.
The transfer uses a Non Open SSL socket.
Default: NO
STORCLAS
Specifies the name of the storage class for a new SMS-managed data set.
Note: This parameter applies only to mainframe SMS data sets.
Range: 1 to 8 characters
Default: None
UNIT
Specifies the unit on which a data set is to be created on an IBM mainframe.
Note: Used when FILE_OPTION=CREATE.
Range: 0 to 6 characters
Default: None
VOLUME
Specifies the volume on which a data set is to be created on an IBM mainframe.
Range: 0 to 6 characters
Default: None
3–30
User Guide
Creating a File on an IBM Mainframe
XCOM_CONFIG_SSL
Specifies the configssl.cnf file path and file name.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: /usr/locl/ssl/configssl.cnf
XCOM_SHOW_CIPHER
Specifies whether to display encryption algorithms in the Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport queue detailed information, which is used for transfers.
Value
Description
NO
Do not display encryption algorithms in the queue detail
information.
YES
Display encryption algorithms in the queue detail
information.
Default: NO
Tape Parameters for an IBM Mainframe
Use the following parameters at the command prompt and in configuration files
when IBM Mainframe tape drives are involved in the transfer. Allowable values
for these parameters are the same as for their IBM JCL counterparts except where
noted. You can also refer to this section for parameter information when using
the xcomtool.
Note: When tape drives are involved in the transfer, it may be necessary to also
use some of the parameters discussed in the previous section, Creating a File on
an IBM Mainframe, such as UNIT and VOLUME.
DEN
Specifies the density to be used in creating a tape on the remote system. Valid
values are the same as those for the DEN parameter in JCL.
Range: 1 to 4
Default: None
The Command Line Interface
3–31
Creating a File on an IBM Mainframe
EXPDT
Specifies an expiration date for the tape data set in terms of a two-digit
designation for the year and a three-digit designation for the day of the year. For
example, in the expiration date 02021, 02 is the year (namely, 2002) and 021 is the
21st day of that year when the tape data set expires. For example, if 02021 is an
expiration date, 2002 is the year and 021 is the 21st day of the year.
Format: yyddd
Default: None
Note: EXPDT and RETPD are mutually exclusive; specify one or the other.
LABEL
Indicates the type of label associated with a tape data set. The following table
lists the valid values for this parameter.
Value
Description
Processing type:
AL, AUL, BLP,
LTM, NL, NSL, SL,
SUL
Represent the types of processing to be applied to data
sets on tape.
Note: Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for z/OS supports only standard
label tapes.
Example: LABEL=BLP
The type of processing to be applied to this data set is BLP.
Default: AL
3–32
User Guide
Creating a File on an IBM Mainframe
LABELNUM
Indicates the sequence number of the data set on the tape. The following table
lists the valid values for this parameter.
Value
Description
Sequence number
(0001-9999)
This value identifies the sequence number of a data set on
tape.
Example: LABELNUM=2
This specification refers to the second data set on the tape.
Default: 0001
RETPD
Specifies the number of days (1 to 9999) that the tape data set being created is to
be retained.
Range: 1 to 9999
Default: None
Note: RETPD and EXPDT are mutually exclusive; specify one or the other.
TAPE
Indicates to the remote system whether the volume is a tape volume or a disk
file. Yes indicates a tape volume and that mounts are allowed when performing
dynamic allocation. No indicates that the transfer is to a disk file.
Range: YES or NO
Default: NO
The Command Line Interface
3–33
Creating a File on an IBM Mainframe
TAPEDISP
Specifies the disposition value for MVS tape data sets.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
1
New
2
Old
3
Mod
Default: 1
UNITCT
Specifies the number of units to be allocated on the remote system.
Range: 1 to 20
Default: None
VOLCT
Specifies the maximum number of volumes to be used in processing a
multivolume output tape data set on the remote system.
Range: 1 to 255
Default: None
VOLSQ
Specifies the sequence number of the first volume of a multi-volume remote data
set to be used.
Range: 1 to 255
Default: None
3–34
User Guide
Using the Send Report Command
Using the Send Report Command
Use the Send Report command to send a copy of a report file from a local system
to a remote system for printing.
The -c2 option specifies that this is a Send Report transfer. The report file on the
local system is specified by the LOCAL_FILE_SR parameter.
Example 1
In the following example, the xcom62 command is used. The configuration file is
/myconfig.cnf, the local report file sent is named /tmp/myfile.rpt, and it is placed on
HOLD status on the remote system until released by the remote system.
xcom62 -c2 -f /myconfig.cnf LOCAL_FILE_SR=/tmp/myfile.rpt
HOLDFLAG=YES
Example 2
In the following example, the xcomtcp command is used. The configuration file
is /myconfig.cnf, the local report file sent is named/tmp/myfile.rpt, and it is placed
on HOLD status on the remote system until released by the remote system.
xcomtcp -c2 -f /myconfig.cnf LOCAL_FILE_SR=/tmp/myfile.rpt
HOLDFLAG=YES
Parameters
The Send Report parameters are shown below.
CARRIAGE_CONTROL_CHARACTERS
Indicates the type of printer carriage-control codes, if any, that are included in
the report file.
Note: For report transfers only.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
ASA
ASA control codes in column 1.
IBM
IBM Machine Characters (valid only for IBM mainframes).
The Command Line Interface
3–35
Using the Send Report Command
Value
Description
BYPASSASA
If data is already in ASA format, bypass conversion.
OTHER
No carriage-control codes are used.
Default: OTHER
CLASS
The print class assigned to a report transferred to a remote system.
If the remote system is an IBM mainframe, this field designates the JES SYSOUT
class.
Note: For report transfers only.
Example: Enter B to print the report through SYSOUT=B.
Range: 1 character
Default: None
COPIES
The number of copies that are to be sent. If this parameter is not specified, the
remote system queues one copy of the report to the system’s default printer. For
report transfers only.
Range: 1 to 999
Default: 1
DESTINATION
Identifies the printer or other device on the remote system where the report is to
be sent. If this parameter is not specified, the remote system sends the report to
the system's default printer. For report transfers only.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
0 to 16 characters
For indirect transfers and for Version 1.
0 to 21 characters
For transfers that are not indirect and for Version 2.
Default: None
3–36
User Guide
Using the Send Report Command
DISPOSITION
Indicates what the remote system does with the report file after the report has
been printed. For report transfers only.
Note: This field is not used when the remote system is an IBM mainframe.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
If the value Is
Then after printing the report is
DELETE
Deleted
KEEP
Kept
HOLD
Held
Default: DELETE
FCB
Identifies the FCB JCL parameter when sending the report file to an IBM
mainframe, defining print density, lines per page, and so on. For report transfers
only.
Range: 0 to 4 characters
Default: None
FORM
The type of form that should be used to print the report. Since Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport places the print job in the remote system's print
queue, the print control functions depend on the remote system. The user must
verify beforehand that the requested form is available at the remote site. For
report transfers only.
Range: 0 to 10 characters
Default: None
HOLDFLAG
Indicates whether a transferred report file is to be placed on HOLD on the
remote system or is to be printed immediately. For report transfers only.
Range: YES or NO
Default: NO
The Command Line Interface
3–37
Using the Send Report Command
LOCAL_FILE_SR
Local file name to be sent as a report to the remote system. If this value is null or
unset, then Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport reads the standard input file.
For report transfers only.
Note: If QUEUE=YES, user must specify full path name.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default: None
REMOTE_SYSTEM_SR
The name of the remote system to which a report is sent. If no value is specified
here, the value in REMOTE_SYSTEM is used.
For SNA/APPC protocols, the name is as specified in the SNA/APPC
configuration of the local system. For RS/6000, this is the LU6.2 Side Information
record.
For TCP/IP protocols, the value can be the remote system’s IP address, host
name, or domain name.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: None
REPORT_TITLE
This field contains the report title and job number that will be printed on the
report. The field has the following format:
8 characters
2 characters
8 characters
Job Name
Blanks
Job Number
The Job ID is optional and can be skipped. The Job Name can also be skipped,
but if you skip the Job name and want to use the job number, you must pad the
number with 10 blanks.
Note: For report transfers only.
Examples
REPORT_TITLE=”Salary94
REPORT_TITLE=”
Non-example
REPORT_TITLE=”
3–38
User Guide
Job12345”
Job23456”
Job34567”
Using the Send Report Command
This is not a valid REPORT_TITLE because the Job Number spans both subfields.
This parameter is used by Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport on remote
systems in the following ways:
System
Uses the REPORT_TITLE
z/OS
To interpret a non-blank value in this field as
specifying the generation of a separator (banner) page
for this value.
VAX/VMS
To print with the report.
UNIX/Linux
To allow Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport to pass
this field to the LP spooler as a title field.
Other systems
As a descriptive comment only and does not print it as
part of the report.
Range: 0 to 21 alphanumeric or blank characters
Default: None
SPOOL_FLAG
Indicates whether the report is to spooled to disk or printed immediately. For
report transfers only.
Note: If the remote system is an IBM mainframe, this parameter has no effect on
the transfer.
Range: YES or NO
Default: Yes
Support for IBM Machine Code Characters
IBM Machine Code characters will be converted to the proper combination of
form feed and line feed characters when the report is received from a machine
code data set on the mainframe, such as FBM, or the partner specifies that the
report has machine code controls.
The Command Line Interface
3–39
Using the Send Job Command
Using the Send Job Command
Use the Send Job Command to send an executable file to a remote system to
perform a job.
The -c3 option specifies that this is a Send Job transfer. The local job file is
specified by the LOCAL_FILE_SJ parameter.
The executable file or command script that contains the job must have in it the
control statements that are needed to execute the job on the remote system. These
control statements must be in a form that is recognized by the remote system. For
example, if you are sending to an IBM z/OS system, this file could contain JCL
statements. If you are sending to a UNIX or Linux system, this file could contain
a shell script. For sending to a PC, the file would be a DOS .bat file.
Example 1
In the following example, the xcom62 command is used. The job sent for
execution on the remote system is in the file /tmp/myfile.
xcom62 -c3 -f LOCAL_FILE_SJ=/tmp/myfile
All other necessary parameters are read from the default configuration file
xcom.cnf.
Example 2
In the following example, the xcomtcp command is used. The job sent for
execution on the remote system is in the file /tmp/myfile.
xcomtcp -c3 -f LOCAL_FILE_SJ=/tmp/myfile
All other necessary parameters are read from the default configuration file
xcom.cnf.
3–40
User Guide
Tracing Problems
Parameters
The Send Job parameters are shown below.
LOCAL_FILE_SJ
Indicates the name of the file on the local system to be sent as a job. All the UNIX
or Linux file naming conventions apply. If this value is null or unset, then
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport reads the standard input file.
Note: If QUEUE=YES, user must specify full path name.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default: None
REMOTE_SYSTEM_SJ
The name of the remote system to which a job is sent. If no value is specified
here, the value in REMOTE_SYSTEM is used.
For SNA/APPC protocols, the name is as specified in the SNA/APPC
configuration of the local system. For RS/6000, this is the LU6.2 Side Information
record.
For TCP/IP protocols, the value can be the remote system’s IP address, host
name, or domain name.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: None
Tracing Problems
The tracing parameters are used to collect information at the request of Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport Customer Support in order to diagnose a problem.
The trace output is primarily intended to provide information to Customer
Support, and they usually request a level of tracing for you to use. The -t option
of the xcom62 or xcomtcp command will direct trace output to stderr, the
standard error output.
This trace facility collects information about a transfer from the point where a
transfer is queued or submitted and a connection is established. The resulting
trace data is stored in a file named tidnumber.tra, where tidnumber = the transfer
ID.
The Command Line Interface
3–41
Tracing Problems
Example 1
In the following example, the xcom62 command is used. The configuration file is
/myconfig, the XTRACE parameter is used to set the trace level to 10 to provide
full tracing information and the trace information is written to a trace file.
xcom62 -f /myconfig XTRACE=10
This section contains information about collecting information to diagnose
problems when requested by Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Customer
Support.
Example 2
In the following example, the xcomtcp command is used. The configuration file
is /myconfig, the XTRACE parameter is used to set the trace level to 10 to provide
full tracing information and the trace information is written to a trace file. The
protocol is specified by the PROTOCOL parameter.
xcomtcp -f /myconfig XTRACE=10 PROTOCOL=TCPIP
Return Codes
For queued transfers, the return code indicates success or failure in queuing the
transfer.
For non-queued transfers the return codes from XCOMTCP and XCOM62 are as
follows:
■
0 = Transfer successful
■
Non-zero = Transfer failed
The XCOM return code is the same as the error message number, which is
usually a three-digit number. In order to pass back the error message number,
XCOM must make sure the error code is 256 or less, because of system
restrictions. To do this, XCOM subtracts 256 from the error message number if it
is greater than 256. In other words, the return code is modulo 256.
Example
Message XCOMU0298E would give 42 as the return code (298-256= 42).
Refer to /usr/include/xcom/xcomerr.h. These return codes are not modulo 256.
3–42
User Guide
Setting Up Log Files
Parameters
The tracing parameter is shown below.
XTRACE
Indicates the level of desired execution tracing.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
0
No tracing.
1 to 8
Levels of tracing from 1 (lowest) to 8 (highest).
9
Show the contents of the data buffers.
10
Includes levels 1 to 9 plus some additional detailed technical
information.
Default: 0
Note: Turning on the trace can seriously degrade performance.
Setting Up Log Files
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport automatically collects information about
transfers and stores it in a log file. Read the log file to see information about
transfers. The log indicates information such as when a transfer was started,
stopped, completed, deleted, suspended, or aged off of the queue. For each
transfer, it shows the time, date, transfer ID and number of blocks and bytes
transmitted.
Example 1
In the following example, the xcom62 command is used. The configuration file is
/tmp/myconfig and the log file is /home/phil/xcom/mylog.
xcom62 -f /tmp/myconfig XLOGFILE=/home/phil/xcom/mylog
The Command Line Interface
3–43
Setting File Type Conversion
Example 2
In the following example, the xcomtcp command is used. The configuration file
is /tmp/myconfig and the log file is /home/phil/xcom/mylog.
xcomtcp -f /tmp/myconfig XLOGFILE=/home/phil/xcom/mylog
Parameters
The logging parameter is shown below.
XLOGFILE
The name of the file where Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport logs activity. If
you do not specify this parameter, the systemwide log
file/usr/spool/xcom/xcom.log is used. If you specify this parameter with a
different file name, the logging information is only sent to the specified file.
Note: Specify the full pathname if QUEUE=YES.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default: /usr/spool/xcom/xcom.log, except for the following:
■
For HP-UX systems: /var/spool/xcom/xcom.log
■
For OSF Digital UNIX: /var/opt/xcom/xcom.log
Setting File Type Conversion
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport uses internal character conversion sets to
handle different file formats when files are sent or received. These default
conversion sets are stored in files as conversion tables. When executing a nonbinary file transfer that requires an ASCII/EBCDIC conversion, Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport uses these tables by default
(INTERNAL_CONVERSION_TABLES=YES).
The default conversion tables are listed in the table below.
3–44
User Guide
For this conversion
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport uses the
character set in
ASCII to EBCDIC
/usr/spool/xcom/convtab/atoe.tab
EBCDIC to ASCII
/usr/spool/xcom/convtab/etoa.tab
Setting File Type Conversion
Note: For HP-UX systems these files are in the directory /var/spool/xcom.
For conversions, when transferring text files for transfers initiated on a UNIX or
Linux system, CARRIAGE_FLAG must be set to YES and CODE_FLAG must be
set to EBCDIC.
Example 1
In the following example, the xcom62 command is used. An EBCDIC text file is
being transferred:
xcom62 -f CARRIAGE_FLAG=YES CODE_FLAG=EBCDIC
All other necessary parameters are read from the default configuration file,
xcom.cnf.
Example 2
In the following example, the xcomtcp command is used. An EBCDIC text file is
being transferred:
xcomtcp -f CARRIAGE_FLAG=YES CODE_FLAG=EBCDIC
All other necessary parameters are read from the default configuration file,
xcom.cnf.
Parameters
Use the parameters shown below to specify the characteristics of the file and the
data involved in the transfer. For information on using custom character
conversion sets rather than the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport defaults,
see the topic, Creating Custom Character Sets for File Conversion, later in this
chapter.
The file type parameters are listed next.
The Command Line Interface
3–45
Setting File Type Conversion
CARRIAGE_FLAG
Specifies the type of file being transferred and some special characteristics of the
conversion done during the transfer.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
YES
Indicates that the transferred file is a text file and a newline
character should be added to the end of incoming records. Also,
newline characters are removed from the ends of lines before an
outgoing record is sent.
NO
Indicates no special processing.
MPACK
Indicates a text file with record packing. Uses 2K pack buffer.
VLR
Indicates a binary file of variable-length records with a field of 4
bytes preceding each record. Applies to local initiated transfers
only.
VLR2
Indicates a binary file of variable-length records with a field of 8
bytes preceding each record. Applies to local initiated transfers
only. Used for certain applications that require a z/OS-style
BDW and RDW preceding each record.
XPACK
Indicates a text file with record packing. Uses 31K pack buffer.
Note: MPACK does not support a MAXRECLEN (actual record length) over 2K.
XPACK does not support a MAXRECLEN (actual record length) over 31K.
Default: YES
CODE_FLAG
Used to identify the type of data being transferred.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
3–46
User Guide
Value
Description
ASCII
An ASCII file is being transferred. This indicates that the
incoming file is assumed to be ASCII format, and is not
translated. Therefore the file on the remote system should be in
ASCII format before it is transferred.
BINARY
A binary file, such as an executable file, is being transferred.
This indicates to a remote system that it is not to translate the
data it is exchanging with your system.
Creating Custom Character Sets for File Conversion
Value
Description
EBCDIC
An EBCDIC file is being transferred. The transferred data is
translated from EBCDIC to ASCII format when the local system
receives the data, and from ASCII to EBCDIC format when the
local system sends the data.
Default: ASCII
Creating Custom Character Sets for File Conversion
The custom character sets are stored in standard ASCII files as conversion tables.
Each original character and the character to which it is translated are defined by
a single line in the file. The line number of the file itself indicates the decimal
code value of the original character.
The character conversion table must be the only contents of the conversion file.
Do not insert any comments or additional numbers. Each conversion file must
contain 256 lines. If your text editor or word processor provides a line counter,
you can use it to help you keep track of the line numbers. The procedures and
examples below assume that the editor’s line counter begins at 1.
When to Use Character Conversion
Use conversion processing when the following situations occur:
■
■
■
When a non-USA character set is being used.
When the transferred file is to be converted to all uppercase or lowercase
characters.
When Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport’s default character conversion
sets would not be appropriate.
For information on using Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport’s default
character conversion sets, see the topic, Setting File Type Conversion, earlier in
this chapter.
Procedure
To create a custom character translation table, follow these steps:
1.
From the command line, use vi or another editor to create and open a file.
2.
Define each character on a separate line.
The Command Line Interface
3–47
Creating Custom Character Sets for File Conversion
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for UNIX or Linux performs the EBCDIC
to ASCII translation as follows:
■
■
When an EBCDIC code 0 is received, CA-XCOM substitutes the ASCII value
from the first line (line 1) of the table.
For EBCDIC code 1, CA-XCOM takes the value from the second line (line 2),
and so on.
Because the first line is for code 0, it is necessary to add 1 to the line number
when determining which line of the table to modify.
Example 1
A question mark (?) must be sent to the mainframe in EBCDIC. Set up the
translation table to translate it from ASCII to EBCDIC.
The ASCII code for ? is 63 (decimal). The EBCDIC code for ? is 111 (decimal).
Take the ASCII code and add 1. This is 64. Go to line 64 of the ATOE table and
type the value 111.
Example 2
An A is received from the mainframe in EBCDIC. Set up the translation table to
translate it to ASCII.
The EBCDIC code for A is 193 (decimal). The ASCII code for A is 65. Take the
EBCDIC code for A and add 1. This is 194. Go to line 194 of the ETOA table and
type the value 65.
Hexadecimal Numbers in Conversion Tables
An EBCDIC character can be represented by either its decimal code or its
hexadecimal equivalent. Hexadecimal numbers should be prefixed by 0x.
Example 3
In the following example, to translate the EBCDIC character A to the equivalent
ASCII code using a hexadecimal number, line 194 of the conversion file would
contain only the information below:
0x41
3–48
User Guide
Creating Custom Character Sets for File Conversion
Customizing Default Character Sets
You can build a conversion file by customizing a copy of the atoe.tab or etoa.tab
character sets and changing the character translations only where necessary.
To specify external character conversions tables for use by transfers, use the
CODETABL parameter (one to three characters with no default value). The
CODETABL parameter is a prefix to the name of the files containing the external
ASCII-to-EBCDIC and EBCDIC-to-ASCII character conversion tables.
Note: The CODETABL parameter is valid (resulting with the user-defined
conversion tables loaded) only if the xcom.glb parameter
INTERNAL_CONVERSION_TABLES=NO. Failure to specify
INTERNAL_CONVERSION_TABLES=NO results in the source or target system
not loading or using the defined conversion tables.
When creating external custom ASCII-to-EBCDIC and EBCDIC-to-ASCII
translation tables, create the ATOE/ETOA tables using the xxxatoe.tab and
xxxetoa.tab naming convention.
All custom translation tables must be in the /usr/spool/xcom/convtab
directory. For HP/UX systems, custom translation tables must be in the
/var/spool/xcom/convtab directory. For OSF Digital UNIX systems, custom
translation tables must be in the /var/opt/xcom/convtab directory.
The following files are supplied on your distribution media and contain tables
used to map ASCII-to-EBCDIC and EBCDIC-to-ASCII translations:
■
/usr/spool/xcom/convtab/atoe.tab
■
/usr/spool/xcom/convtab/etoa.tab
For HP/UX systems, the following files are supplied on your distribution media
and contain tables used to map ASCII-to-EBCDIC and EBCDIC-to-ASCII
translations:
■
/var/spool/xcom/convtab/atoe.tab
■
/var/spool/xcom/convtab/etoa.tab
For OSF Digital UNIX, the following files are supplied on your distribution
media and contain tables used to map ASCII-to-EBCDIC and EBCDIC-to-ASCII
translations:
■
/var/opt/xcom/convtab/atoe.tab
■
/var/opt/xcom/convtab/etoa.tab
The Command Line Interface
3–49
Creating Custom Character Sets for File Conversion
Procedure
To translate all lower case ASCII characters to upper case EBCDIC characters,
follow these steps:
1.
From the command line, type
cp /usr/spool/xcom/convtab/atoe.tab conversionfilename
Note: conversionfilename can be any name you choose.
/usr/spool/xcom/convtab/atoe.tab is copied to a new file and named
conversionfilename.
Note: For HP-UX systems the atoe.tab and etoa.tab files are in the directory
/var/spool/xcom/convtab.
2.
Use vi or another editor to open the file and copy the values from lines 66 to
91 to lines 98 to 123.
Note: The decimal ASCII code for a is 98 and the decimal ASCII code for z is
123.
The values in lines 98-123 are changed to represent uppercase EBCDIC
characters.
3.
Save the file and exit the editor.
Specifying a Custom Character Set
To use a custom character set you must change the parameter values for
INTERNAL_CONVERSION_TABLES and ETOA_FILENAME or
ATOE_FILENAME, or both, in xcom.glb. To activate changes in xcom.glb, you
must restart xcomd.
Procedure
To specify a custom character set in xcom.glb, follow these steps:
1.
From the command line, enter the following:
vi xcom.glb
The xcom.glb file is opened for editing.
3–50
User Guide
2.
Set INTERNAL_CONVERSION_TABLES= NO.
3.
Change the values for ETOA_FILENAME and ATOE_FILENAME to the file
names containing the customized files you created.
4.
Save xcom.glb and exit the editor.
Using Store and Forward
Using Store and Forward
A store and forward transfer can be used to transfer a file indirectly when a
destination system is not available. You can send a file to the mainframe, where
it is stored temporarily. When the destination system becomes available, the file
is automatically forwarded from the mainframe to the destination system.
This method is also used when you have two PU 2.0 devices that cannot
communicate directly. They must use the mainframe as an intermediate device,
because a UNIX or Linux system is not an intermediate device. Note that a PU
2.1 device can handle direct transfers with another PU 2.1 device.
Example 1
In the following example, the xcom62 command is used. The file mytest.tst is sent
to the intermediate z/OS node XCOMMVS2, which forwards the transfer to the
remote PC system endest and into the file named MYTEST.TST.
xcom62 -c1 -f XIDEST=XCOMMVS 2 REMOTE_SYSTEM=endest
LOCAL_FILE=mytest.tst REMOTE_FILE=MYTEST.TST
There must be a destination member created and enabled for the remote system
in the z/OS Dynamic Control Library in order for Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport to forward the transfer successfully.
Example 2
In the following example, the xcomtcp command is used. The file mytest.tst is
sent to the intermediate z/OS node XCOMMVS2, which forwards the transfer to
the remote PC system endest and into the file named MYTEST.TST.
xcomtcp -c1 -f XIDEST=XCOMMVS2 REMOTE_SYSTEM=endest
LOCAL_FILE=mytest.tst REMOTE_FILE=MYTEST.TST
There must be a destination member created and enabled for the remote system
in the z/OS Dynamic Control Library in order for Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport to forward the transfer successfully.
When to Use
Use the parameter below with the REMOTE_SYSTEM parameter for store and
forward transfers through an IBM mainframe system. Use store and forward to
send an indirect transfer or to transfer files between two PU 2.0 devices.
The Command Line Interface
3–51
Setting Password and User ID Security
Parameters
The store and forward parameter is shown below.
XIDEST
Specifies the name of the remote system on the intermediate destination that is
designated for store and forward transfers. If this variable is null or unset, then a
direct connection to a remote system is attempted.
Note: For store and forward transfers only.
Range: 0 to 14 characters
Default: None
Setting Password and User ID Security
In general, a remote system requires a password and user ID before Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport can perform transfers. The access rights of the user ID
on the remote system determine the actions permitted for the transfer.
Example 1
In the following example, the xcom62 command is used. myname is the USERID
and mypassword is the PASSWORD.
xcom62 -f USERID=myname PASSWORD=mypassword
All other parameters are read from the default configuration file, xcom.cnf.
Example 2
In the following example, the xcomtcp command is used. myname is the USERID
and mypassword is the PASSWORD.
xcomtcp -f USERID=myname PASSWORD=mypassword
All other parameters are read from the default configuration file, xcom.cnf.
3–52
User Guide
Setting Password and User ID Security
Parameters
The security parameters are shown below.
DOMAIN
The Windows domain name for use in authenticating the user ID and password
when accessing a Windows based machine that has sharable disks and drives
that belong to that domain. This allows users to access these sharable drives
without having to have a local user ID or password defined to the machine.
Range: 1 to 15 characters.
Default: None
PASSWORD
The password associated with the user ID on a remote system.
Range: 0 to 31 characters
Default: None
TRUSTED
Allows the user to request a trusted transfer and the partner’s Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport TRUSTED database to be searched to verify the user’s
credentials. This eliminates the need for the user to specify a USERID and
PASSWORD. If XCOM_TRUSTED_OVR is set to NO or no USERID is specified,
the USERID of the process that initiated the transfer is used.
Note: TRUSTED=YES cannot be specified with indirect transfers, because this is
not supported.
Range: YES, NO, Y, N
Default: NO
USERID
The user ID which the security system on the remote system checks before
granting access for the file transfer.
Range: 0 to 12 characters
Default: None
The Command Line Interface
3–53
Encrypting Parameter Values in Existing Configuration Files
Encrypting Parameter Values in Existing Configuration Files
Use XCOMENCR to encrypt selected parameter values in an existing
configuration file. When XCOMENCR encounters a line with #!ENCRYPT, it
changes the next non-comment line from
PARAMETER=VALUE
to
PARAMETER.ENCRYPTED=ENCRYPTEDVALUE
Example
Before encryption:
PASSWORD=ENIGMA
After encryption:
PASSWORD.ENCRYPTED=12 0F 36 79 65 AB D0 37 ...
Default: Up to 32 hexadecimal characters
Syntax
The syntax for using XCOMENCR is as follows:
xcomencr input_file output_file
Options
The following table explains the options for XCOMENCR:
Option
(minus sign)
+
3–54
User Guide
Explanation
Send output to stdout.
Example: xcomencr input_file Replace input_file.
(plus sign)
Example: xcomencr input_file +
no options
Displays help text.
Encrypting Parameter Values in Existing Configuration Files
Procedure
To encrypt a parameter value using XCOMENCR, follow these steps:
1.
Using a text editor, open the configuration file you want to modify, go to the
parameter you want to encrypt, create a blank line above it, and enter the
following:
#!ENCRYPT
Repeat as necessary for each parameter you want to encrypt.
Note: Because # denotes a comment line in the .cnf file, any line beginning
with #!ENCRYPT is ignored by Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport and is
used only by XCOMENCR.
2.
Save the configuration file as an ASCII text file.
3.
At the command prompt, enter the following:
xcomencr input_file output_file
where input_file is the name of the configuration file from Step 1.
The parameter value in the first non-comment line after each occurrence of
the #!ENCRYPT statement is changed to the encrypted parameter value
format.
Note: If you open an encrypted configuration file with a text editor, you
would not be able to see the values of the encrypted parameters. In the GUI,
when you open an encrypted configuration file, you can see the encrypted
values, except for the user ID and password security parameters.
Changing an Encrypted Value
To change an encrypted value that is already specified, you must delete all text
after the parameter name and respecify it.
Example
If the line you want to change is
PASSWORD.ENCRYPTED=12 0F 36 79 65 AB D0 37 ...
you would have to delete
.ENCRYPTED=12 0F 36 79 65 AB D0 37 ...
Then type in an equal sign and the new parameter value, (in an unencrypted
form) replacing NEWVALUE with your desired value, as follows:
PASSWORD=NEWVALUE
Then save the file as ASCII text and encrypt it as in the encryption procedure
above.
The Command Line Interface
3–55
Queuing Locally Initiated Transfers
Queuing Locally Initiated Transfers
The queue contains the information that Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
uses to perform a locally initiated transfer.
Note: The xcomqm command provides access to information about the transfers
in the queue. For information about using xcomqm, see Managing the Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport Queue in the chapter “Operating Environment.”
Example 1
In the following example, the xcom62 command is used. The transfer request
goes into the queue to execute on July 28, 1999 at one minute after noon.
xcom62 -f QUEUE=YES START_DATE=07/28/99 START_TIME=12:01:00
All other necessary parameters are read from the default configuration file,
xcom.cnf.
Example 2
In the following example, the xcomtcp command is used. The transfer request
goes into the queue to execute on July 28, 1999 at one minute after noon.
xcomtcp -f QUEUE=YES START_DATE=07/28/99 START_TIME=12:01:00
All other necessary parameters are read from the default configuration file,
xcom.cnf.
3–56
User Guide
Queuing Locally Initiated Transfers
Parameters
The queue management parameters are shown below.
PRIORITY
Indicates the priority that Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport uses for
scheduling a transfer. If two transfers are scheduled for the same time, the one
with the high priority is processed before one with a normal or low priority.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
HIGH
Set high priority.
NORMAL
Set medium priority.
LOW
Set low priority.
Default: NORMAL
QUEUE
Indicates whether to execute the transmission request immediately or to allow
the request to be queued. If the user does not specify a .cnf file, and has not
changed a .cnf file, the default value is YES.
Note: If NO is specified and the remote system is unavailable, the request aborts.
If YES is specified, START_TIME and START_DATE are read.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
YES
The transfer request goes into a queue and executes
depending on the traffic in the queue and START_DATE and
START_TIME.
NO
The transfer starts immediately.
Default: YES
The Command Line Interface
3–57
Notifying of Transfer Completion
START_DATE
Indicates the date on which the transfer becomes eligible for execution. The
format is mm/dd/yy. If this field is blank, the current date is used.
Example: A value of 02/28/02 indicates February 28, 2002 as the start date.
Format: mm/dd/yy
Default: None
START_TIME
Indicates the time when the transfer becomes eligible for execution. The military
format of hh:mm:ss is used. If this field is blank, then the current time is used.
Example: A value of 14:00:00 indicates 2 p.m. as the start time.
Format: hh:mm:ss
Default: None
Notifying of Transfer Completion
Using notification parameters, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
automatically notifies a local system, a remote system, or a particular user that a
transfer is complete without the user having to monitor the queue manually.
Notification parameters allow you to specify one of the following levels of
notification: Complete, Warning, or Error.
Example 1
The following example uses the xcom62 command. When the transfer completes,
local user user1 is notified with a mail message, and remote user USER2 is
notified with a TSO message if the transfer receives an error.
xcom62 -f LOCAL_NOTIFY=user1 NOTIFYL=MAIL
NOTIFY_NAME=USER2 NOTIFYR=TSO RMTNTFYL=E LCLNTFYL=A
All other necessary parameters are read from the default configuration file,
xcom.cnf.
3–58
User Guide
Notifying of Transfer Completion
Example 2
The following example uses the xcomtcp command. When the transfer
completes, local user user1 is notified with a mail message, and remote user
USER2 is notified with a TSO message if the transfer receives an error.
xcomtcp -f LOCAL_NOTIFY=user1 NOTIFYL=MAIL
NOTIFY_NAME=USER2 NOTIFYR=TSO RMTNTFYL=E LCLNTFYL=A
All other necessary parameters are read from the default configuration file,
xcom.cnf.
Parameters
The notification parameters are shown below.
LOCAL_NOTIFY
Specifies the user on the local system who is to be notified that Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport has completed a transfer. Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport uses the NOTIFYL parameter to determine the type of notification to
use.
Range: 0 to 64 characters
Default: None
LCLNTFYL
Specifies the local user notification level.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
A or ALL
NOTIFY on transfer completion.
W or WARN
NOTIFY only if the transfer received a warning or error.
E or ERROR
NOTIFY only if the transfer received an error.
Default: ALL
The Command Line Interface
3–59
Notifying of Transfer Completion
NOTIFYL
The local user notification flag.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
WRITE
A message is displayed on the workstation where the user is
logged in.
MAIL
A mail message will be sent to the user.
NONE
No notification is sent.
ALL
A message is displayed on all workstations attached to the
server.
Default: None
Note: The L in NOTIFYL indicates that the local system governs the processing
of the resulting notification on that system.
NOTIFY_NAME
The user on the remote system who is to be notified when Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport completes a transfer.
Note: If the remote system is an IBM mainframe, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport uses the value of NOTIFYR to determine the type of notification to
deliver.
If the remote system is a UNIX or Linux system, the user receives a mail
message.
Range: 0 to 12 characters
Default: None
NOTIFY_TERM
Specifies which terminals to write to if NOTIFYL=WRITE. If NOTIFY_TERM is
not set, all users specified in LOCAL_NOTIFY are notified at the first terminal
where they are logged in, as found in the system table.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default: None
3–60
User Guide
Notifying of Transfer Completion
NOTIFYR
Specifies the remote user notification type when sending data to a remote
system.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
WRITE
A message is displayed on the screen.
MAIL
A mail message is sent to the user.
TSO
The specified TSO user is notified.
WTO
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport writes to the log only
(WTO).
CICS
The specified CICS user is notified.
LU
The specified Logical Unit is notified.
ROSCOE
Notify Advantage CA-Roscoe user.
NONE
No notification is sent.
ALL
Write to all users.
Default: None
Note: The R in NOTIFYR indicates that the remote system governs the
processing of the resulting notification on that system.
RMLNTFYL
Specifies the remote user notification level when sending data to a remote
system.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
A or ALL
NOTIFY on transfer completion.
W or WARN
NOTIFY only if the transfer received a warning or error.
E or ERROR
NOTIFY only if the transfer received an error.
Default: ALL
The Command Line Interface
3–61
Checkpointing and Restarting Transfers
Checkpointing and Restarting Transfers
By setting the parameters described in this section, a transfer is marked for
checkpointing and automatic restart if an interruption occurs during the transfer
attempt. After an interruption the daemon scans its table of transfers and
automatically attempts to restart eligible transfers.
The CHECKPOINT_COUNT parameter indicates where to restart the transfer
after it has been interrupted. If a transfer is interrupted, it is resumed from a
checkpoint rather than starting over from the beginning of the file. When
CHECKPOINT_COUNT=1000, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport performs a
check after every 1000 records sent, to ensure that the records are stored on the
destination system. Then the next 1000 records are transmitted.
The restart parameters automatically restart a transfer after a transmission error,
based on the number of retries and the retry time specified. Transmission
conditions that permit restarts generally include most transmission errors.
Restarts will also be attempted when a transfer is suspended by the remote
system, and when a link goes down. Conditions that are not considered for
restart include errors such as invalid passwords and “data set not cataloged”
messages.
Note: Restart parameters can be specified without setting a checkpoint.
Important! Checkpointing impacts performance. Set the CHECKPOINT_COUNT as
high as possible, or turn off checkpointing if it is not needed.
Example 1
In the following example, the xcom62 command is used. If the transfer is
interrupted, it restarts from the most recent checkpoint of every 2000 records,
and up to three attempts are made to retry the transfer at intervals of 30 seconds.
xcom62 -f CHECKPOINT_COUNT=2000 NUMBER_OF_RETRIES=3
RESTART_SUPPORTED=YES RETRY_TIME=30
All other necessary parameters are read from the default configuration file,
xcom.cnf.
3–62
User Guide
Checkpointing and Restarting Transfers
Example 2
In the following example, the xcomtcp command is used. If the transfer is
interrupted, it restarts from the most recent checkpoint of every 2000 records,
and up to three attempts are made to retry the transfer at intervals of 30 seconds.
xcomtcp -f CHECKPOINT_COUNT=2000 NUMBER_OF_RETRIES=3
RESTART_SUPPORTED=YES RETRY_TIME=30
All other necessary parameters are read from the default configuration file,
xcom.cnf.
Parameters
The checkpoint and restart parameters are shown below.
CHECKPOINT_COUNT
Defines how often (based on record count) the sending system requests a
checkpoint to be taken. The value 0000 indicates no checkpointing.
Range: 0 to 9999
Default: 1000
Note: This is a Version 2 parameter.
NUMBER_OF_RETRIES
Maximum number of retries before a transfer is logged as failed and taken out of
the transfer queue. If the value is 0, no retries are attempted.
Range: 0 to 255
Default: 1
Note: This is a Version 2 parameter.
RESTART_SUPPORTED
Specifies whether automatic restart is to be supported on a transfer.
Range: YES or NO
Default: YES
Note: This is a Version 2 parameter.
The Command Line Interface
3–63
Checkpointing and Restarting Transfers
RETRY_TIME
The number of seconds between retries of unsuccessful transfers.
Range: 0 to 99999
Default: 1
Note: This is a Version 2 parameter.
3–64
User Guide
Chapter
4
The Application Programming
Interface
The Application Programming Interface (API) is intended to give programmers
the capability of developing their own Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
applications.
There are two Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport APIs. They are:
■
XcomAPI
■
XcomQAPI
The XcomAPI provides the ability to submit transfers to Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport. The XcomQAPI provides the same functionality as the
XCOMQM command line, but through an API.
XcomAPI
The XcomAPI routine uses C structures defined in the xcomapi.h file to pass
information to Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport. The Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport XcomAPI function call takes a starting state and a parameter
block structure as its arguments. For transfers using SNA, before invoking
XcomAPI, an SNA session must be active with the desired remote system.
For the location of the xcomapi.h file, see the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport Getting Started for your platform.
XcomQAPI
The XcomQAPI routine uses C structures defined in the xcomapi.h file to return
information from the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Queue. The
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport XcomQAPI function call takes a parameter
field as its argument, which allows you to delete entries from the queue, suspend
a transfer, resume a suspended transfer, display the list of entries in the queue,
and display detailed information about the queue entries.
The Application Programming Interface
4–1
Upgrading from Previous Releases
Upgrading from Previous Releases
The XcomAPI distributed with previous versions of Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport is different from this API. If you have versions of the API that were
distributed prior to this version, recompile your Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport applications with the current version.
Changes to Access Permissions
Compile and link your programs, then perform the commands shown below,
replacing your_program with the name of your program, as follows:
chown root your_program
chgrp xcomadm your_program
chmod 6755 your_program
These commands set the appropriate access permissions for using Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport with your program.
Link Libraries
When linking libraries, you must use the appropriate Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport libraries for non-queued transfers that use SNA/APPC or TCP/IP
protocols. For queued XcomAPI transfers and XcomQAPI requests that are not
combined with an XcomAPI transfer, either set of files is satisfactory.
Sample links for use with both SNA and TCP/IP transfers are provided in the
makefile and qapimake files distributed with Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport. For the locations of the library files and the API source files, see the
Getting Started for your platform.
SNA Libraries
The following libraries are required for performing non-queued SNA transfers:
libxcom.a
libxcomcomp.a
TCP/IP Libraries
The following libraries are required for performing non-queued TCP/IP
transfers:
libxcomcomp.a
libxcomtcp.a
libxcomtxpi.a
4–2
User Guide
Upgrading from Previous Releases
Starting States
Valid starting states are as follows:
Starting State
Used For
LOCAL_SEND
Initiates the transmission of a local file to a remote system as
a report, job, or file transfer.
LOCAL_RECEIVE
Initiates the transmission of a remote file to the local system.
Return Values
The value returned by XcomAPI is zero if the transfer was
successful. If not, an error code as defined in the startst.h
header file is generated.
Starting States in startst.h
The startst.h file contains the following:
/* starting states to pass to XcomAPI */
#define LOCAL_SEND
152
#define LOCAL_RECEIVE
153
API Control Block Structure
The following is the include file xcomapi.h. This is a C language header file
containing the necessary API definitions for the control block structure.
#ifndef __INCL_XCOMAPI_H
#define __INCL_XCOMAPI_H
#include "startst.h"
#define SEND_FILE "1"
#define SEND_REPORT "2"
#define SEND_JOB "3"
#define RECEIVE_FILE "4"
typedef struct {
char
*file_type, /* 1-file, 2-report, 3-job, 4-retreive ( the same as
starting_state=LOCAL_RECEIVE )*/
*protocol, /* communications protocol: SNA or TCPIP */
*port, /* TCPIP remote server port */
*remote_system, /* remote lu name */
*xluname, /* local lu name */
*xnodespec, /* node specification for SNA gateway node */
*xmode, /* mode */
*xidest, /* intermediate destination */
*local_file, /* local filename for send */
*remote_file, /* local filename for receive */
*local_file_rf, /* local filename for receive */
*remote_file_rf, /* remote filename for receive */
*file_option, /* CREATE / REPLACE / APPEND */
*remove_trail_blanks, /* remove trailing blanks (MVS/R) */
*volume, /* volume */
*unit, /* unit */
*record_format, /* record format */
*lrecl, /* logical record length */
The Application Programming Interface
4–3
Upgrading from Previous Releases
*blksize, /* block size */
/* remote printing parameters */
*local_file_sr, /* local filename for sending reports */
*class, /* printjob class */
*destination, /* name of remote printer */
*form, /* name of special forms to be used */
*fcb, /* Form Control Block */
*copies, /* number of copies to be printed */
*report_title, /* report name (banner) to be used on separator sheet */
*hold, /* flag for MVS spoolers */
*spool_flag, /* turns on spooling on receiving side */
*disposition, /* MVS file disposition */
*carriage_control_characters, /* A - ASA chars in column 1 M -IBM Machine chars
(MVS) */
*local_file_sj, /* local filename for sending jobs */
*userid, /* user id */
*password, /* password */
*queue, /* YES - queue transactions NO - execute immediately */
*start_time, /* time to start scheduled transaction */
*start_date, /* date to start scheduled transaction */
*notifyr, /* TSO / WTO / CICS / LU / VM */
*notify_name, /* who to notify */
*local_notify, /* user name for notification */
*notifyl, /* MAIL / WRITE */
*notify_term, /* user's terminal to notify if notifyl=WRITE */
*maxreclen, /* maximum record length */
*code_flag, /* ASCII / BINARY / EBCDIC */
*carriage_flag, /* specifies if it is a text file or a type of record packing to
use */
*truncation, /* YES - truncation is allowed for this transfer */
*compress, /* YES / NO */
*xtrace, /* trace level */
*stat_frequency, /* How often to put record stats to Q-record */
*debug_flag, /* YES - debug output written to /tmp/<tid>.it file */
*xlogfile, /* log for locally initiated transactions */
*tempdir, /* directory to hold temporary files */
/* parameters used by xcom62 version 2 only */
*version,
*number_of_retries,
*allocation_type,
*checkpoint_count,
*num_of_dir_blocks,
*primary_alloc,
*secondary_alloc,
*restart_supported,
/* parameters used by XCOM 3.1 only */
*trusted,
*domain,
*den,
*expdt,
*retpd,
*label,
*tape,
*unitct,
*volct,
*volsq,
*labelnum
*tapedisp,
/* parameters used by xcom r11 only */
*xcomfullssl
*configssl,
*rmtntfyl,
4–4
User Guide
Upgrading from Previous Releases
*lclntfyl,
*storcls,
*datacls,
*mgtclas,
*dsntype,
/* Reserved for future use */
*seclabel,
*hfs_flag,
/* parameters normally taken from shared memory but may be overwritten in API */
*xlpcmd, /* print command with full path */
*xppcmd, /* postprocess command with full path */
*xprecmd, /* pre-allocation exit command with full path */
*xendcmd, /* ending exit command with full path */
*xnotifycmd, /* path name of command to notify users */
*shell_cmd, /* command to run shell scripts */
*eol_classes, /* print classes having NL added at end of record */
*convert_classes, /* classes needing ebcdic-ascii translation */
*metacode_classes, /* classes needing variable length records */
*ppVersion; /* Enable xcompp.bat for all transfers? */
} XCOM_PARM;
typedef struct {
char user_name[128];
/*
char array_message[128];
char array_message2[128];
char array_err_message[128];
} XCOM_QUEUE_ENTRY;
user name */
/* return text from multi-entries */
/* return text from multi-entries */
/* return text from multi-entries */
typedef XCOM_QUEUE_ENTRY XCOM_QUEUE[9999];
typedef struct {
char funccode[2];
/* function code */
char tid[7];
/* transfer id (6 characters + null) */
char global_tid[128];
/* local transfer id */
char remote_tid[128];
/* remote transfer id */
int queue_open_once;
/* allow queue open once */
int nMax_Queue_Entries;
/* Maximum number of queue_entry */
int nQueueEntries;
/* number of queue_entry returned */
int trace_level;
/* trace level */
FILE *trace_stream;
/* file handle for trace file */
char trace_filename[256]; /* name of the trace file */
char start_time[128];
/* start time */
char end_time[128];
/* end time */
char user_name[128];
/* remote user name */
char group_name[128];
/* group name */
char transfer_name[128];
/* user definable id for transfer request */
char xferdata[128];
/* user data -- transfer specific */
char sysdata[128];
/* user data -- system dependent */
char in_out[128];
/* in_out value */
char pid[128];
/* process id */
char remote_system[128];
/* remote lu name */
char file_type[128];
/* file type */
char transfer_type[128];
/* transfer type */
char user_group[128];
/* owned by user from group */
char lfile[257];
/* local file */
char file[257];
/* temporary file */
char rfile[257];
/* remote file */
char file_option[128];
/* file creation option */
char curr_cond[128];
/* current condition */
char curr_status[128];
/* current status */
char curr_state[128];
/* current TP state */
char rec_read_write[128]; /* record read or written to file */
char byte_read_write[128]; /* bytes read or written to file */
char blocks_trans[128];
/* blocks transmitted */
char bytes_trans[128];
/* bytes transmitted */
The Application Programming Interface
4–5
Using API Member Names
char sdsmessage[160];
char head_message[128];
char queue_message[128];
char start_message[128];
char start_message2[128];
char end_message[128];
XCOM_QUEUE *pQueue;
/*
/*
/*
/*
/* message test for SDSNOTE */
title message */
return text from queue */
return text from start of xcomd service */
return text from start of xcomd service */
/* return text from end of process */
/* A array of XCOM_QUEUE structure */
} XCOM_QUEUE_PARM;
#ifdef _NO_PROTO
int XcomAPI();
#else
int XcomAPI(int invocation_mode,XCOM_PARM xparmblock);
#endif
#ifdef _NO_PROTO
int XcomQAPI();
#else
int XcomQAPI(XCOM_QUEUE_PARM * xqueueblock);
#endif
#endif /* __INCL_XCOMAPI_H */
Using API Member Names
The member names below are for use by applications programmers to pass
information in a C structure to the XcomAPI routine.
Member Names
The member names in the following list are used to create C structures that
specify aspects about a transfer. The appropriate information is then passed to
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport by the XcomAPI routine.
The XcomAPI member names are listed below in alphabetical order.
4–6
User Guide
Using API Member Names
allocation_type
Indicates the unit of storage allocation for a dataset created on an IBM
mainframe.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
CYL
Cylinders
TRK
Tracks
BLK
Blocks
Default: CYL
Note: Version 2 parameter.
blksize
Specifies the block size of the data set created on an IBM mainframe.
Range: 0 to 32767
If the record format is
Then the block size must be
Fixed or fixed block
A multiple of the record length
Variable
4 bytes larger than the record length
Undefined
Larger than the largest record length. A maximum
of 5 digits can be entered
Default: 800
The Application Programming Interface
4–7
Using API Member Names
carriage_control_characters
Indicates the type of printer carriage control codes, if any, that are included in
the report file
Note: For report transfers only.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
ASA
ASA control codes in column 1.
IBM
IBM Machine Characters (valid only for IBM mainframes).
BYPASSASA
If data is already in ASA format, bypass conversion.
OTHER
No carriage-control codes are used.
Default: OTHER
carriage_flag
Specifies the type of file being transferred and some special characteristics of the
conversion done during the transfer.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
4–8
User Guide
Value
Description
YES
Indicates that the transferred file is a text file and a newline
character should be added to the end of incoming records. Also,
newline characters are removed from the ends of lines before an
outgoing record is sent.
NO
Indicates no special processing.
MPACK
Indicates a text file with record packing. Uses 2K pack buffer.
VLR
Indicates a binary file of variable-length records with a field of 4
bytes preceding each record. Applies to local initiated transfers
only.
VLR2
Indicates a binary file of variable-length records with a field of 8
bytes preceding each record. Applies to local initiated transfers
only. Used for certain applications that require an MVS-style BDW
and RDW preceding each record.
XPACK
Indicates a text file with record packing. Uses 31K pack buffer.
Using API Member Names
Note: MPACK does not support a MAXRECLEN (actual record length) over 2K.
XPACK does not support a MAXRECLEN (actual record length) over 31K.
Default: YES
checkpoint_count
Defines how often (based on record count) the sending system requests a
checkpoint to be taken. The value 0000 indicates no checkpointing.
Range: 0 to 9999
Default: 1000
Note: Version 2 parameter.
class
The print class assigned to a report transferred to a remote system. If the remote
system is an IBM mainframe, this field designates the JES SYSOUT class.
Note: For report transfers only.
Example:
Enter B to print the report through SYSOUT=B.
Range: 1 character
Default: None
code_flag
Used to identify the type of data being transferred.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
ASCII
An ASCII file is being transferred. This indicates that the
incoming file is assumed to be ASCII format, and is not
translated. Therefore the file on the remote system should be
in ASCII format before it is transferred.
BINARY
A binary file, such as an executable file, is being transferred.
This indicates to a remote system that it is not to translate the
data it is exchanging with your system.
The Application Programming Interface
4–9
Using API Member Names
Value
Description
EBCDIC
An EBCDIC file is being transferred. The transferred data is
translated from EBCDIC to ASCII format when the local
system receives the data, and from ASCII to EBCDIC format
when the local system sends the data.
Default: ASCII
codetabl
Specifies the prefix to the file names, atoe.tab and etoa.tab, that contain the
external ASCII-to-EBCDIC and EBCDIC-to-ASCII custom character conversion
tables. These custom character conversion tables determine which external
translation tables will be used by the transfer.
This parameter is valid only if INTERNAL_CONVERSION_TABLES=NO.
Range: 0 to 12 characters
Default: None
compress
Indicates the compression type. When communicating with an IBM mainframe,
if the data file contains any empty lines, COMPRESS can only be set to YES,
LZSMALL, LZMEDIUM or LZLARGE.
Note: All compression types are not supported on all platforms. See the partner
platform documentation for supported compression types.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Note: The LZ values enable LZ (Lempel-Ziv) compression to replace sequences
of data bytes that occur more than once in a datastream with a code value.
4–10
User Guide
Value
Description
COMPACT
RJE compaction algorithm optimized for uppercase English text.
LCOMPACT
RJE compaction algorithm optimized for lowercase English text.
LZLARGE
Activates LZ compression to search back 32K in the datastream
for a matching string.
LZMEDIUM
Activates LZ compression to search back 16K in the datastream
for a matching string.
Using API Member Names
Value
Description
LZRW3
General-purpose algorithm that runs fast and gives reasonable
compression.
LZSMALL
Activates LZ compression to search back 4K in the datastream for
a matching string.
NO
Indicates no compression.
RLE
Run length encoding.
YES
Indicates run length encoding of binary zeros and blanks only.
ZLIBn
Greater compression than LZRW3 but less than LZSMALL,
LZMEDIUM, and LZLARGE. The value n can be 1 through 9.
Default: YES
convert_classes
A character string containing print classes for which EBCDIC-to-ASCII
conversions are performed. For incoming report transfers only.
Range: 1 to 64 characters
Default: None
copies
The number of copies to be sent. If this parameter is not specified, the remote
system queues one copy of the report to the system’s default printer. For report
transfers only.
Range: 1 to 999
Default: 1
dataclas
Specifies the name of the data class to be used when allocating a new
SMS-managed data set.
Note: This parameter applies only to mainframe SMS data sets.
Range: 1 to 8 characters
Default: None
The Application Programming Interface
4–11
Using API Member Names
debug_flag
Specifies whether a trace will be output to the file /tmp/<tid> instead of to the
default path /usr/spool/xcom/trace/<tid>.TRA. In addition to the transfer
trace information, the initialization will also be traced. The trace level is still
taken from the variable XTRACE.
Note: <tid> refers to the 6-digit transfer ID number.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
YES
The trace is output to /tmp/<tid>
NO
The trace is output to /usr/spool/xcom/trace/<tid>.TRA.
For HP-UX systems: /var/spool/xcom/trace/<tid>.TRA
For OSF Digital UNIX systems: /var/opt/xcom/trace/<tid>.TRA.
Default: NO
den
Specifies the density to be used in creating a tape on the local or remote system.
Valid values are the same as those for the DEN parameter in JCL.
Range: 1 to 4
Default: None
destination
Identifies the printer or other device on the remote system where the report is to
be sent. If this parameter is not specified, the remote system sends the report to
the system's default printer. For report transfers only.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
0 to 16 characters
For indirect transfers and for Version 1.
0 to 21 characters
For transfers that are not indirect and for Version 2.
Default: None
4–12
User Guide
Using API Member Names
disposition
Indicates what the remote system does with the report file after the report has
been printed. For report transfers only.
Note: This field is not used when the remote system is an IBM mainframe.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
If the value is
Then after printing the report is
DELETE
Deleted
KEEP
Kept
HOLD
Held
Default: DELETE
domain
The Windows domain name for use in authenticating the user ID and password
when accessing a Windows based machine that has sharable disks and drives
that belong to that domain. This allows users to access these sharable drives
without having to have a local user ID or password defined to the machine.
Range: 1 to 64 characters
Default: None
dsntype
Specifies the data set definition.
Note: This parameter applies only to mainframe SMS data sets.
Value
Description
LIBRARY
Defines a PDSE
PDS
Defines a partitioned data set
Note: These values are IBM standards for SMS processing.
Range: 1 to 8 characters
Default: None
The Application Programming Interface
4–13
Using API Member Names
eol_classes
A character string containing print classes for which an ASCII newline character
will be appended to each record. For incoming report transfers only.
Range: 1 to 64 characters
Default: None
expdt
Specifies an expiration date for the tape data set in terms of a two-digit
designation for the year and a three-digit designation for the day of the year. For
example, in the expiration date 02021, 02 is the year, that is, 2002, and 021 is the
21st day of that year when the tape data set expires. For example, if 02021 is an
expiration date, 2002 is the year and 021 is the 21st day of the year.
Format: yyddd
Default: None
Note: EXPDT and RETPD are mutually exclusive; specify one or the other.
fcb
Identifies the FCB JCL parameter when sending the report file to an IBM
mainframe, defining print density, lines per page, and so on. For report transfers
only.
Range: 0 to 4 characters
Default: None
file_option
Indicates how the transferred data is to be processed by the receiving system. For
file transfers only.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
CREATE
Create a new file on the receiving system.
APPEND
Append the transferred data to an existing file on the
receiving system.
REPLACE
Replace an existing file on the receiving system.
Default: CREATE
4–14
User Guide
Using API Member Names
Note: When creating a file on an IBM mainframe system, some additional
information may be necessary. For more information, see the explanations for
RECORD_FORMAT, BLKSIZE, VOLUME, and UNIT parameters.
file_type
Indicates the type of transmission.
Value
Description
SEND_FILE
File transfer
SEND_REPORT
Report to be printed
SEND_JOB
Job
RECEIVE_FILE
Retrieval of a file
form
The type of form that should be used to print the report. Since Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport places the print job in the remote system's print
queue, the print control functions depend on the remote system. Verify
beforehand that the requested form is available at the remote site. For report
transfers only.
Note: When sending a report to a VAX computer, leave this parameter blank
unless you are certain that this is a valid form type. VMS interprets this to mean
that no special form is being requested.
Range: 0 to 10 characters
Default: None
hold
Indicates whether this transferred report file is to be placed on HOLD status on
the remote system or is to be readied for immediate printing. Specify Y to request
that it be held (spooled) on an MVS system.
Range: YES or NO
Default: NO
The Application Programming Interface
4–15
Using API Member Names
label
Indicates the type of label associated with a tape data set. The following table
lists the valid values for this parameter.
Value
Description
Processing type:
AL, AUL, BLP, LTM,
NL, NSL, SL, SUL
Represent the types of processing to be applied to data
sets on tape.
Note: Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for z/OS supports only standard
label tapes.
Default: AL
labelnum
Indicates the sequence number of the data set on the tape. The following table
lists the valid values for this parameter.
Value
Description
Sequence number
(0001-9999)
This value identifies the sequence number of a data set
on tape.
Default: 0001
lclntfyl
Specifies the local user notification level.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
A or ALL
NOTIFY on transfer completion.
W or WARN
NOTIFY only if the transfer received a warning or error.
E or ERROR
NOTIFY only if the transfer received an error.
Default: ALL
4–16
User Guide
Using API Member Names
local_file
The name of the file on the local system that is being transferred. If this variable
is null or unset, standard input is read. In this manner, Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport commands can be used in a pipeline or with redirection. All
UNIX or Linux file naming conventions apply.
For wildcard transfers, use an asterisk as a file name to indicate that all files
within the specified directory are to be transferred. For example, the statement
"LOCAL_FILE=/NAMES/*" indicates that all files under the NAMES directory
are to be transferred.
When a prefix is followed by an asterisk (*), all members beginning with a
specific prefix are to be transferred. For example, LOCAL_FILE=/NAMES/AL*
requests that files AL, ALEX, and ALICE are all to be transferred. The same rules
apply if an asterisk is followed by a suffix.
The actual file name range (not including its path) for wildcard transfers can be
between 0 - 71 characters. This also includes the file extension where applicable.
File names over 71 characters are truncated. However, when sending files to a
mainframe PDS, any file name over 8 characters in length is truncated. These
systems do not recognize file extensions. For example, a file called
longfilename.txt will be truncated to longfile and a file called file.txt will be
truncated to file.
Note: If QUEUE=YES, user must specify full path name.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default: None
local_file_rf
The file name that is created, appended, or replaced on the local system when it
receives a file. At the command prompt or in a script, if this value is null or
unset, then Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport writes to the stdout. All UNIX
or Linux file naming conventions apply.
For wildcard transfers, use an asterisk (*) as a file name to indicate that multiple
files will be received. For example, LOCAL_FILE_RF=/PAYROLL/*.
If multiple files are received and the user specifies a file name, all files received
by the partner are written to that specified file as one single file.
For platforms that support it, you can specify a common file extension to be
appended to each file name. For example,
LOCAL_FILE_RF=/PAYROLL/*.TXT.
The Application Programming Interface
4–17
Using API Member Names
Note: If QUEUE=YES, the full path name must be specified.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default: None
local_file_sj
Indicates the name of the file on the local system to be sent as a job. All the UNIX
or Linux file naming conventions apply. If this value is null or unset, then
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport reads the standard input file.
Note: If QUEUE=YES, user must specify full path name.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default: None
local_file_sr
Specifies the local file name to be sent as a report to the remote system. If this
value is null or unset, then Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport reads the
standard input file. For report transfers only.
Note: If QUEUE=YES, user must specify the full path name.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default: None
local_notify
Specifies the user on the local system who is to be notified that Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport has completed a transfer. Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport uses the NOTIFYL parameter to determine the type of notification to
use.
Range: 0 to 64 characters
Default: None
4–18
User Guide
Using API Member Names
lrecl
Specifies the actual or maximum length, in bytes, of a logical record.
Corresponds to the JCL LRECL subparameter.
Range: 0 to 32767
If the format is
Then the maximum length of a logical record
must be equal to the
Variable blocked record
Maximum record length plus 4
Fixed or fixed block record
Constant record length
Default: 160
maxreclen
For Windows NT, UNIX, and Linux systems, the locally initiating Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport system determines the values for MAXRECLEN,
TRUNCATION, and LRECL, for send and receive operations. When the local
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport system initiates a transfer of a text file, this
parameter designates the length, in bytes, of the largest record that can be
transferred. If a record length is longer than this value, Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport uses the value in the TRUNCATION parameter on the initiating
side to determine whether to terminate the transfer or to truncate the record and
continue the transfer. When Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport transfers
binary files, this value indicates the length of the records that are transferred. On
a receive operation, MAXRECLEN is set to whatever the LRECL value is on the
initiating side.
Range: 1 to 32767
Default: 1024
metacode_classes
Classes of print jobs that are saved in metacode format, a variable length record
format. For incoming report transfers only.
Range: 0 to 64 characters
Default: None
The Application Programming Interface
4–19
Using API Member Names
mgmtclas
Specifies the name of the management class to use when allocating a new SMSmanaged data set.
Note: This parameter applies only to mainframe SMS data sets.
Range: 1 to 8 characters
Default: None
notify_name
The user on the remote system who is notified when Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport completes a transfer.
Note: If the remote system is an IBM mainframe, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport uses the value of NOTIFYR to determine the type of notification to
deliver.
If the remote system is a UNIX or Linux system, the user receives an email
message.
Range: 0 to 12 characters
Default: None
notifyl
The local user notification flag.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
WRITE
A message is displayed on the workstation where the user is
logged in.
MAIL
A mail message is sent to the user.
NONE
No notification is sent.
ALL
A message is displayed on all workstations attached to the
server.
Default: None
4–20
User Guide
Using API Member Names
notifyr
Specifies the remote user notification type when sending data to a remote
system.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
WRITE
A message is displayed on the screen.
MAIL
A mail message is sent to the user.
TSO
The specified TSO user is notified.
WTO
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport writes to the log only
(WTO).
CICS
The specified CICS user is notified.
LU
The specified Logical Unit is notified.
ROSCOE
Notify Advantage CA-Roscoe user.
NONE
No notification is sent.
ALL
Write to all users.
Default: None
notify_term
Specifies terminals to write if NOTIFYL=WRITE. If NOTIFY_TERM is not set, all
users specified in LOCAL_NOTIFY are notified at the first terminal where they
are logged in as found in the system table.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default: None
number_of_retries
Maximum number of retries before a transfer is logged as failed and taken out of
the transfer queue. If the value is 0, no retries are attempted.
Range: 0 to 255
Default: 1
Note: Version 2 parameter.
The Application Programming Interface
4–21
Using API Member Names
num_of_dir_blocks
Specifies the number of directory blocks to allocate for a dataset created on an
IBM mainframe.
Range: 0 to 32767
Default: 0
Note: Version 2 parameter
password
The password associated with the user ID on a remote system.
Range: 0 to 31 characters
Default: None
primary_alloc
Identifies primary storage allocation for a data set created on an IBM mainframe.
Range: 0 to 99999
Default: 1
Note: Version 2 parameter
port
The number of the TCP/IP port on the remote Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport server. Used for TCP/IP transfers only.
Range: 0 to 65535
Default: 8044
4–22
User Guide
Using API Member Names
protocol
The type of communication protocols to use.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
SNA
For transfers using SNA/APPC communication protocols
TCPIP
For transfers using TCP/IP communication protocols
Default: SNA
queue
Indicates whether to execute the transmission request immediately or to allow
the request to be queued. If the user does not specify a .cnf file, and has not
changed a .cnf file, the default value is YES.
Note: If NO is specified and the remote system is unavailable, the request aborts.
If YES is specified, start_time and start_date are read.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
YES
The transfer request goes into a queue and executes
depending on the traffic in the queue and START_DATE and
START_TIME.
NO
The transfer starts immediately.
Default: NO
The Application Programming Interface
4–23
Using API Member Names
rmtntfyl
Specifies the remote user notification level when sending data to a remote
system.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
A or ALL
NOTIFY on transfer completion.
W or WARN
NOTIFY only if the transfer received a warning or error.
E or ERROR
NOTIFY only if the transfer received an error.
Default: ALL
record_format
Specifies the record format of a dataset created on an IBM mainframe. This
corresponds to the JCL RECFM subparameter.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
4–24
User Guide
Value
Description
Record Length
Comment
F
Fixed unblocked
The same length as
the data set.
FA
Fixed unblocked
ANSI
The same length as
the data set.
Contains
ISO/ANSI/FIPS control
characters.
FB
Fixed blocked
Fixed.
Fixed record length with
multiple records per
block.
FBA
Fixed blocked
ANSI
Fixed.
Multiple records per
block where these
records contain
ISO/ANSI/FIPS control
characters.
FBS
Fixed blocked
spanned
Fixed.
Multiple records per
block written as
standard blocks.
FM
Fixed unblocked
machine
The same length as
the data set.
Contains machine code
control characters.
Using API Member Names
Value
Description
Record Length
Comment
FS
Fixed unblocked
spanned
The same length as
the data set.
Written as standard
blocks where these
records do not contain
any truncated blocks or
unfilled tracks.
U
Undefined
Undefined.
V
Variable
unblocked
Variable.
VA
Variable
unblocked ANSI
Variable.
Contains
ISO/ANSI/FIPS control
characters.
VB
Variable blocked
Variable.
Multiple records per
block.
VBA
Variable blocked
ANSI
Variable.
Multiple records per
block where these
records contain
ISO/ANSI/FIPS control
characters.
VBM
Variable blocked
machine
Variable.
Multiple records per
block where these
records contain machine
code control characters.
VBS
Variable blocked
spanned
Variable.
May have multiple
records per block where
these records can span
more than one block.
VM
Variable
unblocked
machine
Variable.
Contains machine code
control characters.
VS
Variable
unblocked
spanned
Variable.
A record can span more
than one block.
Default: VB
The Application Programming Interface
4–25
Using API Member Names
remote_file
Indicates the file on the remote computer to which the transferred data is being
written. If you are creating the file (FILE_OPTION=CREATE), the file name must
be consistent with the file naming conventions of the remote system. The local
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport system does not validate this name. The
remote I/O system determines whether the file name is valid.
For wildcard transfers, use an asterisk (*) as a file name to indicate and to inform
the receiving partner that multiple files will be sent. For example,
REMOTE_FILE=/PAYROLL/*.
If multiple files are sent and the user specifies a file name, all files received by the
partner are written to that specified file as one single file.
An asterisk used to send files to an IBM mainframe system shows that all files
are to be transferred to a partitioned data set (PDS).
For platforms that support it, you can specify a common file extension to append
to each file name; for example, REMOTE_FILE=/PAYROLL/*.TXT.
Note: For send file transfers only.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: None
remote_file_rf
Indicates the name of the file to be retrieved from the remote system.
For wildcard transfers, use an asterisk (*) as a file name to indicate that all files
within the specified PDS/Directory should be transferred. For example, the
statement REMOTE_FILE_RF=/NAMES/* indicates that all files under the
NAMES directory should be transferred.
When a prefix is followed by an asterisk, all members beginning with a specific
prefix are transferred. For example, REMOTE_FILE_RF=/NAMES/AL* requests
that files AL, ALEX, and ALICE should be transferred. The same rules apply if
an asterisk is followed by a suffix.
4–26
User Guide
Using API Member Names
The actual file name range (not including its path) for wildcard transfers can be
between 0 and 71 characters. This also includes the file extension where
applicable. File names over 71 characters are truncated.
Note: For retrieve file transfers only.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: None
remote_system
The name of the remote system that receives a file, job or report.
For SNA/APPC protocols, the name is as specified in the SNA/APPC
configuration of the local system. For RS/6000, this is the LU6.2 Side Information
record.
For TCP/IP protocols, the value can be the remote system’s IP address, host
name, or domain name.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: None
remove_trail_blanks
Indicates whether or not to remove the blanks at the end of each record when
receiving a text file.
Range: YES or NO
Default: NO
The Application Programming Interface
4–27
Using API Member Names
report_title
This field contains the report title and job number that will be printed on the
report. The field has the following format:
8 characters
2 characters
8 characters
Job Name
Blanks
Job Number
The Job ID is optional and can be skipped. The Job Name can also be skipped,
but if you skip the Job name and want to use the job number, you must pad the
number with 10 blanks. For more information, see the appendix “Parameters.”
Note: For report transfers only.
Range: 0 to 21 alphanumeric or blank characters
Default: None
restart_supported
Specifies whether automatic restart is to be supported on a transfer.
Range: YES or NO
Default: YES
Note: Version 2 parameter.
retpd
Specifies the number of days (1 to 9999) that the tape data set being created is to
be retained.
Range: 1 to 9999
Default: None
Note: RETPD and EXPDT are mutually exclusive; specify one or the other.
4–28
User Guide
Using API Member Names
secondary_alloc
Identifies secondary storage allocation for a dataset created on an IBM
mainframe.
Range: 0 to 99999
Default: 0
Note: Version 2 parameter.
secure_socket
Specifies whether to use an OpenSSL socket or non-OpenSSL socket for transfers.
Value
Description
YES
Performs secure transfer.
The transfer uses an OpenSSL socket and must to connect to
a SSL listener on the remote partner.
NO
Performs non secure transfer.
The transfer uses a non-OpenSSL socket.
Default: NO
shell_cmd
Name of the command that runs jobs, reports, notification scripts, and post
processing scripts on the local system.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: /bin/ksh
spool_flag
Indicates whether the report is to be spooled to disk or printed immediately. For
report transfers only.
Note: If the remote system is an IBM mainframe, this parameter has no effect on
the transfer.
Range: YES or NO
Default: YES
The Application Programming Interface
4–29
Using API Member Names
start_date
Indicates the date on which the transfer becomes eligible for execution. The
format is mm/dd/yy. If this field is blank, the current date is used.
Format: mm/dd/yy
Default None
start_time
Indicates the time when the transfer becomes eligible for execution. The military
format of hh:mm:ss is used. If this field is blank, then the current time is used.
Format: hh:mm:ss
Default: None
stat_frequency
Indicates the frequency with which transfer statistics are made available to
xcomqm. Intended for tuning high-speed links. Longer values help performance,
but byte/record counts in xcomqm -D may be slightly behind the actual counts.
Range: 1 to 9999 records
Default: 10
storclas
Specifies the name of the storage class for a new SMS-managed data set.
Note: This parameter applies only to mainframe SMS data sets.
Range: 1 to 8 characters
Default: None
tape
Indicates to the remote system whether the volume is a tape volume or a disk
file. Yes indicates a tape volume and that mounts are allowed when performing
dynamic allocation. No indicates that the transfer is to a disk file.
Range: YES or NO
Default: NO
4–30
User Guide
Using API Member Names
tempdir
Indicates the directory in which temporary files for jobs and reports can be
created.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: /tmp
truncation
Indicates whether Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport truncates excess
characters in the source file if the record exceeds the maximum record length as
indicated by the MAXRECLEN parameter. If NO is selected, and the maximum
record length is exceeded, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport aborts the
transfer. This parameter is ignored if CARRIAGE_FLAG=NO.
Note: Truncation is not valid for BINARY data or for non-text data received on
the UNIX or Linux platform.
Range: YES or NO
Default: NO
trusted
Allows the user to request a trusted transfer and the partner’s Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport TRUSTED database to be searched to verify the user’s
credentials. This eliminates the need for the user to specify a USERID and
PASSWORD. If XCOM_TRUSTED_OVR is set to NO or no USERID is specified,
the USERID of the process that initiated the transfer will be used.
Note: TRUSTED=YES cannot be specified with indirect transfers, because this is
not supported.
Range: YES, NO, Y, N
Default: NO
unit
Specifies the unit on which a dataset is to be created on an IBM mainframe.
Note: Used when FILE_OPTION=CREATE.
Range: 0 to 6 characters
Default: None
The Application Programming Interface
4–31
Using API Member Names
unitct
Specifies the number of units to be allocated on the remote system.
Range: 1 to 20
Default: None
userid
The user ID which the security system on a remote system checks before granting
access for the file transfer.
Range: 0 to 12 characters
Default: None
version
Indicates the version of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport protocol to be
used for this transfer. For using TCP/IP, only a value of 2 is valid.
Range: 1 or 2
Default: 2
Note: Version 2 parameter.
volct
Specifies the maximum number of volumes to be used in processing a multivolume output tape data set on the remote system.
Range: 1 to 255
Default: None
volsq
Specifies the sequence number of the first volume of a multi-volume remote data
set to be used.
Range: 1 to 255
Default: None
4–32
User Guide
Using API Member Names
volume
Specifies the volume on which a dataset is to be created on an IBM mainframe.
Range: 0 to 6 characters
Default: None
xbuffsize
Specifies the buffer size to determine size of records to be read from UNIX or
Linux files.
xcom_config_ssl
Specifies the configssl.cnf file path and file name.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: /usr/ spool/xcom/config/configssl.cnf, except for the following:
■
For HP-UX systems: /var/spool/xcom/config/configssl.cnf
■
For OSF Digital UNIX systems: /var/opt/xcom/config/configssl.cnf
xcom_show_cipher
Specifies whether to display encryption algorithms in the Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport queue detailed information, which is used for transfers.
Value
Description
NO
Do not display encryption algorithms in the queue detail
information.
YES
Display encryption algorithms in the queue detail
information.
Default: NO
The Application Programming Interface
4–33
Using API Member Names
xendcmd
The name of the post processing command optionally invoked by the Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport transfer program after any type of transfer is finished,
whether successful or not. Invoked after partner communications have ended.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default:
■
For UNIX/Linux systems: /usr/lib/xcom/xcomend
■
For HP-UX systems: /opt/xcom/lib/xcomend
■
For OSF Digital UNIX systems: /usr/opt/xcom/lib/xcomend
xidest
Specifies the name of the LU or TCP/IP address on the intermediate destination
that is designated for store-and-forward transfers. If this variable is null or unset,
then a direct connection to a remote system is attempted. If it contains a value, it
is taken to be the name of an intermediate Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
that will handle traffic to and from the named remote system.
Note: For store-and-forward transfers only.
Range: 0 to 14 characters
Default: None
xlogfile
The name of the file where Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport logs activity. If
you do not specify this parameter, the systemwide log file
/usr/spool/xcom/xcom.log is used. If you specify this parameter with a
different file name, the logging information is only sent to the specified file.
Note: If QUEUE=YES, specify the full path name.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default: /usr/spool/xcom/xcom.log, except for the following:
■
4–34
User Guide
For HP-UX systems: /var/spool/xcom/xcom.log
Using API Member Names
xlpcmd
Name of the post-processing command used to send print jobs to the spooler. For
incoming reports only.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default:
■
For UNIX/Linux systems: /usr/lib/xcom/xcomlp
■
For HP-UX systems: /opt/xcom/lib/xcomlp
■
For OSF Digital UNIX systems: /usr/opt/xcom/lib/xcomlp
xluname
Indicates the name of the local LU. This name must match the remote LU name
on the remote system.
Range: 1 to 17 characters
Default: None
Note: Not used in Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for RS/6000 SNA
Services or RS/6000 SNA Server.
xmode
Indicates the mode name associated with the SNA/APPC configuration for the
XLUNAME-Remote LU name pair. This name must match the mode name
defined on the remote system.
Range: 1 to 8 characters
Default: XCOMMODE
Note: Not used in Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for RS/6000 SNA
Services or RS/6000 SNA Server.
xnodespec
Required for Brixton and SunLink APPCs. Indicates the name of the node that
specifies the gateway to use for the transfer. Does not apply to other APPCs.
Range: 1 to 64 characters
Default: None
The Application Programming Interface
4–35
Using API Member Names
xnotifycmd
Specifies the path name of the command that Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport will use to notify users on the local system of the completion of a
transfer. This is normally a shell script that composes a message and invokes
mail or write as appropriate.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default:
System
Value
For UNIX/Linux systems
/usr/lib/xcom/xcomntfy
For HP-UX systems
/opt/xcom/lib/xcomntfy
For OSF Digital UNIX systems
/usr/opt/xcom/lib/xcomntfy
xppcmd
Specifies the path name of the command used for user-defined post processing,
for file transfers only. Only used when the local system is receiving the file.
Range: 0 to 64 characters
Default:
4–36
User Guide
System
Value
For UNIX/Linux systems
/usr/lib/xcom/xcompp
For HP-UX systems
/opt/xcom/lib/xcompp
For OSF Digital UNIX systems
/usr/opt/xcom/lib/xcompp
Using API Member Names
xprecmd
Specifies the path name of the command used for user-defined pre-allocation
processing, for locally and remotely initiated transfers. Specify this parameter in
xcom.glb to invoke the pre-allocation exit xcompre.
Range: 0 to 64 characters
The sample xcompre script is located in the directory as indicated below:
System
Value
For UNIX/Linux systems
/usr/lib/xcom/xcompre
For HP-UX systems
/opt/xcom/lib/xcompre
Default: None
xtrace
Indicates the level of desired execution tracing.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
0
No tracing
1 to 8
Levels of tracing from 1 (lowest) to 8 (highest)
9
Show the contents of the data buffers
10
Includes levels 1 to 9 plus some additional detailed technical
information
Default: 0
The Application Programming Interface
4–37
Using XcomQAPI Option Parameters
Using XcomQAPI Option Parameters
The following XcomQAPI option parameters are for use by applications
programmers to pass and retrieve information in a C structure to and from the
XcomQAPI routine. These parameters need to be supplied by you and passed on
to the XcomQAPI. The rest of parameters are a received buffer. They will receive
data from XcomQAPI.
Option Parameters
The option parameters in the following list are used to pass and retrieve
information from the queue request.
funccode
Used to define a function parameter to pass to XcomQAPI().
4–38
User Guide
Value
Description
r
Display the release level of xcomqm and exit.
Aentryname
Release a held transfer.
Centryname
Get a trace of a transfer.
Dentryname
Display details about a queue entry.
Hentryname
Hold a scheduled transfer.
L[ ]
List your queued transfers.
La
List all queued transfers.
Rentryname
Remove a queue entry.
Rfentryname
Force the entry to be removed from the queue. Use this
command when you want to remove a transfer that is still
active.
R*
Remove all completed or scheduled entries from the
queue. If you use this option on an active transfer, it
interrupts the transfer.
Tentryname
Terminate an active transfer.
Using XcomQAPI Option Parameters
Value
Description
Tfentryname
Force termination of the transfer. Use this command when
you want to remove a transfer that is still active.
Caution! When using SNA/APPC protocols, the TP will
ABEND and it may be necessary to restart the underlying
SNA software. When using TCP/IP, xcomtcp will
ABEND.
Sentryname
Suspend a transfer.
Eentryname
Resume a suspended transfer.
d
Create a trace file.
gentryname
Display queue entry information.
pentryname
Used to change the value of: FILE_OPTION LOCAL_FILE
REMOTE_FILE.
Note: This option can be called only when xcbp->state is
in PREALLOCATION_STATE.
Note: The entryname variable represents the Transaction ID, which is the six-digit
name of the transfer entry in the queue.
tid
A queue entry TID number.
queue_open_once
Open queue flag. Define this only once at first call of XcomQAPI. The value
should be set to 0.
nMax_Queue_Entries
Defines maximum queue entries. The value should be set to equal
MAX_QUEUE_ENTRIES in the xcom.glb file.
trace_level
Defines the trace level. The value can be set to 0, 1, or 9.
The Application Programming Interface
4–39
API Examples
trace_filename
It defines a trace file name and its location; for example,
/usr/spool/xcom/trace/xcomqapi.tra.
API Examples
The following API is an example of a file transfer. It uses the XcomAPI routine to
pass information to Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport. This sample API
program is the apitest.c file distributed with Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport. (For the location of this file, see the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport Getting Started for your platform.)
Note: The API example provided on your distribution media may have been
updated for your Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport system and may be
different from the example shown below.
C Language API File Transfer to Remote System File Example
The following is a C language example of an API that transfers the file named
/usr/include/xcom/xcomapi.h to the file da1ip90.jcl.cntl(ILYA) on the remote
system filbert.
/* apitest.c - This is a sample program for calling the XCOM API.*/
/*
Modify this according to your needs and make it
*/
/*
with the sample 'makefile' in this directory.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
/* ALL UNIX flavors except HP-UX */
#include <xcom/xcomapi.h>
/* HP-UX */
/* #include "/opt/xcom/include/xcomapi.h" */
main(int argc,char **argv)
{
int rc;
XCOM_PARM xcomparm;
int starting_state;
xcomparm.file_type = SEND_FILE;
/* "1" */
/* remember to link with the appropriate xcom libraries for
each protocol */
xcomparm.protocol = "TCPIP";
/* "SNA" or "TCPIP" */
xcomparm.remote_system = "remote_host";
xcomparm.port = "8044";
xcomparm.xluname = "LOCUNIX";
xcomparm.xnodespec = NULL;
xcomparm.xmode = "XCOMMODE";
4–40
User Guide
API Examples
xcomparm.xidest = NULL;
xcomparm.local_file = "/usr/include/xcom/xcomapi.h";
xcomparm.remote_file = "/home/user/newfile.name";
xcomparm.local_file_rf = "/tmp/receive.filename";
xcomparm.remote_file_rf = "/home/user/file.there";
xcomparm.file_option = "REPLACE";
xcomparm.remove_trail_blanks = NULL;
xcomparm.volume = NULL;
xcomparm.unit = NULL;
xcomparm.record_format = NULL;
xcomparm.lrecl = NULL;
xcomparm.blksize = NULL;
xcomparm.local_file_sr = NULL;
xcomparm.class = NULL;
xcomparm.destination = NULL;
xcomparm.form = NULL;
xcomparm.fcb = NULL;
xcomparm.copies = NULL;
xcomparm.report_title = NULL;
xcomparm.hold = NULL;
xcomparm.spool_flag = NULL;
xcomparm.disposition = NULL;
xcomparm.carriage_control_characters = NULL;
xcomparm.local_file_sj = NULL;
xcomparm.userid = "uuuuuuuu";
xcomparm.password = "xxxxxxxx";
/* if queue = NO, must link with right xcom lib */
xcomparm.queue = "NO";
xcomparm.start_time = NULL;
xcomparm.start_date = NULL;
xcomparm.notifyr = NULL;
xcomparm.notify_name = NULL;
xcomparm.local_notify = NULL;
xcomparm.notifyl = NULL;
xcomparm.notify_term = NULL;
xcomparm.maxreclen = NULL;
xcomparm.code_flag = "ASCII";
xcomparm.carriage_flag = NULL;
xcomparm.truncation = NULL;
xcomparm.compress = NULL;
xcomparm.xtrace = "10";
xcomparm.stat_frequency = NULL;
xcomparm.debug_flag = NULL;
xcomparm.xlogfile = NULL;
xcomparm.tempdir = NULL;
xcomparm.xlpcmd = NULL;
xcomparm.xnotifycmd = NULL;
xcomparm.eol_classes = NULL;
xcomparm.convert_classes = NULL;
xcomparm.metacode_classes = NULL;
The Application Programming Interface
4–41
API Examples
/* These are version two parms */
xcomparm.version = NULL;
xcomparm.number_of_retries = NULL;
xcomparm.allocation_type = NULL;
xcomparm.checkpoint_count = NULL;
xcomparm.num_of_dir_blocks = NULL;
xcomparm.primary_alloc = NULL;
xcomparm.secondary_alloc = NULL;
xcomparm.restart_supported = NULL;
/* These parms are new for V3 XCOM */
xcomparm.xppcmd
= NULL;
xcomparm.xprecmd
= NULL;
xcomparm.xendcmd
= NULL;
xcomparm.shell_cmd = NULL;
/* These parms are new for V3.1 XCOM */
xcomparm.trusted
= NULL;
xcomparm.domain
= NULL;
xcomparm.den
= NULL;
xcomparm.expdt
= NULL;
xcomparm.retpd
= NULL;
xcomparm.label
= NULL;
xcomparm.tape
= NULL;
xcomparm.unitct
= NULL;
xcomparm.volct
= NULL;
xcomparm.volsq
= NULL;
xcomparm.labelnum
= NULL;
xcomparm.tapedisp
= NULL;
/* These parms are new for r11 XCOM */
xcomparm.xcomsslfull = NULL;
xcomparm.configssl = NULL;
xcomparm.codetabl = NULL;
xcomparm.rmtntfyl = NULL;
xcomparm.lclntfyl = NULL;
xcomparm.storcls
= NULL;
xcomparm.datacls
= NULL;
xcomparm.mgtclas
= NULL;
xcomparm.dsntype
= NULL;
/* Reserved for future use */
xcomparm.seclabel
=NULL;
xcomparm.hfs_flag
=NULL;
starting_state=LOCAL_SEND;
printf("==== API started ===\n");
rc=XcomAPI(starting_state, xcomparm);
printf("==== API ended ===\n");
if (!rc)
printf("==== Transfer successful\n");
else
printf("==== %s\n", msgstrng(rc,0));
/* Reset System Privilages for second transfer */
if (XsetSysPriv(2) !=0)
{
printf("====XsetSysPriv() faild\n");
}
}
The following XcomAPI variables are reserved for future use:
xcomparm.seclabel
xcomparm.hfs_flag
4–42
User Guide
API Examples
Queue Request Using XcomAQPI Routine
The API below is an example of a queue request. It uses the XcomQAPI routine
to pass information to Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport. This sample API
program is the qapitest.c file distributed with Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport. (For the location of this file, see the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport Getting Started for your platform.) Please note that the API example
provided on your distribution media may have been updated for your Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport system and may be different from the example
shown below.
Example
The following is a C example of an API calling the XcomQAPI.
#include <stdio.h>
/* ALL UNIX and Linux flavors except HP-UX */
#include <xcom/xcomapi.h>
/* HP-UX */
/* #include "/opt/xcom/include/xcomapi.h" */
main(int argc,char **argv)
{
int rc, i;
XCOM_QUEUE_PARM *xcomqparm;
/* allocate memory for structure of xcomqparm */
xcomqparm = (XCOM_QUEUE_PARM *)malloc(sizeof(XCOM_QUEUE_PARM));
if (xcomqparm == NULL)
printf("Could not allocate memory to run QAPI process !\n");
else {
xcomqparm->queue_open_once = 0;
/* xcomqparm->nMax_Queue_Entries should equal to MAX_QUEUE_ENTRIES in
xcom.glb file */
xcomqparm->nMax_Queue_Entries = 500;
/* allocate memory for structure of pQueue */
xcomqparm->pQueue = (XCOM_QUEUE *)malloc(xcomqparm->nMax_Queue_Entries
* sizeof(XCOM_QUEUE_ENTRY));
if (xcomqparm->pQueue == NULL)
printf("Could not allocate memory to run QAPI process !\n");
else {
printf("==== QAPI started ===\n");
/* call option 'r' to display CA-XCOM version */
xcomqparm->funccode[0] = 'r';
rc=XcomQAPI(xcomqparm);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->start_message))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->start_message);
if (xcomqparm->nQueueEntries == 1)
printf("%s", (*xcomqparm->pQueue)[0].array_message);
/* call option 'd' to turn on trace file */
xcomqparm->trace_level = 9;
strcpy(xcomqparm->trace_filename,
"/usr/spool/xcom/trace/xcomqapi.tra");
xcomqparm->funccode[0] = 'd';
rc=XcomQAPI(xcomqparm);
The Application Programming Interface
4–43
API Examples
/* call option 'La' to list all queue entries */
xcomqparm->funccode[0] = 'L';
xcomqparm->funccode[1] = 'a';
rc=XcomQAPI(xcomqparm);
/* check for error message */
if (strlen((*xcomqparm->pQueue)[0].array_err_message))
printf("%s", (*xcomqparm->pQueue)[0].array_err_message);
/* print detail information for all queue entries */
for (i = 0; i < xcomqparm->nQueueEntries; i++) {
printf("%s", (*xcomqparm->pQueue)[i].user_name);
printf("%s", (*xcomqparm->pQueue)[i].array_message);
}
if ((xcomqparm->nQueueEntries == 0) && strlen((*xcomqparm>pQueue)[0].array_message))
printf("%s", (*xcomqparm->pQueue)[0].array_message);
/* call option 'Dxxxxxx' to display detail record information */
memset(xcomqparm->lfile,0,sizeof(xcomqparm->lfile));
memset(xcomqparm->rfile,0,sizeof(xcomqparm->rfile));
strcpy(xcomqparm->tid, "000001");
xcomqparm->funccode[0] = 'D';
rc=XcomQAPI(xcomqparm);
/* check for error message */
if (strlen((*xcomqparm->pQueue)[0].array_err_message))
printf("%s", (*xcomqparm->pQueue)[0].array_err_message);
/* display detail record information */
if (strlen(xcomqparm->head_message))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->head_message);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->global_tid))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->global_tid);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->remote_tid))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->remote_tid);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->group_name))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->group_name);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->transfer_name))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->transfer_name);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->xferdata))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->xferdata);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->sysdata))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->sysdata);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->start_time))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->start_time);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->transfer_type))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->transfer_type);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->lfile))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->lfile);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->file))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->file);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->sdsmessage))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->sdsmessage);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->rfile))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->rfile);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->in_out))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->in_out);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->remote_system))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->remote_system);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->end_time))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->end_time);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->pid))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->pid);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->user_group))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->user_group);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->curr_cond))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->curr_cond);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->curr_status))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->curr_status);
4–44
User Guide
API Examples
if (strlen(xcomqparm->curr_state))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->curr_state);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->rec_read_write))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->rec_read_write);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->byte_read_write))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->byte_read_write);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->blocks_trans))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->blocks_trans);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->bytes_trans))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->bytes_trans);
if (strlen((*xcomqparm->pQueue)[0].array_message))
printf("%s", (*xcomqparm->pQueue)[0].array_message);
/* call option 'R*' to remove queue entries */
xcomqparm->funccode[0] = 'R';
xcomqparm->funccode[1] = '*';
rc=XcomQAPI(xcomqparm);
/* check for error message */
if (strlen((*xcomqparm->pQueue)[0].array_err_message))
printf("%s", (*xcomqparm->pQueue)[0].array_err_message);
/* display detail information for removed queue entries */
for (i = 0; i < xcomqparm->nQueueEntries; i++) {
printf("%s", (*xcomqparm->pQueue)[i].array_message);
printf("%s", (*xcomqparm->pQueue)[i].array_message2);
}
if ((xcomqparm->nQueueEntries == 0) && strlen((*xcomqparm>pQueue)[0].array_message))
printf("%s", (*xcomqparm->pQueue)[0].array_message);
if (!rc)
printf("==== Call XcomQAPI successful !\n");
else
printf("==== %s\n", msgstrng(rc, 0));
/* call option 'gxxxxxx' to display queue entry information */
memset(xcomqparm->lfile,0,sizeof(xcomqparm->lfile));
memset(xcomqparm->rfile,0,sizeof(xcomqparm->rfile));
memset(xcomqparm->file_option,0,sizeof(xcomqparm->file_option));
xcomqparm->funccode[0] = 'g';
strcpy(xcomqparm->tid, "000001");
rc=XcomQAPI(xcomqparm);
/* check for error message */
if (strlen((*xcomqparm->pQueue)[0].array_err_message))
printf("%s", (*xcomqparm->pQueue)[0].array_err_message);
/* display queue entry information */
if (strlen((*xcomqparm->pQueue)[0].array_message))
printf("%s", (*xcomqparm->pQueue)[0].array_message);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->group_name))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->group_name);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->lfile))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->lfile);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->rfile))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->rfile);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->user_name))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->user_name);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->transfer_type))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->transfer_type);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->file_type))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->file_type);
if (strlen(xcomqparm->file_option))
printf("%s", xcomqparm->file_option);
/* call option 'pxxxxxx' to change value: FILE_OPTION LOCAL_FILE
REMOTE_FILE
note: This option only allows to call when xcbp->state is in
PREALLOCATION_STATE */
The Application Programming Interface
4–45
XcomQAPI Return Codes
xcomqparm->funccode[0] = 'p';
strcpy(xcomqparm->tid, "000001");
strcpy(xcomqparm->file_option, "CREATE");
strcpy(xcomqparm->lfile, "/home/user/test.txt");
strcpy(xcomqparm->rfile, "/home/user/test.del");
rc=XcomQAPI(xcomqparm);
/* check for error message */
if (strlen((*xcomqparm->pQueue)[0].array_err_message))
printf("%s", (*xcomqparm->pQueue)[0].array_err_message);
/* print out queue entry information */
if (strlen((*xcomqparm->pQueue)[0].array_message))
printf("%s", (*xcomqparm->pQueue)[0].array_message);
printf("====
QAPI ended
===\n");
}
}
/* free memory */
if (xcomqparm->pQueue != NULL)
free(xcomqparm->pQueue);
if (xcomqparm != NULL)
free(xcomqparm);
}
XcomQAPI Return Codes
The following table displays the return codes and descriptions for XcomQAPI:
Code
4–46
User Guide
Description
603
The TP state is invalid.
602
There was a general error in the queue function.
601
Permission denied.
600
Transfer is not active.
469
XCOM CA-XCOM scheduler service is not running or is not
compatible.
-1
The named file does not exist or is not accessible in the given
mode.
-9
XCOMQM detected an unknown error.
-1100
XCOMQM is unable to find the entry in the queue.
-1801
XCOMQM is unable to open the index file.
XcomQAPI Return Codes
Code
Description
-1802
XCOMQM is unable to close the index file.
-1803
XCOMQM detected an invalid command line option.
The Application Programming Interface
4–47
Chapter
5
Remote System Information
This chapter contains information about important aspects of the operating
systems supported by Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport that you should be
aware of when performing transfers.
For more specific information about operating Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport on a specific platform, see the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
guides for that platform and the manufacturer’s guides.
The following topics are covered for each platform, as appropriate:
ƒ
Naming conventions
ƒ
Types of files supported
ƒ
Additional features
ƒ
Restrictions
Remote System Information
5–1
AS/400
AS/400
This section contains information about important aspects of the AS/400
operating system.
Naming Conventions
Use the following format to specify an AS/400 file:
libraryname/filename(membername)
The following table describes the parts of an AS/400 file name:
Part
Description
libraryname
The name of the library that holds the file.
filename
The name of the file you wish to access. Periods are allowed
within the file name.
membername
The name of the member in the file. If this component is omitted,
it defaults to the file name.
Types of Files Supported
In addition to the standard file type discussed above, the Save File format is also
supported. When you wish to send such a file to an AS/400 from a z/OS system,
the file must exist on the target system prior to your transmission.
Additional Features
XQUE is a Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport feature that allows the
unattended transfer of reports from output queues to other Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport nodes.
XQUE can select specific classes of reports (based on the user, job name, form,
etc.) from output queues. XQUE also allows user and/or workstation groups to
be equated to printer destinations on remote Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport nodes. You may use XQUE, for example, to get reports back to your
host system that are generated on an AS/400 that you reach through IBM’s HCF
facility, or between multiple AS/400s connected within a pass-through
environment.
5–2
User Guide
AS/400
Configuration Issues
If you are configuring the VTAM LU that represents the AS/400 on a mainframe,
make sure that the VTAM USS message 10 is not sent to that LU. IBM’s APPC
software cannot start a session when this message, commonly called the
welcome message, is sent.
To prevent this problem, the VTAM or NCP USSTAB definition must be set to a
table that does not have a USSMSG10. The table that IBM originally provided
with VTAM is a good alternative because it does not include message 10.
Case Sensitivity
Because the IBM AS/400 is case-sensitive, you must enter the user ID and
password in uppercase.
Remote System Information
5–3
z/OS
z/OS
This section contains information about important aspects of the z/OS operating
system.
Naming Conventions
Use the following format to name a z/OS file (data set):
[level1.level2.level3...level7].level8[(membername)]
The following table describes the parts of a z/OS file name:
Part
Description
level
Required.
A file name can consist of multiple levels separated by a period.
Each level has the following characteristics:
ƒ
It can be up to eight uppercase characters long.
ƒ
It starts with either an alphabetic character or a national
character ($, #, @, +, -, :, _).
There is a limit of eight levels with a total of 44 characters,
including the separating periods.
In most z/OS environments, a data set name is further
restricted by security rules created by the installation. Contact
the appropriate personnel within your organization for details.
Typically, the high-level name (first-level name) must match
your z/OS user ID or some other predefined index.
membername
Required for z/OS partitioned data sets only.
Specifies the particular member in a z/OS partitioned data set
(PDS). A PDS is a library containing members that are each
separate sequential files. The member name is appended to the
end of the file name in parentheses.
Range: One to eight alphanumeric or national characters.
Note: Most sites catalog all files through the system master catalog. In short, this
means that the system will be able to locate the file you specify by name only.
With the rare occurrence of an uncataloged file, you need to specify the volume
and unit information for the device that holds the file.
5–4
User Guide
z/OS
Examples
The following are examples of valid z/OS data set names:
SYS1.VTAMLST
C54684.UTILITY.CNTL(JOBCARD)
PROD.PAYROLL.SEPT90.TIMECARD.DATA
TESTDATA
A.$DDD.LOAD
Types of Files Supported
Sequential files are the most common forms of data transferred. Individual
members of PDS files may also be sent as sequential files. Entire PDS libraries or
multiple selected members may be transferred between two z/OS systems or to
other systems running Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport r11.
All three types of VSAM files (KSDS, ESDS, and RRDS) may be transferred
between z/OS systems. These VSAM files must be pre-allocated, or they may be
sent to non-z/OS systems as sequential files.
ISAM, BDAM (direct access), IMS, FDR, and DFDSS data sets are not directly
supported, but they can be put into a sequential format using native utilities
prior to transmission.
DCB Information
z/OS characteristics must be pre-defined when creating a new file. Collectively,
the following characteristics are known as Data Control Block (DCB) parameters:
ƒ
Blocksize
ƒ
Logical record length
ƒ
Record format
ƒ
Volume
ƒ
Unit
For more information regarding any of these fields, see the IBM JCL reference
manual.
Remote System Information
5–5
Novell NetWare
Additional Features
You should be aware of the following additional features of Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport for z/OS:
ƒ
CICS interface—Turn this on by indicating that you wish to notify CICS in
the appropriate “remote system notify” field in your version of Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport. To do this, provide the VTAM APPLID of the
CICS system in the related ID field. Your z/OS CICS application
development team can provide you with this. Invoking this interface should
start a CICS transaction program following the successful completion of a
transfer if one has been provided at the host.
ƒ
Store-and-forward—Perform transfers between two nodes connected to an
intermediate z/OS system by invoking the indirect transfer feature in your
version of Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport. This asks you for the final
destination LU name and sends a transfer in two stages. The first stage goes
to the z/OS or JES spool, where it waits for the final destination to be
connected before the second stage occurs.
Novell NetWare
This section contains information about important aspects of the Novell Netware
operating system.
Naming Conventions
Use the following format to name a Netware file:
Note: Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for LAN Workstation accesses files
from any Novell file server in a NetWare network.
[server\]volume:directory\subdirectory\...\filename
Types of Files Supported
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for NetWare LAN supports standard
NetWare file types.
5–6
User Guide
OpenVMS
Destination Printer Information
When sending a report to a NetWare system, specify the Destination parameter
value or the Destination Printer field in the following form:
\\server name\printer queue name
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport limits the length of this field as indicated
below. The actual name on the destination system may be longer.
Type of transfer
Specify
Direct transfers using Version 2
protocols.
Up to 21 characters.
Indirect transfers or transfers using
Version 1 protocols.
Up to 16 characters.
Restriction
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for NetWare LAN does not support library
transfers to Novell NetWare systems.
OpenVMS
This section contains information about important aspects of the OpenVMS
operating system.
Naming Conventions
Use the following format to name an OpenVMS Alpha file or an OpenVMS VAX
file:
device[directory]filename.type;version
The entire file specification can be a maximum of 255 characters. The file type
can be a maximum of 31 characters.
Remote System Information
5–7
OpenVMS
The following table describes the parts of an OpenVMS file name:
Part
Description
device
A disk drive name. If the device is not specified, the default
provided in the SYSUAF (as defined on the DEC system) for that
user is used. Range: 1 to 15 characters.
Note: The Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport remote USERID
field determines the SYSUAF USERID.
directory
Directory and subdirectory information. If this information is not
provided, defaults will be selected as described under device
above.
Note: Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport accepts angle
brackets (< >) in OpenVMS file names, which are converted to
square brackets on the DEC computer.
Example
PLAYERS1:<BRIDGE>CARD.DAT
is treated as equivalent to
PLAYERS1:[BRIDGE]CARD.DAT
filename.type
The specific file within the directory. OpenVMS null file names
are used if the file name and type are not provided.
version
The version of the file. The OpenVMS operating system can keep
multiple versions of a file each time that file is saved. It is normal
to omit this number to indicate that you want the most recent
version of a file, the highest version number.
For further information on OpenVMS file specifications, see the OpenVMS
documentation.
Restrictions
The following restrictions apply to Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for
OpenVMS Alpha and Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for OpenVMS VAX:
5–8
User Guide
ƒ
Specifying transfer type—All transfers must be TYPE=SCHEDULE (for
batch) or QUEUED (from ISPF).
ƒ
Non-queued host transfers—Due to restrictions in the DEC SNA software,
the z/OS TYPE=EXECUTE (non-queued) transfer feature fails with an 8003
sense code. It is not supported by Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport to an
OpenVMS system.
OpenVMS
ƒ
Operating system—Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport currently supports
the OpenVMS Alpha and OpenVMS VAX operating systems. The Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport guides frequently abbreviate the name of this
operating system as VAX. This is not meant to imply support for UNIX.
ƒ
Connectivity—The DECNET/SNA software is based on the Physical Unit
2.0 standard and not on the more flexible 2.1. This means that the system
must be connected to a VTAM (PU 5) system in an SNA network. Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport uses the store-and-forward function, described
previously as an additional z/OS, VM, and VSE feature, to transfer files with
other Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport partners.
ƒ
Multiple session configuration—Digital does not support parallel sessions
with a z/OS system. However, if three file transfers are needed concurrently
with an OpenVMS system, it does allow you to define three APPC logical
units as a group. A group name can be from one to eight characters. The first
character must be alphabetic, while the rest can be any combination of
alphanumeric or national characters. Try to use mnemonic names. This
feature is useful for assigning nicknames as well.
The following example calls three logical units, LUD1, LUD2, and LUD3,
and assigns them a group name of LAVAX. Code the GROUP and LU
parameters for this #PSOTAB entry as follows:
GROUP=LAVAX,
LU=(LUD1,LUD2,LUD3)
Type LAVAX as the remote system name to schedule transmissions to this
VAX through the menu interface. When using the batch interface, use the
GROUP parameter instead of the LU parameter. Use the following code:
GROUP=LAVAX
Groups can be used with all the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
interfaces, including the Process SYSOUT Interface.
ƒ
Initiating the session bind request—Although separate VTAM LU names
can be used for Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport sessions, you should
not LOGAPPL these LUs to Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport when
configuring on z/OS or VM. This will fail with an 0801 or 8003 sense code
since the DEC software must initiate the session bind request.
ƒ
Compression options—Pack options are not supported. Only
COMPRESS=YES is supported for compression for versions prior to version
3.0.
ƒ
ASCII-based—The OpenVMS platform is an ASCII-based system.
Remote System Information
5–9
OS/2
OS/2
This section contains information about important aspects of the OS/2 operating
system.
Naming Conventions
OS/2 supports the FAT file system as well as the High Performance File System
(HPFS). This section addresses the HPFS format. Use the following format to
name an OS/2 file in the HPFS format:
d:\[directory name]\[..]\filename
Note: Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for OS/2 does not support the
transfer of extended attributes.
The following table defines the parts of an HPFS file name for OS/2:
Part
Description
d:
A particular device. The C drive is the most common local
hard drive, and the F drive is the most common network
drive. PCs also support a facility in which a section of
memory (RAM) can be used as a virtual disk drive.
In high-speed link environments, the performance of
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport is directly related to
the speed of the disk drive. In most environments, the fastest
to the slowest devices are as follows:
ƒ
RAM disks (D drive)
ƒ
Directly connected hard disks (C drive)
ƒ
Network disks (F drive)
If you do not specify a drive, the default (current) drive is
used.
5–10
User Guide
OS/2
Part
Description
directory name
One or more optional directories, allowing you to organize
the drive.
Range: Up to 254 characters, including an optional extension
(like a file). If you do not specify a directory, the default
(current) directory is used.
Note: If you specify a destination file name in a directory
that does not exist, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for
OS/2 creates the directory for you. See the target system’s
configuration to determine if this option has been set.
filename
Required.
The name of the data file.
Range: 1 to 254 characters. Separate components of the name
with periods.
Note: Executable binary files end with the extension .EXE,
while executable batch files end with .CMD.
Restrictions
The following restrictions apply to CA-XCOM for OS/2:
ƒ
APPC limitations—Due to the vast number of vendor APPCs and link types
supported by Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport, consult the APPC
vendor’s manual for restrictions on the services provided by that vendor.
These restrictions may impact such features as z/OS TYPE=EXECUTE
transfers, environments that you can or cannot send to, etc.
ƒ
No library transfers—Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for OS/2
Version 2 does not support library transfers from z/OS mainframes.
ƒ
No extended attributes—Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for OS/2
does not support the transfer of extended attributes.
ƒ
Packing options—Versions of Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for
OS/2 prior to Version 3.0 do not support some of the various packing
options available on other Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport systems. For
example, they do not support the UNIX or Linux packing option
carriage_flag=MPACK.
Remote System Information
5–11
Stratus
Stratus
This section contains information about important aspects of the Stratus
operating system.
Naming Conventions
Use the following format to name Stratus files:
#top_directory>group_directory>home_directory>filename.suffix
All names must be unique to that level.
The following table describes the parts of a Stratus file name:
Part
Description
top_directory
The physical disk(s).
Range: 1 to 32 characters.
group_directory
A group of user home directories.
Range: 1 to 32 characters.
home_directory
The user’s home directory. This directory resides in a group
directory.
Range: 1 to 32 characters.
filename
Required.
The name of the Stratus file.
Range: 1 to 32 characters.
suffix
5–12
User Guide
A file classification. You can have multiple suffixes at the
end of a file name. Each suffix starts with a period. The
following table describes some common Stratus suffixes:
File type
Suffixes
Examples
source
.pl1, .cobol, .c
payroll.c, application.cobol
object
.obj
payroll.obj, application.obj
list
.list
payroll.list, application.list
error
.error
payroll.error,
application.error
program
module
.pm
payroll.pm, application.pm
Stratus
Part
Description
command
macro
.cm
start_up.cm,
compile_and_bind.cm
back up
.backup
payroll.c.backup
Types of Files Supported
Stratus supports the following file types for remotely initiated transfers:
ƒ
Fixed—This type of file contains records of the same size. Each record is
stored in a disk or tape region holding a number of bytes that is the same for
all the records in the file.
ƒ
Sequential—This type of file contains records of varying sizes in a disk or
tape region holding approximately the same number of bytes as the record
(for example, the record storage regions vary from record to record). Records
can only be accessed on a record-by-record basis.
Additional Features
The following are additional features of Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for
Stratus of which you should be aware:
ƒ
Security option—Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for Stratus can use
its own account file to verify the user ID and password and to map the
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport user ID to a VOS user ID to check for
file access. If this option is turned on and the remote user ID/password
combination is invalid, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for Stratus
rejects the request.
ƒ
Restart/Recovery facility—Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for Stratus
can attempt periodic data transmissions after the initial file transfer has
failed. A certain number of retries can be specified through the xcom_ser.pm
file.
Restrictions
The following restrictions apply to Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for
Stratus:
ƒ
No checkpoint/restart—Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for Stratus
Version 1 does not support checkpoint/restart.
ƒ
No library transfers—Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for Stratus does
not support the transfer of libraries from z/OS.
Remote System Information
5–13
Tandem
Tandem
This section contains information about important aspects of the Tandem
operating system.
Naming Conventions
Use the following format to name a Tandem file:
\<system>.<volume>.<subvolume>.<filename>
All of these components are restricted to eight characters, except as indicated
below.
The following table describes the parts of a Tandem file name:
Part
Description
system
The system name. Up to seven characters.
volume
The disk name.
subvolume
Can be thought of as a directory name.
filename
The name of your file.
Example
The following example uses a volume of $CLX12, a subvolume of SCI, and a file
name of FILE1:
$CLX12.SCI.FILE1
The Tandem file system is not a tree structure. Each volume.subvolume is
independent, that is, it has no subvolumes above or below.
5–14
User Guide
Tandem
Types of Files Supported
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for Tandem supports the following file
types through ENSCRIBE, Tandem’s disk file architecture:
ƒ
Edit files
ƒ
Unstructured files—These files are large-byte arrays. Data in these files is
accessed by using the relative byte address and the READ-COUNT or
WRITE-COUNT parameters in the system procedure calls. The application
program determines the way in which they are used. An EDIT file is a type
of unstructured file signified by the file code 101.
For more information about ENSCRIBE and unstructured files, see the
ENSCRIBE Programmer’s Guide.
ƒ
ƒ
Structured files—Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport supports entrysequenced and relative structured files:
–
Entry-sequenced files—Entry-sequenced files are sequential files.
Records are stored in the order in which they are entered. These records
are variable in length and cannot be added or deleted. They are accessed
by their record address.
–
Relative files—Relative files are ordered by relative record number. The
space allocated for each record is specified when the file is created.
Records in these files can be deleted and added again in place.
Key-sequenced files (for Replace only)—Key-sequenced files are supported
only for the Replace operation. The file must already exist for Unicenter CAXCOM Data Transport to perform an action on it.
File Type Specification
The following specifications apply:
Locally Initiated Send Requests
When you send a file from the Tandem, the remote Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport determines the file type when it opens the file.
Receive Requests
For locally or remotely initiated receive requests, the file type must be specified
by the GUARDIAN_FILE_TYPE parameter. Use one of the following values:
ƒ
EDIT
ƒ
UNSTRUCTURED
Remote System Information
5–15
UNIX/Linux
ƒ
ENTRY_SEQ
ƒ
RELATIVE
Remotely Initiated Send Requests
For remotely initiated transfer requests (that is, send a file, job, or report), use the
following:
Record Format
Guardian File Type Created
F
Relative
FB
Entry Sequence
VB
Edit
U
Unstructured
Note: Key sequence files are supported only if the file exists. You can do a
replace but not a create.
UNIX/Linux
This section contains information about important aspects of the UNIX and
Linux operating systems.
Naming Conventions
Use the following format to name a UNIX or Linux file:
/directory/subdirectory/.../filename
Use up to 256 characters for the entire path of the file; there are no restrictions on
size for the individual parts of the path.
5–16
User Guide
VM
The following table describes the parts of a UNIX/Linux path:
Part
Description
/ (slash)
The root directory when it is in the first position: otherwise, the slash
separates directories and file names in the path.
directory
The directory that contains the file. You can specify more than one
directory in a path.
filename
The name of the UNIX or Linux file.
Types of Files Supported
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for UNIX and Linux support their
standard file types.
VM
This section contains information about important aspects of the VM operating
system.
Naming Conventions
Use the following format to name VM files under the CMS operating system:
filename.filetype
The two parts can be a maximum of eight characters in length. They can consist
of letters, numbers, and/or national characters ($, #, @, +, -, :, _). In general,
lowercase letters are not allowed. In the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for
VM parameters FILE and LFILE, the file name and file type are specified as one
string with a period as a separator.
For minidisk specifications:
■
■
CP OWNER is taken from the volume field, if present. Otherwise, the userid
field is used.
CP address is taken from the unit specification. The default is 191.
Note: You may have two files with the same file name and file type, but they
cannot reside on the same minidisk.
Remote System Information
5–17
VM
Types of Files Supported
The Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Service Virtual Machine runs IBM’s
GCS (Group Control System) operating system. Due to the limitations of this
environment, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for VM only supports the
CMS extended file system format. This covers CMS files on minidisks formatted
with 512, 1,024K, 2,048K, and 4,096K block sizes.
Note: It does not support the following: CMS Shared File System, minidisks
formatted with 800-byte blocks, or tape I/O.
DCB Information
CMS file characteristics must be predetermined when creating a new file. You
must specify the following parameters:
ƒ
Record format—This can be fixed (F) or variable (V).
ƒ
Logical record length—This is the number of characters in the longest line of
the file.
Restriction
The following table lists the maximum logical record lengths for different file
types:
5–18
User Guide
File type
Maximum logical record length
Disk file
32767 bytes
Job (RDR file)
80 bytes
Report (PRT file)
133 bytes
VSE
VSE
This section contains information about important aspects of the VCE operating
system.
VSAM Naming Conventions
When accessing a file on a VSE system, the Remote file name field indicates the
file-id as it would be specified on the DLBL (an indicator of whether the file is
VSAM or SAM) and, optionally, additional information needed for locating the
file.
Format for VSAM File Names
Use the following format to name a VSAM file:
file-id,V[,catalog-id]
The following table describes the parts of a VSAM file name:
Part
Description
file-id
The name given to the data set when it was defined using
IDCAMS by including the following line in the JCL:
DEFINE CLUSTER (NAME (file-id)...
V
Indicates that this is a VSAM file.
catalog-id
Optional.
The name of the user catalog that owns the VSAM data set as
defined using IDCAMS by including the following line in the JCL:
DEFINE USERCATALOG (NAME (catalog-id)...
Leave this field blank if the data set is owned by the master
catalog.
Remote System Information
5–19
VSE
SAM Naming Conventions
Format for SAM File Names
Use the following format to name a SAM file:
file-id,S,[unit],[location],[size],[override]
The following table describes the parts of a SAM file name:
Part
Description
file-id
The name that identifies this data set in the VTOC of the specific
DASD volume. This is the file-id you specify on the DLBL JCL
statement.
Range: 1 to 44 characters
Note: Do not enclose it in quotes.
S
Indicates that this is a SAM file.
unit
The physical device address as defined by the CUU parameter on
the ASSGN JCL statement. It identifies the disk drive on which this
file resides. This parameter can be omitted if the UNIT or VOL
parameters are specified, or if a DASD manager is in use.
location
Optional for output files.
The starting location of the file on the disk, as defined on the
EXTENT JCL statement. If a DASD manager is in use, specify a
value of 1.
size
Optional for output files.
Indicates how much space this data set will use, as defined on the
EXTENT JCL statement. For CKD devices, this is the number of
tracks. For FBA devices, this is the number of blocks.
5–20
User Guide
VSE
Part
Description
override
Optional for output files.
Indicates whether this file should be processed as if the FLLTAB
option for DASDM were coded as indicated by the override
parameter. The override applies only to the processing for the file
whose data set name is on the statement that the statement where
the override appears. The following are the available override
parameters and their equivalent DFLTAB option:
1.
DMYES to force DASDM=YES for this file.
2.
DMNO to force DASDM=NO for this file
3.
DMEPIC to force DADSM=EPIC for this file.
Note: If you are running with a DASD manager, the DASD
manager’s STRTTRK or Trigger value is placed in the location field.
DASD manager pools should be indicated by putting the pool name
in the Volume parameter.
For EPIC/VSE users, you can omit the following:
ƒ
The location if you want EPIC to default to its STRTTRK value
ƒ
The size if you want EPIC to default to its DEFEXT value
ƒ
The Volume information if you want EPIC to default to its
DEFPOL value
For CA-Dynam users who want to access Dynam catalog controlled
files (included GDG data sets), no extent information should be
entered (no cuu, location, size, or override information and no
Volume or Unit parameters for the files you are referencing).
Remote System Information
5–21
VSE
TAPE Naming Conventions
Format for TAPE File Names
Use the following format to name a TAPE file:
file-id,T,[unit],[unit],[unit],[override]
The following table describes the parts of a TAPE file name:
Part
Description
file-id
The name that identifies this data set in the tape manager catalog or
in the HDR1 label on the tape. This is the file ID you specify on the
TLBL JCL statement.
Range: 1 to 44 characters.
Note: When the file ID contains imbedded spaces or commas, it
should be enclosed in quotes.
Note: IBM only supports a 17-character file ID in a tape header
label. If you have a tape manager, 44-character tape file IDs may be
supported. Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport does not validate
your file ID, but takes whatever you put on the statement and
passes it along to IBM’s OPEN routine or to your tape manager as
you have entered it.
T
Indicates that this is a TAPE file.
Note: If you enter a transfer request from a platform that has not
yet implemented the extended tape processing parameters or menu
interface fields for controlling tape processing to a Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport/VSE server, you must use the T option.
You are restricted to standard label tape processing.
5–22
User Guide
VSE
Part
Description
unit
The physical device address as defined by the CUU parameter on
the ASSGN JCL statement. If you are using TAPEM=YES|EPIC,
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport ignores any units coded and
the tape manager does the tape AVR and assignment. If you are not
using the tape manager, the primary assignment is made to the first
unit Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport finds. Other units found
are assigned as temporary alternates.
This parameter can be omitted if you prefer to use the UNIT
parameter to specify a unit or two units (primary and alternate).
This parameter can be used in conjunction with the UNIT
parameter to specify a primary unit and up to four alternate units
that will be assigned by Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport prior
to open. Units specified on the statement containing the file-id will
be assigned before units specified on the UNIT parameter. The unit
parameter is ignored because tape processing is only supported
when you have a tape manager on your VSE system.
override
Optional for output files.
Indicates whether this file should be processed as if the DFLTAB
option for TAPEM were coded as indicated by the override
parameter. The following are the available override parameters and
their equivalent DFLTAB option:
■
TMYES to force TAPEM=YES for this file
■
TMNO to force TAPEM=NO for this file
■
TMEPIC to force TAPEM=EPIC for this file
Note: The override applies only to the processing for the file whose
data set name is on the statement that the override appears on. It is
in effect for this transfer only.
DTF Information
VSE file characteristics must be predetermined when creating the files. If sending
to or receiving from a VSE system you must specify the following:
ƒ
The record format (RECFM), which can be either fixed (F), fixed blocked
(FB), variable (V), or variable blocked (VB).
ƒ
The logical record length (LRECL) indicates the number of characters in the
longest record in the file.
ƒ
The block size (BLKSIZE), which can be either equal to the LRECL for fixed
files, a multiple of the LRECL for fixed blocked files, the LRECL +4 for
variable files, or the BLKSIZE +4 for variable blocked files.
Remote System Information
5–23
VSE
Types of Files Supported
IBM VSE supports VSAM (RRDS, KSDS, and ESDS) and SAM files.
Restrictions
The following restrictions apply to Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for
VSE:
5–24
User Guide
ƒ
No FILEOPT=ADD for receiving VSE—Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport for VSE does not support FILEOPT=ADD if the VSE is receiving
the file.
ƒ
No Checkpoint/Restart for SAM—Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for
VSE does not support checkpoint/restart for SAM jobs.
Windows 3.1, 95, and 98
Windows 3.1, 95, and 98
This section contains information about important aspects of the Windows 3.1,
95, and 98 operating systems.
Naming Conventions
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for Windows only supports the FAT file
system. Use the following format to name Windows files:
d:\[directory name]\..\filename.[ext]
The following table describes the parts of a Windows file name:
Part
Description
d
A particular device. The C drive is the most common local hard
drive, the A drive is the most common floppy, and the F drive
is the most common network drive. PCs support a facility in
which a section of memory (RAM) can also be used as a virtual
disk drive.
In high-speed link environments, the performance of Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport is directly related to the speed of the
disk drive. In most environments, the fastest to the slowest
devices are as follows:
ƒ
RAM disks (D drive)
ƒ
Directly connected hard disks (C drive)
ƒ
Network disks (F drive)
ƒ
Floppy disks (A or B drive)
Note: If you do not specify a drive, the default drive, that is, the
current drive, is used. This directory in Windows changes,
depending on the last application accessed.
directory name
One or more optional directories, which allow you to assign
organization to the drive.
Range: 1 to eight characters with an optional 3-character
extension (like a file). If you specify a destination file name with
a directory that does not exist, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport for Windows creates the directory for you.
Note: If you do not specify a directory, the default directory,
that is, the current directory, is used.
Remote System Information
5–25
Windows 3.1, 95, and 98
Part
Description
filename
Required.
The name of the data file.
Range: 1 to 8 characters (characters past position eight generate
an error).
ext
The file extension used to further identify the file. Executable
programs must use the extension .EXE or .COM.
Range: 1 to 3 characters.
Note: If you do not specify an extension, Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport does not supply a default.
Restrictions
The following restriction applies to Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for
Windows:
ƒ
APPC restrictions—Due to the vast number of vendor APPCs and link types
supported by Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport, consult the APPC
vendor’s manual for restrictions on the services provided by that vendor.
These restrictions may impact such features as z/OS TYPE=EXECUTE
transfers and environments to which you can send.
Note: This is a single-user system. Do not send multiple simultaneous transfers
to this partner.
5–26
User Guide
Windows NT (2000, 2003, and XP)
Windows NT (2000, 2003, and XP)
This section contains information about important aspects of the Windows NT
(2000, 2003, and XP) operating system.
Naming Conventions
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for Windows NT supports the standard
Windows NT file names and the Universal Naming Convention (UNC). The file
naming conventions for Windows NT are similar to those for Windows, with
some significant differences, some of which are outlined below.
Use the following format to name files when using standard Windows NT file
names:
d:[\][directory name\..\]filename[.ext]
Use the following format to name files when using UNC file names:
\\server name\share name\directory\filename
Remote System Information
5–27
Windows NT (2000, 2003, and XP)
The following table describes the parts of Windows NT file names and UNC file
names:
Part
Description
d
Required. A particular device, indicated as a drive letter.
directory name
Required. One or more optional directories and subdirectories.
Subdirectories can take the form of name[.ext].
Note: The form of the directory name and file name depend on
the operating system running on the server.
filename
Required. The name of the data file.
For FAT file systems, filename is 1 to 8 characters.
NTFS and HPFS file systems support long file names, up to 256
characters, including the extension.
Names may or may not be case sensitive, depending on the file
system on the server.
For FAT, NTFS, and HPFS, names are not case sensitive. You
can use uppercase and lowercase when creating a name, and
they will display as typed, but internally Windows NT makes
no distinction for this. For example, Windows NT would
consider MYFILE and MyFiLe as references to the same file.
Windows NT also creates an MS-DOS-style name based on the
long name for compatibility with environments where long file
names are not always supported.
ext
The file extension used to further identify the file.
For FAT file systems, the extension is up to 3 characters.
For NTFS and HPFS, the extension is included in the long file
name limit of 256 characters.
Note: If you do not specify an extension, Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport does not supply a default.
server name
The name of the server.
share name
The share name is network provider dependent.
For Microsoft Windows networks this is the name of the share.
For NetWare networks this is the name of the volume.
Types of Files Supported
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport supports standard Windows NT file types.
5–28
User Guide
Windows NT (2000, 2003, and XP)
Additional Features
Additional features include the following:
File Systems
The standard Windows NT file systems are:
ƒ
File Allocation Table format (FAT)
ƒ
Windows NT File System format (NTFS)
ƒ
High-performance File System format (HPFS)
File Access
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport accesses files locally or from any file server
on the Microsoft Windows Network or the NetWare or Compatible Network, or
any other network provider installed on the Windows NT system.
Security
For transfers to Windows NT systems running any release of Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport, the following apply:
■
■
Windows NT is a secured system, because Windows NT requires a valid
user ID and password (as defined when setting up a user account under NT)
in order to log into or connect to an NT server. User IDs and passwords are
case sensitive. Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport uses the underlying NT
security system to log into the server as the user defined in the
XCOM_USERID parameter. The authority to logon locally is required
because there is no facility in Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for
Windows NT to allow for another domain to be specified.
When a transfer is sent from another system (such as z/OS), USERID and
PASSWORD must be supplied. The following methods model sending
transfers from a Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for z/OS system to a
local Windows NT drive.
Methods of handling NT systems security from Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport are as follows:
■
Employing some security —All users employ the same user ID.
Set XCOM_USERID and XCOM_PASSWORD= to a valid NT user ID and
password that has local logon authority in the xcom.glb file on the NT side.
On the z/OS side, send a transfer with parameter USERID=' ' (blank between
two single quotes). This will use the user ID and password from the
xcom.glb file.
Remote System Information
5–29
Windows NT (2000, 2003, and XP)
■
Employing user level security—Users employ their own user ID and
password.
Set XCOM_USERID and XCOM_PASSWORD= to an INVALID NT user ID
and password in the xcom.glb file on the Windows NT side. On the z/OS
side, send a transfer with parameters USERID= and PASSWORD= with a
valid NT user ID that has local logon authority. This causes Unicenter CAXCOM Data Transport to use the user ID and password supplied. If a
password is not supplied, and xcom.glb is checked, the transfer will fail due
to the invalid ID and password in the xcom.glb file on the NT side.
Note: If either of these methods is to be successful, in the case where Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport for z/OS is sending to Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport for Windows NT, the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for z/OS
default table MUST have USEROVR=YES. USEROVR=YES is the default. This
allows the user ID in the MVS JCL to override the batch job ID. For information
about the USEROVR parameter, see the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for
z/OS Administrator Guide.
Home Directory
A Windows NT user can have a default home directory assigned by the
Windows NT administrator.
Destination Printer Information
When sending a report to a Windows NT system, specify the Destination
parameter value or the Destination Printer field in the following form:
\\server name\printer queue name
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport limits the length of this field as indicated
below. The actual name on the destination system may be longer.
5–30
User Guide
Type of transfer
Specify
Direct transfers using Version 2
protocols.
Up to 21 characters.
Indirect transfers or transfers using
Version 1 protocols.
Up to 16 characters.
Windows NT (2000, 2003, and XP)
Restrictions
Access to directories and files on drives formatted for NTFS can be controlled
with the security features of Windows NT Version 3.51 or higher.
Access to all files on a Windows NT system can be controlled by the permissions
set on a directory or file. The access rights of the user ID on the remote system
determine the actions permitted for the transfer. Users cannot use a directory or
file unless they have been granted the appropriate permissions.
Remote System Information
5–31
Chapter
6
Generating SSL Certificates
This chapter describes how to generate certificates that can be used with
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport.
For more information on using OpenSSL, see Network Security with OpenSSL by
John Vega, Matt Messier, and Pravir Chandra (O’Reilly & Associates).
Using SSL Mode
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport uses SSL in client/server mode. In
client/server mode, certificates are required for both the local (initiating) and
remote (receiving) Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport partners. SSL considers
the local Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport partner to be the client and the
remote Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport partner to be the server.
When establishing the SSL connection, the server sends the server certificate to
the client for verification. After the client verifies the server certificate, the client
sends the client certificate to the server for verification. Both the client and the
server must verify the CA certificate from the other.
Setting up SSL for Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport involves the following
tasks:
1.
Set the expiration for the CA Certificate.
2.
Create the CA Certificate.
3.
Create the server certificate.
4.
Create the client certificate.
5.
Configure the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport SSL server.
6.
Configure the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport client.
Generating SSL Certificates
6–1
Setting Expiration
Setting Expiration
When generating a CA certificate, the default_days parameter in cassl.conf that
controls the expiration of server and client certificates is not used for CA
certificates. The certificate is generated with a default expiration of 30 days.
Use the following procedure to change the default expiration:
1.
Add ‘days nnn’ to the makeca script line. The following line is an example of
how the makeca script is shipped:
Openssl req –x509 –newkey rsa –out ./certs/cassl.pem –outform PEM
2.
To change the expiration to one year, change the line before running the
makeca script:
Openssl req –x509 –newkey rsa –out ./certs/cassl.pem –outform PEM –days 365
Creating the CA Certificate
Use the following procedure to create the CA certificate:
1.
Create a configuration file that is used as input to the openssl utility. A
sample file, named cassl.conf, was installed in the ssl subdirectory of the
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport installation directory for UNIX and for
z/OS, downloaded as part of a .TAR formatted file, and then copied to a
user-specified path on the site’s HFS file system. This .TAR file needs to have
the SSL files extracted before it can be edited. Change to the ssl subdirectory
and edit the [root_ca_distinguished_name] section, changing the values as
appropriate for your system.
Note: For UNIX, you must have ‘root’ authority to perform this task.
2.
Issue the following command to run the makeca script:
./makeca
This shell script uses the cassl.conf file to generate a certificate and key file.
The certificate, cassl.pem, is saved in the ‘certs’ subdirectory. The key file,
generated as casslkey.pem, is saved in the ‘private’ subdirectory.
Note: When running the makeca script the first time, the pseudo-random
number generator (PRNG) file does not exist and issues a warning to this
effect. The makeca utility generates the PRNG file the first time it is run and
does not issue this warning on subsequent executions. This is only a
warning; you can continue with the next step.
3.
To list the certificate just created, issue the following command to use the
listca script:
./listca
6–2
User Guide
Creating the Server Certificate
This shell script displays the CA certificate and the information stored in the
package.
Creating the Server Certificate
Use the following procedure to create the server certificate:
1.
Create a configuration file to use as input to the openssl utility. A sample file,
serverssl.conf, was installed in the ssl subdirectory. Edit the
[req_distinguished_name] section, changing the values to your
specifications.
2.
Using the script makeserver, issue the following command:
./makeserver
The makeserver shell script uses the serverssl.conf file and the cassl.pem file
to generate a server certificate and a key file. The server certificate,
servercert.pem, is saved in the ‘certs’ subdirectory. The key file, generated as
serverkey.pem, is saved in the ‘private’ subdirectory.
3.
To list the certificate just created, issue the following command to use the
listserver script:
./listserver
This shell script displays the server certificate and information stored in the
package.
Creating the Client Certificate
Use the following procedure to create the client certificate:
■
Create a configuration file to use as input to the openssl utility. A sample file,
clientssl.conf, was installed in the ssl subdirectory. Edit the
[req_distinguished_name] section, changing the values to meet your system
requirements.
■
Issue the following command to use the makeclient script:
./makeclient
The makeclient shell script uses the clientssl.conf file and the cassl.pem file to
generate a client certificate and a key file. The certificate, clientcert.pem, is
saved in the ‘certs’ subdirectory. The key file, generated as clientkey.pem, is
saved in the ‘private’ subdirectory.
Generating SSL Certificates
6–3
Configuring Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport SSL Server
■
To list the certificate just created, issue the following command to use the
listclient script:
./listclient
The listclient shell script displays the client certificate and information stored
in the package.
Configuring Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport SSL Server
Use the following procedure to configure Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
to use the CA and server certificates for establishing server (remote) SSL
connections:
1.
Review and modify the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport SSL
configuration file, configssl.cnf, so that the settings meet your site standards.
Server connections use the RECEIVE_SIDE values.
2.
Set the XCOM_CONFIG_SSL parameter in your default options table/global
file to point to your customized configssl.cnf file.
Note: For z/OS, the path and file name must be an HFS file.
3.
Configure Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport to receive remote SSL
connections:
■
■
■
4.
6–4
User Guide
For z/OS, specify the TCP/IP port that will accept SSL connection
requests using the SSLPORT default options table parameter. In
addition, the default options table parameter, SSL, must also be set to
one of the following values:
–
ONLY—to allow incoming SSL transfers only
–
ALLOW—to allow both incoming SSL and incoming non-SSL
transfers to this server
For UNIX, during installation, manually add the txpis service and the
TCP/IP port that will accept SSL connection requests to the inetd
configuration files.
For Windows, specify the TCP/IP port that that will accept SSL
connection requests using the SSL Port Number on the TCP/IP tab in the
Global Parameters GUI.
Verify that the port that receives incoming SSL connections is a unique port
that is not in use by any other application. The port used for incoming
TCP/IP connections cannot also be used for incoming SSL connections. If
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport will be receiving both incoming
TCP/IP connections and incoming SSL connections, then two ports are
required.
Configuring the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Client
■
■
For z/OS, reassemble the default options table and restart the Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport server (started task).
For UNIX and Windows, restart the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport service.
Configuring the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Client
Use the following procedure to configure the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport client to use the CA certificate and the server certificate when
establishing client (local) SSL connections:
1.
Review and modify the settings of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
SSL configuration file, configssl.cnf, as appropriate for your system. Client
connections use the INITIATE_SIDE values.
2.
Point the XCOM_CONFIG_SSL parameter in your default options
table/global file to your customized configssl.cnf file.
Note: For z/OS, the path and file name must be an HFS file.
■
■
3.
■
5.
For UNIX and Windows, the XCOM_CONFIG_SSL parameter can also
be specified in your configuration (cnf) file.
Set the SECURE_SOCKET parameter to YES to indicate an SSL connection.
■
4.
For z/OS, the XCOM_CONFIG_SSL parameter can also be specified as a
destination member parameter.
For z/OS, specify the SECURE_SOCKET parameter in the SYSIN01, the
destination member, or the default options table.
For UNIX and Windows, specify the SECURE_SOCKET parameter in the
configuration (cnf) file.
Specify the port through which the remote Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport partner accepts SSL connections. Use one of the following
parameters:
■
PORT for UNIX and Windows
■
IPPORT for z/OS
Initiate the transfer request.
Generating SSL Certificates
6–5
Appendix
A
Parameters
Use parameter values to control the variables that govern the behavior of
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport.
Using Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Parameters
Parameter values can be defined to Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport as
indicated in the table below. The values take precedence depending on where
they are specified. The order in which parameter values take precedence is as
follows:
Order of
Precedence
Parameter Value Explanation
Specified in
1
Command line
If the user specifies a value for a parameter
on the command line, this overrides every
other specification in the files or the
program.
2
xcom.cnf or
filename.cnf
If the value is specified in the xcom.cnf file,
or in a user-customized configuration file,
filename.cnf, it overrides the value in the
xcom.glb file.
3
xcom.glb
If the value is specified in the xcom.glb file,
it overrides the value in the program. The
values specified in xcom.glb are generally
used by the system administrator to start
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport.
4
Program defaults
If a value is not specified anywhere, the
program has its own defaults.
Parameters
A–1
Using Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Parameters
Parameter Format
When using Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport from the command prompt or
with a script, and when editing configuration files, the Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport parameters consist of assignment statements. The format for
assignment statements is as follows:
■
PARAMETER_NAME (always all uppercase, with underscore character (_)
when indicated)
■
An equal sign (=)
■
A character string terminated by a new-line
Note: Parameter values are always in uppercase. However, when specifying
directories, file names, user IDs and passwords, you may use uppercase and
lowercase.
Syntax
The syntax for assignment statements is as follows:
PARAMETER_NAME=value
Example
In the following example, the parameter EXPIRATION_TIME is set to a value of
6000 seconds.
EXPIRATION_TIME=6000
This controls the maximum time in seconds that a transaction is held in the
transfer queue after execution.
Guidelines
Note the following guidelines for using Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
parameters:
■
■
■
A–2
User Guide
When you type trailing spaces and tabs from the command line as part of a
parameter value, they are stripped by the command line processor (the
shell).
When you type trailing spaces and tabs into a file or script with an editor,
such as vi, they are treated as part of a parameter value. These trailing spaces
and tabs should be removed. If they are not removed they can cause
confusion and unpredictable or undesirable results.
Empty lines and lines beginning with a pound sign (#) are discarded.
List of Parameters
Examples
In the following examples, the spacespacespace represents trailing spaces.
If you type the following at the command line, the trailing spaces are ignored:
xcom62 -c1 LOCAL_FILE=xyzspacespacespace
If you type the following into any configuration file using an editor, the
spacespacespace would be treated as part of the name of the LOCAL_FILE.
LOCAL_FILE=xyzspacespacespace
List of Parameters
The following is a full list of parameters for Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
for UNIX and Linux. The default values listed here are based on the defaults as
supplied in the sample files xcom.glb and xcom.cnf that come with Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport. Any defaults not specified by these files come from
the program’s own defaults.
AGE_TIME
The number of seconds before waiting queue entries are removed from queue. If
the value is 0, the waiting queue entries never age and are never removed from
the queue.
Range: 0 to 86313600 (999 days)
Default: 432000 (5 days)
Parameters
A–3
List of Parameters
ALLOCATION_TYPE
Indicates the unit of storage allocation for a dataset created on an IBM
mainframe.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
CYL
Cylinders
TRK
Tracks
BLK
Blocks
Default: CYL
Note: Version 2 parameter.
ATOE_FILENAME
The name of the file containing the ASCII-to-EBCDIC character conversion table.
This is a custom file used only for specifying custom translation tables from
ASCII to EBCDIC, if needed.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default: /usr/spool/xcom/convtab/atoe.tab, except for the following:
■
For HP-UX systems: /var/spool/xcom/convtab/atoe.tab
■
For OSF Digital UNIX: /var/opt/xcom/convtab/atoe.tab
BLKSIZE
Specifies the block size of a dataset created on an IBM mainframe.
Note: Used when FILE_OPTION=CREATE.
Range: 0 to 32767
If the record format is
Then the block size must be
Fixed or fixed block
A multiple of the record length
Variable
4 bytes larger than the record length
Undefined
Larger than the largest record length
Default: 800
A–4
User Guide
List of Parameters
CARRIAGE_CONTROL_CHARACTERS
Indicates the type of printer carriage-control codes, if any, that are included in
the report file.
Note: For report transfers only.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
ASA
ASA control codes in column 1.
IBM
IBM Machine Characters (valid only for IBM mainframes).
BYPASSASA
If data is already in ASA format, bypass conversion.
OTHER
No carriage-control codes are used.
Default: OTHER
CARRIAGE_FLAG
Specifies the type of file being transferred and some special characteristics of the
conversion done during the transfer.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
YES
Indicates that the transferred file is a text file and a newline
character should be added to the end of incoming records. Also,
newline characters are removed from the ends of lines before an
outgoing record is sent.
NO
Indicates no special processing.
MPACK
Indicates a text file with record packing. Uses 2K pack buffer.
VLR
Indicates a binary file of variable-length records with a field of 4
bytes preceding each record. Applies to local initiated transfers
only.
VLR2
Indicates a binary file of variable-length records with a field of 8
bytes preceding each record. Applies to local initiated transfers
only. Used for certain applications that require an MVS-style
BDW and RDW preceding each record.
XPACK
Indicates a text file with record packing. Uses 31K pack buffer.
Parameters
A–5
List of Parameters
Note: MPACK does not support a MAXRECLEN (actual record length) over 2K.
XPACK does not support a MAXRECLEN (actual record length) over 31K.
Default: YES
CHECKPOINT_COUNT
Defines how often (based on record count) the sending system requests a
checkpoint to be taken. The value 0000 indicates no checkpointing.
Range: 0 to 9999
Default: 1000
Note: Version 2 parameter.
CLASS
The print class assigned to a report transferred to a remote system.
If the remote system is an IBM mainframe, this field designates the JES SYSOUT
class.
Note: For report transfers only.
Example
Enter B to print the report through SYSOUT=B.
Range: 1 character
Default: None
CODE_FLAG
Used to identify the type of data being transferred.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
A–6
User Guide
Value
Description
ASCII
An ASCII file is being transferred. This indicates that the
incoming file is assumed to be ASCII format, and is not
translated. Therefore the file on the remote system should be in
ASCII format before it is transferred.
BINARY
A binary file, such as an executable file, is being transferred.
This indicates to a remote system that it is not to translate the
data it is exchanging with your system.
List of Parameters
Value
Description
EBCDIC
An EBCDIC file is being transferred. The transferred data is
translated from EBCDIC to ASCII format when the local system
receives the data, and from ASCII to EBCDIC format when the
local system sends the data.
Default: ASCII
CODETABL
Specifies the prefix to the file names, atoe.tab and etoa.tab, that contain the
external ASCII-to-EBCDIC and EBCDIC-to-ASCII custom character conversion
tables. These custom character conversion tables determine which external
translation tables will be used by the transfer.
This parameter is valid only if INTERNAL_CONVERSION_TABLES=NO.
Range: 0 to 3 alphanumeric characters
Default: None
COMPRESS
Indicates the compression type. When communicating with an IBM mainframe,
if the data file contains any empty lines, COMPRESS can only be set to YES,
LZSMALL, LZMEDIUM or LZLARGE.
Note: All compression types are not supported on all platforms. For supported
compression types, see the partner platform documentation.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
COMPACT
RJE compaction algorithm optimized for uppercase English
text.
LCOMPACT
RJE compaction algorithm optimized for lowercase English
text.
LZLARGE
Activates LZ compression to search back 32K in the
datastream for a matching string.
LZMEDIUM
Activates LZ compression to search back 16K in the
datastream for a matching string.
LZRW3
General-purpose algorithm that runs fast and gives
reasonable compression.
Parameters
A–7
List of Parameters
Value
Description
LZSMALL
Activates LZ compression to search back 4K in the
datastream for a matching string.
NO
Indicates no compression.
RLE
Run length encoding.
YES
Indicates run length encoding of binary zeros and blanks
only.
ZLIBn
Greater compression than LZRW3 but less than LZSMALL,
LZMEDIUM, and LZLARGE. The n value can be 1 to 9.
Note: The LZ values enable LZ (Lempel-Ziv) compression to replace sequences
of data bytes that occur more than once in a datastream with a code value.
Default: YES
CONTROL
For multiple transfers. Use the syntax for performing a single transfer and then
separate parameters for different transfers in the same configuration file by using
this parameter.
Range: NEWXFER or NONE
Default: NEWXFER
CONVERT_CLASSES
A character string containing print classes for which EBCDIC-to-ASCII
conversions will be performed. For incoming report transfers only.
Range: 1 to 64 characters
Default: None
COPIES
The number of copies that are to be sent. If this parameter is not specified, the
remote system queues one copy of the report to the system’s default printer. For
report transfers only.
Range: 1 to 999
Default: 1
A–8
User Guide
List of Parameters
CREATE_DIR
Indicates whether to create the specified directory if it does not exist.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
YES
Create the directory if it does not exist.
NO
Do not create the directory if it does not exist.
Default: YES
DATACLAS
Specifies the name of the data class to use when allocating a new SMS-managed
data set.
Note: This parameter applies only to mainframe SMS data sets.
Range: 1 to 8 characters
Default: None
DEBUG_FLAG
Specifies whether a trace will be output to the file /tmp/<tid> instead of to the
default path /usr/spool/xcom/trace/<tid>.TRA. In addition to the transfer
trace information, the initialization will also be traced. The trace level is still
taken from the variable XTRACE.
Note: The <tid> variable refers to the 6-digit transfer ID number.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
YES
The trace is output to /tmp/<tid>
NO
The trace is output to /usr/spool/xcom/trace/<tid>.TRA.
For HP-UX systems: /var/spool/xcom/trace/<tid>.TRA
For OSF Digital UNIX systems: /var/opt/xcom/trace/<tid>.TRA.
Default: NO
Parameters
A–9
List of Parameters
DEN
Specifies the density to be used in creating a tape on the remote system. Valid
values are the same as those for the DEN parameter in JCL.
Range: 1 to 4
Default: None
DESTINATION
Identifies the printer or other device on the remote system where the report is to
be sent. If this parameter is not specified, the remote system sends the report to
the system's default printer. For report transfers only.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
0 to 16 characters
For indirect transfers and for Version 1.
0 to 21 characters
For transfers that are not indirect and for Version 2.
Default: None
DESTINATION_TYPE
The type of target system.
Range: HOST, MIDRANGE, or OTHER
Default: OTHER
DISPLAY_PASSWORD_IN_TRACE
Determines if Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport displays password
information in the trace files.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
A–10
User Guide
Value
Description
YES
Encrypted and plain text passwords are displayed in the
trace files.
ENCRYPT
Encrypted passwords are displayed in the trace files.
List of Parameters
Value
Description
NO
Passwords are not displayed in the trace files.
Default: NO
DISPOSITION
Indicates what the remote system does with the report file after the report has
been printed. For report transfers only.
Note: This field is not used when the remote system is an IBM mainframe.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
If the value is
Then after printing the report is
DELETE
Deleted
KEEP
Kept
HOLD
Held
Default: DELETE
DOMAIN
The Windows domain name for use in authenticating the user ID and password
when accessing a Windows based machine that has sharable disks and drives
that belong to that domain. This allows users to access these sharable drives
without having to have a local user ID or password defined to the machine.
Range: 1 to 15 characters
Default: None
DSNTYPE
Specifies the data set definition.
Note: This parameter applies only to mainframe SMS data sets.
Value
Description
LIBRARY
Defines a PDSE
PDS
Defines a partitioned data set
Parameters
A–11
List of Parameters
Note: These values are IBM standards for SMS processing.
Range: 1 to 8 characters
Default: None
EOL_CLASSES
A character string containing print classes for which an ASCII newline character
will be appended to each record. For incoming report transfers only.
Range: 1 to 64 characters
Default: None
ETOA_FILENAME
The name of the file containing the EBCDIC-to-ASCII character conversion table.
This is a custom file used only for specifying custom translation tables from
EBCDIC to ASCII, if needed.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: /usr/spool/xcom/convtab/etoa.tab, except for the following:
■
For HP-UX systems: /var/spool/xcom/convtab/etoa.tab
■
For OSF Digital UNIX: /var/opt/xcom/convtab/etoa.tab
EXPDT
Specifies an expiration date for the tape data set in terms of a two-digit
designation for the year and a three-digit designation for the day of the year. For
example, in the expiration date 02021, 02 is the year (namely, 2002) and 021 is the
21st day of that year when the tape data set expires. For example, if 02021 is an
expiration date, 2002 is the year and 021 is the 21st day of the year.
Format: yyddd
Default: None
Note: EXPDT and RETPD are mutually exclusive; specify one or the other.
A–12
User Guide
List of Parameters
EXPIRATION_TIME
The maximum time, in seconds, that a transaction is held in the transfer queue
after completion. When the maximum time is reached, all references to the
transaction are removed from the queue, including trace files and temporary
files.
Note: If EXPIRATION_TIME is set to no value in xcom.glb, the program default
of 6000 is used.
Range: 0 to 32767
Default: 6000
FCB
Identifies the FCB JCL parameter when sending the report file to an IBM
mainframe, defining print density, lines per page, and so on. For report transfers
only.
Range: 0 to 4 characters
Default: None
FILE_OPTION
Indicates how the transferred data is to be processed by the receiving system. For
file transfers only.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
CREATE
Create a new file on the receiving system.
APPEND
Append the transferred data to an existing file on the receiving
system.
REPLACE
Replace an existing file on the receiving system.
Parameters
A–13
List of Parameters
For wildcard transfers:
Value
Description
CREATE
Create the PDS/Directory and add the transferred members. If
the PDS/Directory already exists, the transfer fails with an error.
APPEND
Add transferred members/files. If the PDS/Directory does not
exist or the member/file already exists, the transfer fails with an
error.
REPLACE
Add or replace transferred members/files. If the PDS/Directory
does not exist, The transfer fails with error XCOMN0403E
Cannot open output file–No such file or directory.
Default: CREATE
Note: When creating a file on an IBM mainframe system, some additional
information may be necessary. For more information, see the
RECORD_FORMAT, BLKSIZE, VOLUME, and UNIT parameters.
FILE_OPTION_RF
Indicates how the transferred data is to be processed by the receiving system
(that is, the local system). Used when the transfer type is Retrieve File. If a value
is not specified, then the value of FILE_OPTION is used. If no default is specified
in FILE_OPTION or FILE_OPTION_RF, then the value defaults to CREATE.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
CREATE
Create a new file on the receiving system.
APPEND
Append the transferred data to an existing file on the receiving
system.
REPLACE
Replace an existing file on the receiving system.
For wildcard transfers:
A–14
User Guide
Value
Description
CREATE
Create the PDS/Directory and add the transferred members. If the
PDS/Directory already exists, the transfer fails with an error.
APPEND
Add transferred members/files. If the PDS/Directory does not exist
or the member/file already exists, the transfer fails with an error.
List of Parameters
Value
Description
REPLACE
Add or replace transferred members/files. If the PDS/Directory
does not exist, The transfer fails with error XCOMN0403E Cannot
open output file–No such file or directory.
Default: CREATE
FORM
The type of form that should be used to print the report. Since Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport places the print job in the remote system's print
queue, the print control functions depend on the remote system. The user must
verify beforehand that the requested form is available at the remote site. For
report transfers only.
Note: When sending a report to a VAX computer, leave this parameter blank
unless you are certain that this is a valid form type. VMS interprets this to mean
that no special form is being requested.
Range: 0 to 10 characters
Default: None
HOLDFLAG
Indicates whether a transferred report file is to be placed on HOLD on the
remote system or is to be printed immediately. For report transfers only.
Range: YES or NO
Default: NO
INTERNAL_CONVERSION_TABLES
Indicates whether internal or external conversion tables should be used for
ASCII-to-EBCDIC conversion and EBCDIC-to-ASCII conversion. The external
conversion files may be customized to meet your needs. For the appropriate
directory and file name, see ATOE_FILENAME and ETOA_FILENAME.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
YES
Use internal conversion tables.
Parameters
A–15
List of Parameters
Value
Description
NO
Use the external tables contained in ATOE_FILENAME and
ETOA_FILENAME.
Default: YES
LABEL
Indicates the type of label associated with a tape data set. The following table
lists the valid values for this parameter.
Value
Description
Processing type:
AL, AUL, BLP, LTM,
NL, NSL, SL, SUL
Represent the types of processing to be applied to data
sets on tape.
Note: Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for z/OS supports only standard
label tapes.
Example: LABEL=BLP
The type of processing to be applied to this data set is BLP.
Default: AL
LABELNUM
Indicates the sequence number of the data set on the tape. The following table
lists the valid values for this parameter.
Value
Description
Sequence number
(0001 to 9999)
This value identifies the sequence number of a data set
on tape.
Example: LABELNUM=2
This specification refers to the second data set on the tape.
Default: 0001
A–16
User Guide
List of Parameters
LCLNTFYL
Specifies the local user notification level.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
A or ALL
NOTIFY on transfer completion.
W or WARN
NOTIFY only if the transfer received a warning or error.
E or ERROR
NOTIFY only if the transfer received an error.
Default: ALL
LOCAL_FILE
The name of the file on the local system that is being transferred. If this variable
is null or unset, standard input is read. In this manner, Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport commands can be used in a pipeline or with redirection. All
UNIX or Linux file naming conventions apply.
For wildcard transfers, use an asterisk as a file name to indicate that all files
within the specified directory are to be transferred. For example, the statement
"LOCAL_FILE=/NAMES/*" indicates that all files under the NAMES directory
are to be transferred.
When a prefix is followed by an asterisk (*), all members beginning with a
specific prefix are to be transferred. For example, LOCAL_FILE=/NAMES/AL*
requests that files AL, ALEX, and ALICE are all to be transferred. The same rules
apply if an asterisk is followed by a suffix.
The actual file name range (not including its path) for wildcard transfers can be
between 0 and 71 characters. This also includes the file extension where
applicable. File names over 71 characters are truncated. However, when sending
files to a mainframe PDS, any file name over 8 characters in length is truncated.
These systems do not recognize file extensions. For example, a file called
longfilename.txt will be truncated to longfile and a file called file.txt will be
truncated to file.
Note: If QUEUE=YES, user must specify full path name.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default: None
Parameters
A–17
List of Parameters
LOCAL_FILE_RF
The file name that is created, appended, or replaced on the local system when it
receives a file. All UNIX or Linux file naming conventions apply. At the
command prompt or in a script, if this value is null or unset, then Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport writes to the stdout.
For wildcard transfers, use an asterisk (*) as a file name to indicate that multiple
files will be received. For example, LOCAL_FILE_RF=/PAYROLL/*.
If multiple files are received and the user specifies a file name, all files received
by the partner are written to that specified file as one single file.
For platforms that support it, you can specify a common file extension to be
appended to each file name. For example,
LOCAL_FILE_RF=/PAYROLL/*.TXT.
Note: If QUEUE=YES, user must specify full path name.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default: None
LOCAL_FILE_SJ
Indicates the name of the file on the local system to be sent as a job. All the UNIX
or Linux file naming conventions apply. If this value is null or unset, then
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport reads the standard input file.
Note: If QUEUE=YES, user must specify full path name.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default: None
LOCAL_FILE_SR
Local file name to be sent as a report to the remote system. If this value is null or
unset, then Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport reads the standard input file.
For report transfers only.
Note: If QUEUE=YES, user must specify full path name.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default: None
A–18
User Guide
List of Parameters
LOCAL_NOTIFY
Specifies the user on the local system who is to be notified that Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport has completed a transfer. Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport uses the NOTIFYL parameter to determine the type of notification to
use.
Range: 0 to 64 characters
Default: None
LRECL
Specifies the actual or maximum length, in bytes, of a logical record.
Corresponds to the JCL LRECL subparameter.
Range: 0 to 32767
If the format is
Then the maximum length of a logical record
must be equal to the
Variable blocked record
Maximum record length plus 4
Fixed or fixed block record
Constant record length
Default: 160
MAX_QUEUE_ENTRIES
The maximum number of entries allowed in the transfer queue. Once the
maximum number of queue entries is reached, subsequent transfer attempts are
rejected by Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport.
Note: This value depends on the memory available when Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport is started.
Range: 0 to 32767
Note: The value cannot be set larger than the maximum allowed memory
segment divided by 512.
Default: 50
Parameters
A–19
List of Parameters
MAX_REMOTE_TCP
The maximum number of simultaneous remote TCP/IP transfers accepted by
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport. Transfers received after this limit has been
reached are rejected.
Note: Setting this parameter to 0 prohibits any remote transfers from taking
place.
Range: 0 to 999
Default: 32
MAX_SESSIONS_ENTRIES
The maximum number of partners that can be described in the XCOM.SES file.
Range: 1 to 999
Default: 15
MAXRECLEN
For Windows NT, UNIX, and Linux systems, the locally initiating Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport system determines the values for MAXRECLEN,
TRUNCATION, and LRECL, for send and receive operations. When the local
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport system initiates a transfer of a text file, this
parameter designates the length, in bytes, of the largest record that can be
transferred. If a record length is longer than this value, Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport uses the value in the TRUNCATION parameter on the initiating
side to determine whether to terminate the transfer or to truncate the record and
continue the transfer. When Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport transfers
binary files, this value indicates the length of the records that are transferred. On
a receive operation, MAXRECLEN is set to whatever the LRECL value is on the
initiating side.
Range: 1 to 32767
Default: 1024
METACODE_CLASSES
Classes of print jobs that will be saved in metacode format, a variable length
record format. For incoming report transfers only.
Range: 0 to 64 characters
Default: None
A–20
User Guide
List of Parameters
MGMTCLAS
Specifies the name of the management class to use when allocating a new
SMS-managed data set.
Note: This parameter applies only to mainframe SMS data sets.
Range: 1 to 8 characters
Default: None
NOTIFY_NAME
The user on the remote system who is to be notified when Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport completes a transfer.
Note: If the remote system is an IBM mainframe, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport uses the value of NOTIFYR to determine the type of notification to
deliver.
If the remote system is a UNIX or Linux system, the user receives an email
message.
Range: 0 to 12 characters
Default: None
NOTIFYL
The local user notification flag. The L in NOTIFYL indicates that the local system
governs the processing of the resulting notification on that system.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
WRITE
A message is displayed on the workstation where the user is logged
in.
MAIL
A mail message is sent to the user.
ALL
Write to all users.
NONE
No notification is sent.
Default: None
Note: The L in NOTIFYL indicates that the local system governs the processing
of the resulting notification on that system.
Parameters
A–21
List of Parameters
NOTIFYR
Specifies the remote user notification type when sending data to a remote
system.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
WRITE
A message is displayed on the screen.
MAIL
A mail message is sent to the user.
TSO
The specified TSO user is notified.
WTO
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport writes to the log only (WTO).
CICS
The specified CICS user is notified.
LU
The specified Logical Unit is notified.
ROSCOE
Notify Advantage CA-Roscoe user.
ALL
Write to all users.
NONE
No notification is sent.
Default: None
Note: The R in NOTIFYR indicates that the remote system governs the
processing of the resulting notification on that system.
NOTIFY_TERM
Specifies which terminals to write to if NOTIFYL=WRITE. If NOTIFY_TERM is
not set, all users specified in LOCAL_NOTIFY are be notified at the first terminal
where they are logged in, as found in the system table.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default: None
NUMBER_OF_RETRIES
Maximum number of retries before a transfer is logged as failed and taken out of
the transfer queue. If the value is 0, no retries are attempted.
Range: 0 to 255
Default: 1
Note: Version 2 parameter.
A–22
User Guide
List of Parameters
NUM_OF_DIR_BLOCKS
Specifies the number of directory blocks to allocate for a data set created on an
IBM mainframe.
Range: 0 to 32767
Default: 0
Note: Version 2 parameter
PASSWORD
The password associated with the user ID on a remote system.
Range: 0 to 31 characters
Default: None
PORT
The number of the TCP/IP port on the remote Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport server. Used for TCP/IP transfers only.
Range: 1 to 65535
Default: 8044
PRIMARY_ALLOC
Identifies primary storage allocation for a dataset created on an IBM mainframe.
Range: 0 to 99999
Default: 1
Note: Version 2 parameter
Parameters
A–23
List of Parameters
PRIORITY
Indicates the priority that Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport uses for
scheduling a transfer. If two transfers are scheduled for the same time, the one
with the high priority is processed before one with a normal or low priority.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
HIGH
Set high priority.
NORMAL
Set medium priority.
LOW
Set low priority.
Default: NORMAL
PROTOCOL
The type of communication protocols to use.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
SNA
For transfers using SNA/APPC communication protocols
TCPIP
For transfers using TCP/IP communication protocols
Default: SNA
QUEUE
Indicates whether to execute the transmission request immediately or to allow
the request to be queued. If the user does not specify a .cnf file, and has not
changed a .cnf file, the default value is YES.
Note: If NO is specified and the remote system is unavailable, the request aborts.
If YES is specified, START_TIME and START_DATE are read.
A–24
User Guide
List of Parameters
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
YES
The transfer request goes into a queue and executes depending on
the traffic in the queue and START_DATE and START_TIME.
NO
The transfer starts immediately.
Default: YES
QUEUE_PATH
Directory containing the transfer queue data files.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default: /usr/spool/xcom/Q, except for the following:
■
For HP-UX systems: /var/spool/xcom/Q
■
For OSF Digital UNIX systems: /var/opt/xcom/Q
RMTNTFYL
Specifies the remote user notification level when sending data to a remote
system.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
A or ALL
NOTIFY on transfer completion.
W or WARN
NOTIFY only if the transfer received a warning or error.
E or ERROR
NOTIFY only if the transfer received an error.
Default: ALL
Parameters
A–25
List of Parameters
RECORD_FORMAT
Specifies the record format of a dataset created on an IBM mainframe. This
corresponds to the JCL RECFM subparameter.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
A–26
User Guide
Value
Description
Record Length
Comment
F
Fixed unblocked
The same length as the
data.set
FA
Fixed unblocked
ANSI
The same length as the Contains
data.set
ISO/ANSI/FIPS control
characters.
FB
Fixed blocked
Fixed
Fixed record length with
multiple records per
block.
FBA
Fixed blocked
ANSI
Fixed
Multiple records per
block where these
records contain
ISO/ANSI/FIPS control
characters.
FBS
Fixed blocked
spanned
Fixed
Multiple records per
block written as
standard blocks.
FM
Fixed unblocked
machine
The same length as the Contains machine code
data.set
control characters.
FS
Fixed unblocked
spanned
The same length as the Written as standard
data.set
blocks where these
records do not contain
any truncated blocks or
unfilled tracks.
U
Undefined
Undefined
V
Variable
unblocked
Variable
VA
Variable
unblocked ANSI
Variable
Contains
ISO/ANSI/FIPS control
characters.
VB
Variable blocked
Variable
Multiple records per
block.
List of Parameters
Value
Description
Record Length
Comment
VBA
Variable blocked
ANSI
Variable
Multiple records per
block where these
records contain
ISO/ANSI/FIPS control
characters.
VBM
Variable blocked
machine
Variable
Multiple records per
block where these
records contain machine
code control characters.
VBS
Variable blocked
spanned
Variable
May have multiple
records per block where
these records can span
more than one block.
VM
Variable
unblocked
machine
Variable
Contains machine code
control characters.
VS
Variable
unblocked
spanned
Variable
A record can span more
than one block.
Default: VB
REMOTE_FILE
Indicates the file on the remote computer to which the transferred data is being
written. If you are creating the file (FILE_OPTION=CREATE), the file name must
be consistent with the file naming conventions of the remote system. The local
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport system does not validate this name. The
remote I/O system determines whether the file name is valid.
For wildcard transfers, use an asterisk (*) as a file name to indicate and to inform
the receiving partner that multiple files will be sent. For example,
REMOTE_FILE=/PAYROLL/*.
If multiple files are sent and the user specifies a specific file name, all files
received by the partner are written to that specified file as one single file.
An asterisk used to send to an IBM mainframe system shows that all files are to
be transferred to a partitioned data set (PDS).
For platforms that support it, you can specify a common file extension to append
to each file name. For example, "REMOTE_FILE=/PAYROLL/*.TXT".
Parameters
A–27
List of Parameters
Note: For send file transfers only.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: None
REMOTE_FILE_RF
Indicates the name of the file to be retrieved from the remote system.
For wildcard transfers, use an asterisk (*) as a file name to indicate that all files
within the specified PDS/Directory should be transferred. For example, the
statement REMOTE_FILE_RF=/NAMES/* indicates that all files under the
NAMES directory should be transferred.
When a prefix is followed by an asterisk, all members beginning with a specific
prefix are transferred. For example, REMOTE_FILE_RF=/NAMES/AL* requests
that files AL, ALEX, and ALICE should be transferred. The same rules apply if
an asterisk is followed by a suffix.
The actual file name range (not including its path) for wildcard transfers can be
between 0 and 71 characters. This also includes the file extension where
applicable. File names over 71 characters are truncated.
Note: For retrieve file transfers only
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: None
REMOTE_SYSTEM
The name of the remote system that receives a file, job or report.
For SNA/APPC protocols, the name is as specified in the SNA/APPC
configuration of the local system. For RS/6000, this is the LU6.2 Side Information
record.
For TCP/IP protocols, the value can be the remote system’s IP address, host
name, or domain name.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: None
A–28
User Guide
List of Parameters
REMOTE_SYSTEM_RF
The name of the remote system that sends a file on a receive file operation. If no
value is specified here, the value in REMOTE_SYSTEM is used.
For SNA/APPC protocols, the name is as specified in the SNA/APPC
configuration of the local system. For RS/6000, this is the LU6.2 Side Information
record.
For TCP/IP protocols, the value can be the remote system’s IP address, host
name, or domain name.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: None
REMOTE_SYSTEM_SJ
The name of the remote system to which a job is sent. If no value is specified
here, the value in REMOTE_SYSTEM is used.
For SNA/APPC protocols, the name is as specified in the SNA/APPC
configuration of the local system. For RS/6000, this is the LU6.2 Side Information
record.
For TCP/IP protocols, the value can be the remote system’s IP address, host
name, or domain name.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: None
REMOTE_SYSTEM_SR
The name of the remote system to which a report is sent. If no value is specified
here, the value in REMOTE_SYSTEM is used.
For SNA/APPC protocols, the name is as specified in the SNA/APPC
configuration of the local system. For RS/6000, this is the LU6.2 Side Information
record.
For TCP/IP protocols, the value can be the remote system’s IP address, host
name, or domain name.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: None
Parameters
A–29
List of Parameters
REMOVE_TRAIL_BLANKS
Indicates whether or not to remove the blanks at the end of each record when
receiving a text file.
Range: YES or NO
Default: NO
REPORT_TITLE
This field contains the report title and job number that will be printed on the
report. The field has the following format:
8 characters
2 characters
8 characters
Job Name
Blanks
Job Number
The Job ID is optional and can be skipped. The Job Name can also be skipped,
but if you skip the Job name and want to use the job number, you must pad the
number with 10 blanks.
Note: For report transfers only
Examples
REPORT_TITLE=”Salary94
REPORT_TITLE=”
Non-example
REPORT_TITLE=”
Job12345”
Job23456”
Job34567”
This is not a valid REPORT_TITLE because the Job Number spans both sub
fields.
This parameter is used by Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport on remote
systems in the following ways:
A–30
User Guide
System
Uses the REPORT_TITLE
MVS
To interpret a non-blank value in this field as specifying the
generation of a separator (banner) page for this value.
VAX/VMS
To print with the report.
UNIX/Linux
To allow Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport to pass this
field to the LP spooler as a title field.
Other systems
As a descriptive comment only and does not print it as part
of the report.
List of Parameters
Range: 0 to 21 alphanumeric or blank characters
Default: None
RESTART_SUPPORTED
Specifies whether automatic restart is to be supported on a transfer.
Range: YES or NO
Default: YES
Note: Version 2 parameter.
RETPD
Specifies the number of days (1 to 9999) that the tape data set being created is to
be retained.
Range: 1 to 9999
Default: None
Note: RETPD and EXPDT are mutually exclusive; specify one or the other.
RETRY_TIME
The number of seconds between retries of unsuccessful transfers.
Range: 0 to 99999
Default: 1
Note: Version 2 parameter.
SAVE_PASSWORD_IN_CNF
Determines if the xcomtool GUI saves the password in the .CNF file.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
YES
The xcomtool GUI saves the password in the .CNF file in
encrypted format.
NO
The xcomtool GUI does not save the password in the .CNF
file and blanks the password field out after each operation.
Parameters
A–31
List of Parameters
Default: NO
SECONDARY_ALLOC
Identifies secondary storage allocation for a dataset created on an IBM
mainframe.
Range: 0 to 99999
Default: 0
Note: Version 2 parameter.
SECURE_SOCKET
Specifies whether to use an OpenSSL socket or non-OpenSSL socket for transfers.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
YES
Performs secure transfer.
The transfer uses an OpenSSL socket and must to connect to
a SSL listener on the remote partner.
NO
Performs non-secure transfer.
The transfer uses a non-OpenSSL socket.
Default: NO
SESSIONS_FILE
The path name of the xcom.ses file, which tells Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport how many sessions can be used by a single LU.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default: /usr/spool/xcom/config/xcom.ses, except for the following:
A–32
User Guide
■
For HP-UX systems: /var/spool/xcom/config/xcom.ses
■
For OSF Digital UNIX systems: /var/opt/xcom/config/xcom.ses
List of Parameters
SHELL_CMD
Name of the command that runs jobs, reports, notification scripts, and post
processing scripts on the local system.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: /bin/ksh
SOCK_DELAY
TCP/IP socket option TCP_NODELAY. Refers to the Nagle algorithm for send
coalescing. By default, small sends may be delayed. Should have no impact for
normal Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport record sizes. Used for TCP/IP
transfers only.
Note: Socket options affect the way Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport uses
the TCP/IP stack implementation.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
YES
Small sends may be delayed. (Does not disable the Nagle
algorithm.)
NO
All sends are immediate. (Disables the Nagle algorithm.)
Default: YES
SOCK_RCV_BUF_SIZE
TCP/IP socket option SO_RCVBUF. The buffer size for receives. Use zero for the
default size provided by the socket implementation. The value for
SOCK_RCV_BUF_SIZE can be smaller than the value for TXPI_BUF_SIZE. Used
for TCP/IP transfers only.
Note: Socket options affect the way Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport uses
the TCP/IP stack implementation.
Range: 0 to 65536
Default: 0
Parameters
A–33
List of Parameters
SOCK_SEND_BUF_SIZE
TCP/IP Socket option SO_SNDBUF. The buffer size for sends. Use zero for the
default size provided by the socket implementation. The value for
SOCK_SEND_BUF_SIZE can be smaller than the value for TXPI_BUF_SIZE.
Used for TCP/IP transfers only.
Note: Socket options affect the way Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport uses
the TCP/IP stack implementation.
Range: 0 to 65536
Default: 0
SPOOL_FLAG
Indicates whether the report is to be spooled to disk or printed immediately. For
report transfers only.
Note: If the remote system is an IBM mainframe, this parameter has no effect on
the transfer.
Range: YES or NO
Default: YES
START_DATE
Indicates the date on which the transfer becomes eligible for execution. The
format is mm/dd/yy. If this field is blank, the current date is used.
Example
A value of 02/28/99 indicates February 28, 1999 as the start date.
Format: mm/dd/yy
Default: None
START_TIME
Indicates the time when the transfer becomes eligible for execution. The military
format of hh:mm:ss is used. If this field is blank, then the current time is used.
Example
A value of 14:00:00 indicates 2 p.m. as the start time.
Format: hh:mm:ss
Default: None
A–34
User Guide
List of Parameters
STAT_FREQUENCY
Indicates the frequency with which transfer statistics are made available to
xcomqm. Intended for tuning high-speed links. Longer values help performance,
but byte/record counts in xcomqm -D may be slightly behind the actual counts.
Range: 1 to 9999 records
Default: 10
STORCLAS
Specifies the name of the storage class for a new SMS-managed data set.
Note: This parameter applies only to mainframe SMS data sets.
Range: 1 to 8 characters
Default: None
SYSTEM_USER_DATA
A user-defined text data field that can be used by an application as a customized
system identifier. When specified in the configuration file of a locally initiated
transfer, this identifying information is sent to the remote system and can be
used to identify the system to certain applications. When received, the
identifying information is displayed in the xcomqm detail display if the -D
option is used, and is labeled System user data.
Range: 0 to 10 characters
Default: None
TAPE
Indicates to the remote system whether the volume is a tape volume or a disk
file. Yes indicates a tape volume and that mounts are allowed when performing
dynamic allocation. No indicates that the transfer is to a disk file.
Range: YES or NO
Default: None
Parameters
A–35
List of Parameters
TCP_CMD
Path and name of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport program started by
the XCOMD service that is used for queued locally initiated transfers, and for all
remotely initiated transfers for TCP/IP protocols.
Range: 0 to 256
Default: /usr/lib/xcom/xcomtcp, except for the following:
■
For HP-UX systems: /opt/xcom/lib/xcomtcp
■
For OSF Digital UNIX systems: /usr/opt/xcom/lib/xcomtcp
TEMPDIR
Indicates the directory in which temporary files for jobs and reports can be
created.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default: /tmp
TP_CMD
Command to start a transaction program using SNA protocols.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default:
■
For UNIX/Linux systems: /usr/lib/xcom/xcomtp
■
For HP-UX systems: /opt/xcom/lib/xcomtp
■
For OSF Digital UNIX systems: /usr/opt/xcom/lib/xcomtp
TRACE_PATH
The directory containing the trace data files.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default: /usr/spool/xcom/trace, except for the following:
A–36
User Guide
■
For HP-UX systems: /var/spool/xcom/trace
■
For OSF Digital UNIX systems: /var/opt/xcom/trace
List of Parameters
TRANSFER_NAME
Allows a user to assign a name to a transfer. This name is also available to the
remote Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport system. In addition, if the remote
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport system has defined a transfer identifier,
that name is available to the local Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for UNIX
or Linux system. When received, the transfer identifier is displayed in the
xcomqm display if the -D option is used, and is labeled Transfer name. The
equivalent to this parameter on MVS is the transfer identifier (XFERID).
Range: 0 to 10 characters
Default: None
TRANSFER_TYPE
Generated by the graphical user interface to specify the type of transfer to
initiate.
Can also be used in a configuration file that has multiple transfers in it, to specify
a different transfer type from the default value.
Range: 1 to 4
Value
Description
1
Send job
2
Send report
3
Send file
4
Receive file
Default: 3
Note: The functionality of this parameter is similar to using the -cnumber
command with xcom62 or xcomtcp at the command line. However, the values
used to indicate the type of transfer are different.
Parameters
A–37
List of Parameters
TRANSFER_USER_DATA
A user-defined text data field that can be used by an application as a customized
transfer identifier. When specified in the configuration file of a locally initiated
transfer, this identifying information is sent to the remote system and can be
used to identify the transfer to certain applications. When received, the
identifying information is displayed in the xcomqm detail display if the -D
option is used, and is labeled Transfer user data.
Range: 0 to 10 characters
Default: None
TRUNCATION
Indicates whether Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport truncates excess
characters in the source file if the record exceeds the maximum record length as
indicated by the MAXRECLEN parameter. If NO is selected, and the maximum
record length is exceeded, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport aborts the
transfer. This parameter is ignored if CARRIAGE_FLAG=NO.
Note: Truncation is not valid for BINARY data or for non-text data received on
the UNIX or Linux platform.
Range: YES or NO
Default: NO
TRUSTED
Allows the user to request a trusted transfer and the partner’s Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport TRUSTED database to be searched to verify the user’s
credentials. This eliminates the need for the user to specify a USERID and
PASSWORD. If XCOM_TRUSTED_OVR is set to NO or no USERID is specified,
the USERID of the process that initiated the transfer will be used.
Note: TRUSTED=YES cannot be specified with indirect transfers, because this is
not supported.
Range: YES, NO, Y, N
Default: NO
TRUSTED_PATH
The directory containing the trusted files.
Default: /user/spool/xcom/trusted
A–38
User Guide
List of Parameters
TXPI_BUF_SIZE
For TCP/IP transfers, the internal buffer size for sends and receives. The default
size allows multiple Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport records to be received
in a single socket call. With this default, if your Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport record size is less than 32K, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport will
attempt to receive multiple records in a single socket call. Used for TCP/IP
transfers only.
Range: 0 to 65536
Default: 32768
TXPI_RECEIVE_TIMEOUT
Maximum wait time, in seconds, that this Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
waits to receive from the partner system. If a value of 0 is specified, it waits
indefinitely. Use for TCP/IP transfers only.
Range: 0 to 999 seconds
Default: 0
TXPI_SEND_CHECK_FREQ
Indicates the frequency that Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport checks to see if
incoming error information is available when sending data. For example, if the
value is 5, a check is made every fifth time that data is sent, to determine if data
is available for receiving. Larger values give better performance. Smaller values
minimize the sending of data after the partner reports an error. Used for TCP/IP
transfers only.
Range: 0 to 9999
Default: 10
TXPI_TERM_TIMEOUT
Maximum wait time, in seconds, for partner to terminate TCP/IP
communications. If a transfer terminates normally, both sides of the conversation
coordinate the termination, and there should be no need to wait. This timeout
will occur only during an error in the termination of the connection. Used for
TCP/IP transfers only.
Range: 0 to 999 seconds
Default: 20 seconds
Parameters
A–39
List of Parameters
UMASK
Used to set the permissions assigned to a file when the file is being created and
received on the system for the first time. The value is expressed as an octal
number (base 8). The octal number has the same meaning as in the standard
umask command.
Range: 000 to 777
Default: 022
UNIT
Specifies the unit on which a dataset is to be created on an IBM mainframe.
Note: Used when FILE_OPTION=CREATE.
Range: 0 to 6 characters
Default: None
UNITCT
Specifies the number of units to be allocated on the remote system. This is a tape
parameter and is used when the partner is an IBM mainframe.
Range: 1 to 20
Default: None
UNIT_RF
Specifies the unit from which a dataset is to be retrieved from an IBM mainframe.
Range: 0 to 6 characters
Default: None
USE_TP_SECURITY
Only for NCR systems using SNA. When set to YES, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport instructs the APPC to send out the user ID and password in the APPC
attach request.
Note: This parameter applies to outgoing security only.
Range: YES or NO
Default: NO
A–40
User Guide
List of Parameters
USERID
The user ID that the security system on a remote system checks before granting
access for the file transfer.
Range: 0 to 12 characters
Default: None
VERSION
Indicates the version of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport protocol to be
used for this transfer. For using TCP/IP, only a value of 2 is valid.
Range: 1 or 2
Default: 2
Note: Version 2 parameter.
VOLCT
Specifies the maximum number of volumes to be used in processing a
multi-volume output tape data set on the remote system.
Range: 1 to 255
Default: None
VOLUME
Specifies the volume on which a dataset is to be created on an IBM mainframe.
Range: 0 to 6 characters
Default: None
VOLUME_RF
Specifies the volume from which a dataset is to be retrieved from an IBM
mainframe.
Range: 0 to 6 characters
Default: None
Parameters
A–41
List of Parameters
VOLSQ
Specifies the sequence number of the first volume of a multi-volume remote data
set to be used.
Range: 1 to 255
Default: None
XCOM_CONFIG_SSL
Specifies the configssl.cnf file path and file name.
Range: 1 to 256 characters
Default:
■
For UNIX/Linux systems: /usr/spool/xcom/config/configssl.cnf
■
For HP-UX systems: /var/spool/xcom/config/configssl.cnf
■
For OSF Digital UNIX systems: /var/opt/xcom/config/configssl.cnf
XCOM_PASSWORD
Specifies the default password for remotely initiated transfers.
Range: 0 to 31 characters
Default: None
XCOM_SHOW_CIPHER
Specifies whether to display encryption algorithms in the Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport queue detailed information, which is used for transfers.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
NO
Do not display encryption algorithms in the queue detail
information.
YES
Display encryption algorithms in the queue detail
information.
Default: NO
A–42
User Guide
List of Parameters
XCOM_TRUSTED_OVR
Specifies if the user is permitted to override the user ID by using the USERID
parameter for locally initiated trusted transfers. If XCOM_TRUSTED_OVR is set
to YES, the user is permitted to override the user ID by using the USERID
parameter. If it is set to NO, the user ID of the process that initiated the transfer is
used.
Range: YES, NO, Y, N
Default: NO
XCOM_USERID
The default user ID for remotely initiated transfers.
Range: 0 to 12 characters
Default: xcom
XCOMPRE_LOCAL
Indicates whether the xcompre script file for a locally initiated transfer should be
run.
Default: NO
XENDCMD
The name of the post processing command optionally invoked by the Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport transfer program after any type of transfer is finished,
whether successful or not. Invoked after partner communications have ended.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default:
■
For UNIX/Linux systems: /usr/lib/xcom/xcomend
■
For HP-UX systems: /opt/xcom/lib/xcomend
■
For OSF Digital UNIX systems: /usr/opt/xcom/lib/xcomend
Parameters
A–43
List of Parameters
XIDEST
Specifies the name of the remote system on the intermediate destination that is
designated for store-and-forward transfers. If this variable is null or unset, then a
direct connection to a remote system is attempted.
Note: For store-and-forward transfers only.
Range: 0 to 14 characters
Default: None
XLOGFILE
The name of the file where Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport logs activity. If
you do not specify this parameter, the systemwide log
file/usr/spool/xcom/xcom.log is used. If you specify this parameter with a
different file name, the logging information is only sent to the specified file.
Note: If QUEUE=YES, specify the full path name.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default:
■
For UNIX/Linux systems: /usr/spool/xcom/xcom.log
■
For HP-UX systems: /var/spool/xcom/xcom.log
■
For OSF Digital UNIX systems: /var/opt/xcom/xcom.log
XLPCMD
Name of the post-processing command used to send print jobs to the spooler. For
incoming reports only.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default:
A–44
User Guide
■
For UNIX/Linux systems: /usr/lib/xcom/xcomlp
■
For HP-UX systems: /opt/xcom/lib/xcomlp
■
For OSF Digital UNIX systems: /usr/opt/xcom/lib/xcomlp
List of Parameters
XLUNAME
Indicates the name of the local LU. This name must match the remote LU name
on the remote system.
Range: 1 to 17 characters
Default: None
Note: Not used in Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for RS/6000 SNA
Services or RS/6000 SNA Server.
XMODE
Indicates the mode name associated with the SNA/APPC configuration for the
XLUNAME–Remote LU name pair. This name must match the mode name
defined on the remote system.
Range: 1 to 8 characters
Default: XCOMMODE
Note: Not used in Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for RS/6000 SNA
Services or RS/6000 SNA Server.
XNODESPEC
Required for Brixton and SunLink APPCs. Indicates the name of the node that
specifies the gateway to use for the transfer. Does not apply to other APPCs.
Range: 1 to 64 characters
Default: None
XNOTIFYCMD
Path name of the command that Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport will use to
notify users on the local system of the completion of a transfer. This is normally a
shell script that composes a message and invokes mail or write as appropriate.
Range: 0 to 256 characters
Default:
■
For UNIX/Linux systems: /usr/lib/xcom/xcomntfy
■
For HP-UX systems: /opt/xcom/lib/xcomntfy
■
For OSF Digital UNIX systems: /usr/opt/xcom/lib/xcomntfy
Parameters
A–45
List of Parameters
XPPCMD
Path name of the command used for user-defined post processing, for file
transfers only. Only used when the local system is receiving the file.
Range: 0 to 64 characters
Default:
■
For UNIX/Linux systems: /usr/lib/xcom/xcompp
■
For HP-UX systems: /opt/xcom/lib/xcompp
■
For OSF Digital UNIX systems: /usr/opt/xcom/lib/xcompp
XPRECMD
Path name of the command used for user-defined pre-allocation processing, for
locally and remotely initiated transfers. Specify this parameter in xcom.glb to
invoke the pre-allocation exit xcompre.
Range: 0 to 64 characters
Default:
■
For UNIX/Linux systems: /usr/lib/xcom/xcompre
■
For HP-UX systems: /opt/xcom/lib/xcompre
■
For OSF Digital UNIX systems: /usr/opt/xcom/lib/xcompre
XTRACE
Indicates the level of desired execution tracing.
Range: The range of values is listed in the following table:
Value
Description
0
No tracing
1 to 8
Levels of tracing from 1 (lowest) to 8 (highest)
9
Show the contents of the data buffers
10
Includes levels 1 to 9 plus some additional detailed technical
information
Default: 0
A–46
User Guide
Appendix
B
Messages
The messages contained in this section are written to a specified log file on the
local system (see the XLOGFILE parameter). Some messages are also displayed
on the user’s terminal and sent to the remote system. The messages are listed in
ascending order.
Error Messages
Messages with numbers ranging from 0 to 255 are informational or prompt
messages. Messages numbering between 100 and 255 represent Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport states and are used in traces, and so on. Message
numbers of 256 and above are error messages. The following is an example of a
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport message:
XCOMU0010I XCOM62 STARTING TRANSFER
Message ID Content
The first four characters of the message ID, XCOM, are constant. The Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport system that generated the message is indicated by the
fifth character of the message ID. The system identifier convention of the fifth
character is as follows:
Character
Position
Explanation
1-4
The first through fourth characters are always the string “XCOM.”
5
The fifth character is used as follows:
Character
Refers to the following system
C
IBM or Microsoft PC-DOS, MS-DOS, and OS/2
D
Digital Equipment Corp. VAX/VMS, OpenVMS
Alpha, and OpenVMS VAX
E
IBM VSE
Messages
B–1
Error Messages
Character
Position
Explanation
K
IBM CICS
M
IBM z/OS
N
Windows NT
R
Netware
S
IBM AS/400
T
Tandem
U
UNIX/Linux
V
IBM VM
W
Windows
8
IBM Stratus Computer
Note: Some of the system identifiers in this list represent systems
that are supported for existing customers but are no longer
generally available. See the chapter, "Introduction,” for a list of
currently available Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
platforms.
6-9
The sixth through ninth characters are used for the message
number, for example: 0001
10
The tenth character is used as follows
Character
B–2
User Guide
Indicates
I
An informational message. No action is required
on the part of the user.
E
An error message. Usually some action is
necessary to correct the problem or to determine
the cause.
P
A prompt requesting a response by the user.
W
A warning message that some type of failure is
occurring which may or may not be fatal to what
you are doing.
List of Messages
List of Messages
The following pages list messages that Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport can
return in response to job requests, with explanations and recommended user
actions, where appropriate. In the list, the four-character constant (XCOM) and
the component identifier (in our case, U for UNIX or Linux), have been deleted
from each message ID. The messages are listed in numerical order.
0007I
Major code: 0x00000000 Descriptive message
Reason:
This is a return code from the underlying system software. It is usually followed
by a message describing the meaning of the code.
Action:
Refer to the documentation for the SNA LU 6.2 or other system software.
0008I
Minor code: 0x00000000 Descriptive message
Reason:
This is a return code from the underlying SNA APPC.
Action:
Refer to the documentation for the SNA LU 6.2 software.
0010I
Starting XCOM Transfer on Thu Aug 8 12:19:18 2002
Reason:
This start of transfer message is issued when a locally initiated transfer is begun.
It is simultaneously placed in the transfer log.
Action:
None required.
Messages
B–3
List of Messages
0011I
Transfer ended; 0 blocks (0 bytes) transmitted in 0 seconds (0 bytes/second)
Reason:
This message marks the completion of a locally initiated transfer. It placed in the
log and written to standard error at the end of a transfer.
Action:
None required.
0016E
Transfer started by a remote system.
Reason:
This message is issued when a transfer is started by a remote system by
allocating the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport transaction program.
Action:
None required.
0017I
Transfer expired and was removed from queue.
Reason:
The transfer has expired and has been removed from the queue.
Action:
None required.
0022I
Transfer suspended by user
Reason:
The transfer has been suspended by the user. This is an informational message
that is sent to the remote side of the conversation to inform the remote system
and user that the transfer has been suspended.
Action:
None required.
B–4
User Guide
List of Messages
0023I
Transfer resumed by RESUME command.
Reason:
The transfer has been resumed by a RESUME command issued from the screen
interface or by the use of the XCOMQM command.
Action:
None required.
0024I
Transfer scheduled for future execution.
Reason:
The transfer is placed in the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport scheduler’s
queue.
Action:
None required.
0025I
Remotely initiated retry.
Reason:
The retry was initiated by the remote system.
Action:
None required.
0026I
Remotely initiated first try.
Reason:
The transfer was initiated by the remote system.
Action:
None required.
Messages
B–5
List of Messages
0027I
Remotely initiated restart.
Reason:
The restart was initiated by the remote system.
Action:
None required.
0028I
Starting locally initiated transfer.
Reason:
The locally initiated transfer is starting.
Action:
None required.
0288E
System function failed (Wait Timed Out).
Reason:
A call to system( ) has failed. This function is used to initiate command functions
from within Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport.
If “wait timed out” is specified after the error message text, this indicates that the
transferred job did not complete before the DAEMON_TIMEOUT period
expired.
Action:
Retry the transfer. This message may indicate the failure of a system call in a
sendjob or in a pre or post processing script. If the problem persists, take a trace
and contact Computer Associates Customer Support.
0029I
Locally initiated transfer started.
Reason:
The locally initiated transfer has started.
Action:
None required.
B–6
User Guide
List of Messages
0030E
Cannot process a non-queued TCPIP transfer from xcom62.
Reason:
A transfer using TCP/IP was attempted using the xcom62 command.
Action:
Use the xcomtcp command for transfers using TCP/IP protocols.
0031E
Cannot process a non-queued SNA/APPC transfer from xcomtcp.
Reason:
A transfer using SNA/APPC was attempted using the xcomtcp command.
Action:
Make sure xcomd is running. Use the xcom62 command for transfers using
SNA/APPC protocols.
0046I
CONFIRMED_CHECKPOINT
Reason:
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport is confirming a checkpoint.
Action:
None provided.
0047I
Local transfer restarted.
Reason:
The local transfer has restarted.
Action:
None required. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport transaction program.
Messages
B–7
List of Messages
0052I
Transfer held.
Reason:
The transfer was held from starting at the time for which it was scheduled.
Action:
None required. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport transaction program.
0053I
Transfer released.
Reason:
The transfer was released to start at the time for which it was scheduled.
Action:
None required.
0075P
Warning: xcomd will abort. Data may be lost. Go ahead?
Reason:
This is a warning message allowing you one last chance before forcefully
bringing down the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport scheduler.
Action:
Respond with y if you want to stop the daemon. Any other reply will not stop
the process.
0077I
Aborting xcomd; PID=0
Reason:
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport scheduler is being forced down.
Action:
None required. The daemon will stop.
B–8
User Guide
List of Messages
0078P
Please answer y(yes) or n(no).
Reason:
Please answer y(yes) or n(no).
Action:
Reply to the prompt with a y or an n.
0079I
xcomd: stop requested.
Reason:
A user has requested that the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport scheduler to
stop gracefully.
Action:
None required.
0080I
xcomd: stop request received.
Reason:
A user has requested that the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport scheduler,
xcomd, stop, and that request has been received by the running daemon process.
Action:
None required.
0081I
xcomd: stop request rejected.
Reason:
The Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport scheduler has rejected a user’s request
to stop. Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport scheduler cannot be stopped while
there are started or active transfers in the queue.
Action:
Suspend all active transfers and retry the operation.
Messages
B–9
List of Messages
0082I
xcomd: stop request accepted.
Reason:
The Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport scheduler has accepted a user’s
request to stop.
Action:
None required.
0085P
Configuration cannot be read correctly. Defaults will be taken.
Reason:
Some parameters cannot be taken from the configuration file. This may be caused
by the following reasons: - the configuration file contains errors or invalid
parameters. - the read() system call returned an error.
Action:
Reply to the prompt. If you do not want defaults to be taken for parameters that
cannot be parsed, reply ‘cancel’ and check your configuration file. Otherwise,
reply ‘ok’.
0086P
Configuration cannot be read correctly. No action will be taken.
Reason:
Some parameters cannot be taken from the configuration file. This may be caused
by the following reasons: - the configuration file contains errors. - the read()
system call returned an error.
Action:
Reply ‘ok’. If you do not want defaults to be taken for parameters that cannot be
parsed, check your configuration file and try to open it again.
B–10
User Guide
List of Messages
0087P
Do you want to save changes?
Reason:
This warning message appears when you are about to loose some changes you
made to Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport parameters to give you the last
chance to save the changes in file.
Action:
Reply to the prompt.
0088I
xcomd started.
Reason:
The Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport scheduler has started.
Action:
None required.
0089I
xcomd ended.
Reason:
The Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport scheduler has ended.
Action:
None required.
0090I
Problems starting xwait, Retrying...
Reason:
The Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport wait process is unable to start.
Action:
None required.
Messages
B–11
List of Messages
0092I
xwait started.
Reason:
The Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport wait process has started.
Action:
None required.
0100I
XEXIT
Reason:
The Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport transaction program is about to exit.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0102I
CLEANUP
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter CLEANUP state. In this state, the LU 6.2
conversation is deallocated.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0103I
TP_VALID
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter TP_VALID state. In this state, Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport accepts incoming remote allocates if the
GET_ALLOCATE verb has been issued.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
B–12
User Guide
List of Messages
0105I
ALLOCATE_CONVERSATION
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter ALLOCATE_CONVERSATION state. It is
about to issue the allocate verb for the remote transaction program.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0106I
GET_ALLOCATE
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter GET_ALLOCATE state. In this state,
incoming allocates are sought by the local transaction program.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0107I
DEALLOCATE_CONVERSATION
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter DEALLOCATE_CONVERSATION state.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
Messages
B–13
List of Messages
0108I
SEND_HEADER
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter SEND_HEADER state. In this state, a buffer is
allocated, the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport header record is created from
the transfer parameters, and the header is sent.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0109I
REQUEST_HEADER_CONFIRMATION
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter REQUEST_HEADER_CONFIRMATION state
where the incoming header is confirmed, and, if necessary, the connection is
turned around.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0111I
SEND_MAXLRECL
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter SEND_MAXLRECL state. Here, the state
machine will send the maximum logical record length as specified in the
configuration file.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
B–14
User Guide
List of Messages
0112I
SENDING_DATA
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter SENDING_DATA state. Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport sends one data record each time it enters this state.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0113I
DATA_CONFIRM
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter DATA_CONFIRM state. In this state, the
transaction program issues the confirm that is sent at the end of a data file.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0114I
SEND_TRAILER
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter SEND_TRAILER state. The trailer record
containing the number of records is sent.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
Messages
B–15
List of Messages
0115I
TRAILER_CONFIRM
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter TRAILER_CONFIRM state. The Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport transaction program is about to issue a deallocate
confirm verb for the conversation.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0116I
RECEIVE_HEADER
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter RECEIVE_HEADER state. In this state,
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport receives the incoming header.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0117I
CONFIRM_HEADER
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter CONFIRM_HEADER state. The Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport transaction program is about to issue the confirmed
LU 6.2 verb.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
B–16
User Guide
List of Messages
0118I
RECEIVE_MAXLRECL
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter RECEIVE_MAXLRECL state. The transaction
program receives the maximum record length record and uses it to initialize
system parameters.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0119I
RECEIVE_DATA
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter RECEIVE_DATA state. In this state, the data
records are received, decompressed, unpacked, and written to the target file.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0120I
DATA_CONFIRMED
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter DATA_CONFIRMED state. It issues the
confirmed verb and closes the received file in preparation for receiving the trailer
record.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
Messages
B–17
List of Messages
0121I
RECEIVE_TRAILER
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter RECEIVE_TRAILER state. A
receive_and_wait verb is issued for the incoming Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport trailer record.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0122I
TRAILER_CONFIRMED
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter TRAILER_CONFIRMED state.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0123I
PROCESS_DATA
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter PROCESS_DATA state. In this state, the
transaction program compares the record count actually received to the count
sent in the trailer record. If they don’t match, the state machine enters an invalid
trailer state.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
B–18
User Guide
List of Messages
0125I
TERMINATE_INITIATE_CHECK
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter TERMINATE_INITIATE_CHECK state.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0127I
TP_DONE
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter TP_DONE state.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0128I
RECEIVE_FEATURE_RECORD
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter RECEIVE_FEATURE_RECORD state.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0129I
SEND_FILE_DESCRIPTOR
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter SEND_FILE_DESCRIPTOR state.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
Messages
B–19
List of Messages
0130I
REQUEST_FEATURE_RECORD_CONFIRM
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter REQUEST_FEATURE_RECORD_CONFIRM
state.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0131I
CONFIRMED_FEATURE_RECORD
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter CONFIRMED_FEATURE_RECORD state.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0152I
LOCAL_SEND
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter LOCAL_SEND state. In this state, the
transaction program initializes several internal variables, logs the startup
message, and sets the userid for this transfer.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
B–20
User Guide
List of Messages
0153I
LOCAL_RECEIVE
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter LOCAL_RECEIVE state. In this state, the
transaction program initializes several internal variables, logs the startup
message, and sets the userid for this transfer.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0154I
REMOTE_SEND
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter REMOTE_SEND state.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0155I
REMOTE_RECEIVE
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter REMOTE_RECEIVE state.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0156I
OPEN_REMOTE_INPUT_FILE
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter OPEN_REMOTE_INPUT_FILE state.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
Messages
B–21
List of Messages
0157I
OPEN_LOCAL_INPUT_FILE
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter OPEN_LOCAL_INPUT_FILE state. The local
input file is about to be opened.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0158I
OPEN_OUTPUT_FILE
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter OPEN_OUTPUT_FILE state. The output file
is about to be opened.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0159I
LOCAL_ATTACH
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter LOCAL_ATTACH state. In this state, the
transaction program tries to establish a connection to the local LU 6.2 SNA
server.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
B–22
User Guide
List of Messages
0161I
REMOTE_ATTACH
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter REMOTE_ATTACH state. In this state, the
invoked transaction program tries to establish a connection to the local LU 6.2
SNA server.
Action:
This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0162I
SET_UP_OVERLAY
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter SET_UP_OVERLAY state. In this state, the
indirect transfer header record is created.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0163I
SEND_OVERLAY
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter SEND_OVERLAY state. In this state, it sends
the overlay record that is part of the indirect transfer protocol.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
Messages
B–23
List of Messages
0164I
RECEIVE_OVERLAY
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter RECEIVE_OVERLAY state. An indirect
transfer has been requested by the remote side and the overlay record is about to
be received.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0165I
DO_SYSTEM
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter DO_SYSTEM state.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0167I
SET_REMOTE_USER_ID
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter SET_REMOTE_USER_ID state.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0168I
DO_COMMAND
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter DO_COMMAND state.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
B–24
User Guide
List of Messages
0169I
SEND_FEATURE_RECORD
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter SEND_FEATURE_RECORD state.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0170I
RECEIVE_FILE_DESCRIPTOR
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter RECEIVE_FILE_DESCRIPTOR state.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0171I
RESTART_TRANSFER
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter RESTART_TRANSFER state.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0172I
CHECKPOINT_CONFIRM_REQUEST
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter CHECKPOINT_CONFIRM_REQUEST state.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
Messages
B–25
List of Messages
0173E rc=173 sense=xxxx
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter OPEN_COMPRESS state. rc=173 indicates
OPEN_COMPRESS and is not an error.
Action:
If sense=0, no action is required. If sense=>0, take a Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport trace and contact Computer Associates Customer Support.
0180I
SENDING_ERROR
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter SENDING_ERROR state.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0182I
RECEIVE_ERROR
Reason:
An error message is being received from the remote partner. The Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport transaction program issues a receive and wait verb to
retrieve the text.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
B–26
User Guide
List of Messages
0185I
SEND_ERROR_MESSAGE
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter SEND_ERROR_MESSAGE state. A send error
verb has been issued and the text of the error encountered is sent.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0186I
WAIT_FOR_REMOTE_DEALLOCATE
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter WAIT_FOR_REMOTE_DEALLOCATE state.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0187I
TRANSFER_FAILED
Reason:
The Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport transfer has failed.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0188I
CHECK_RETURN_CODES
Reason:
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport is checking return codes at the end of a
transfer.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
Messages
B–27
List of Messages
0200I
LOCAL_NOTE
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter LOCAL_NOTE state. In this state, the
transaction program initializes several internal variables, logs the startup
message, and sets the userid for this transfer.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0201I
REMOTE_NOTE
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter REMOTE_NOTE state.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0202I
LOCAL_NOTE_ATTACH
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter LOCAL_NOTE_ATTACH state. In this state,
the transaction program tries to establish a connection to the local LU 6.2 SNA
server.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
B–28
User Guide
List of Messages
0203I
ALLOCATE_NOTE_CONVERSATION
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter ALLOCATE_NOTE_CONVERSATION state.
It is about to issue the allocate verb for the remote transaction program.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0204I
SENDING_NOTE_DATA
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter SENDING_NOTE_DATA state. Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport sends one sdsnote when it enters this state.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0205I
DATA_NOTE_CONFIRM
Reason:
The state machine is about to enter DATA_NOTE_CONFIRM state. In this state,
the transaction program issues the confirm that is sent at the end of a sdsnote.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the state of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport transaction program.
0211I
queue entry (TID=000000) removed.
Reason:
Queue entry was removed from the queue.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the status of the transfer.
Messages
B–29
List of Messages
0212I
transfer (TID=000000) suspended.
Reason:
Transfer was suspended.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the status of the transfer.
0213I
transfer (TID=000000) terminated.
Reason:
Transfer was terminated.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the status of the transfer.
0214I
transfer (TID=000000) resumed.
Reason:
Transfer was resumed.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the status of the transfer.
0215I
transfer (TID=000000) held.
Reason:
Transfer was held.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the status of the transfer.
B–30
User Guide
List of Messages
0216I
transfer (TID=000000) released.
Reason:
Transfer was released.
Action:
None. This message is used to report the status of the transfer.
0283E
Error allocating send buffer
Reason:
An error was encountered when trying to increase the send buffer size using
realloc() call.
Action:
Retry the transfer. This error may be caused by memory fragmentation.
0284E
Error forking: Error 0
Reason:
Cannot create an additional process. Either the user or system process limit has
been reached.
Action:
Check your system and user process limits. Your system administrator may be
able to supply you with this information and/or raise these limits.
0285E
Error creating pipe
Reason:
An error occurred in creating a pipe. File descriptors are not available to open a
UNIX or Linux pipe. You may have exceeded the limit on the number of open
files you are allowed.
Action:
Contact your system administrator.
Messages
B–31
List of Messages
0286E
Error setting local user id
Reason:
An error occurred in setting the local user ID. The call to setuid failed.
Action:
Be sure that the local Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport transaction program
is either owned by the invoking user or is running setuid root. Use fully qualified
filenames.
0287E
Error setting remote user id
Reason:
An error was encountered while trying to log on to the partner.
Action:
Check that the remotely requested user ID is valid on the partner system and that
the initiator has entered it and the password for it correctly. Check the case for
the password.
0288E
System function failed
Reason:
A call to system() has failed. This function is used to initiate command functions
from within Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport.
Action:
The transfer was successful but the send job or a script failed. Retry the transfer.
If the problem persists, take a Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport trace and
contact Computer Associates Customer Support.
B–32
User Guide
List of Messages
0289E
Command failed, RC=n
Reason:
A command issued using the system() call has returned a non-zero completion
code. A send job failed when the job was submitted on the remote partner. The
transfer to send the job was successful, however.
Action:
Retry the transfer. Put debugging statements in the job. See the sample postprocessing scripts for debugging statements. If the problem persists, contact
Computer Associates Customer Support.
0290E Error sending overlay
Reason:
Send of indirect transfer record failed.
Action:
Retry the transfer. This may be due to a network problem. If the error persists,
contact your network administrator or Computer Associates Customer Support.
Messages
B–33
List of Messages
0291E
Send of indirect transfer record failed: Descriptive message
Reason:
An error has occurred while attempting to send the overlay record for an indirect
file transfer.
Action:
Check the SNA connectivity and retry. If the problem persists, contact Computer
Associates Customer Support.
0292E
Error sending error message to remote system: Descriptive message
Reason:
An error was encountered while sending an error message to the remote system.
Action:
Check the SNA connectivity and retry the transfer. If the problem persists,
contact Computer Associates Customer Support.
0296E
Error deallocating conversation: Descriptive message
Reason:
An error was detected while deallocating a send conversation. This deallocate
occurred after sending a file.
Action:
Check the SNA connectivity and retry the transfer. If the problem persists,
contact Computer Associates Customer Support.
0297E
Error requesting header confirmation: Descriptive message
Reason:
The remote Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport transaction program did not
confirm the transfer request header that it received.
Action:
Check the SNA connectivity and retry the transfer. If the problem persists,
contact Computer Associates Customer Support.
B–34
User Guide
List of Messages
0298E
Unable to allocate remote transaction program: Descriptive message
Reason:
The APPC interface returned an error after an attempt was made to allocate a
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport transaction program on a remote LU. For
transfers using TCP/IP protocols, refer to the common return codes and
explanations listed in the system errno.h file.
Action:
Check that the remote transaction program can be allocated. On z/OS and
OS/390, this means that the APPL is active. On other systems, there are different
criteria for accessibility.
Check that the listener is running on the remote system for TCP/IP transfers and
is listening on the specified port.
0299E
Cannot attach to LU 6.2 facility on local initiate: Descriptive message
Reason:
An error was detected when a locally initiated transfer request attempted to
attach to the APPC manager process.
Action:
This is frequently an SNA configuration problem. Check the SNA status as well
as your connection status. Check the REMOTE_SYSTEM parameter to make sure
that it contains the name of the connection profile that you want to use for this
transfer.
0300E
Cannot attach to LU 6.2 facility on remote allocate: Descriptive message
Reason:
An error was detected when a remotely initiated transfer request transaction
program attempted to attach to the APPC manager process.
Action:
Check the SNA configuration and retry the transfer. If the problem persists,
contact Computer Associates Customer Support.
Messages
B–35
List of Messages
0301E Unable to start APPC Communications
Reason:
Error starting SNA Services.
Action:
Check for problems starting your SNA APPC.
0302E
Unable to open local input file: Descriptive message
Reason:
A problem was encountered while trying to open a Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport input file; the data following the explanation is the reason.
Action:
Check the existence and permissions on the file you have specified.
0303E
Send of XCOM header failed: Descriptive message
Reason:
An error has occurred while attempting to send a transfer header record.
Action:
Check the SNA connectivity and retry. If the problem persists, contact Computer
Associates Customer Support.
0304E
Send of Maximum Record Length failed: Descriptive message
Reason:
An error has occurred while attempting to send the maximum logical record
length as part of the file transfer setup procedure.
Action:
Check the MAXRECLEN parameter and retry. If the problem persists, contact
Computer Associates Customer Support.
B–36
User Guide
List of Messages
0305E
Receive of incoming header failed: Descriptive message
Reason:
An error was detected while attempting to receive a transfer request header from
a remote system.
Action:
Check the SNA connectivity and retry. If the problem persists, contact Computer
Associates Customer Support.
0309E
Error reading local input file: Descriptive Message
Reason:
An error occurred while reading the input file. The system call read() returned -1.
The error number displayed is the value of the system variable errno.
Action:
Check the descriptive message, fix the problem, and retry the transfer. If the
problem persists, contact Computer Associates Customer Support.
0310I
Received error from remote system.
Reason:
An error has been received from the remote system and has been placed in the
log.
Action:
Check the error received from the remote system and fix the problem detailed
there. Error messages from partner Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport systems
can be found in the manuals for those platforms.
Messages
B–37
List of Messages
0311E
Send of user data record failed: Descriptive message
Reason:
An error was returned from the APPC interface while attempting to send data to
a remote system.
Action:
Check the SNA connectivity and retry. If the problem persists, contact Computer
Associates Customer Support.
0312E
Confirm to last data record failed: Descriptive message
Reason:
The APPC interface has returned an error when attempting to issue a confirm
following the last data record in a transfer.
Action:
Check the SNA connectivity and retry. If the problem persists, contact Computer
Associates Customer Support.
0313E
Negative response to data confirm request: Descriptive message
Reason:
Negative response to data confirm request.
Action:
Check that the target file is not open or locked. Contact Computer Associates
Customer Support.
0314E
Send of trailer record failed: Descriptive message
Reason:
The send of trailer record failed. An error was returned by the SNA subsystem
after the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport trailer was sent.
Action:
Check the SNA connectivity and retry the transfer. If the problem persists,
contact Computer Associates Customer Support.
B–38
User Guide
List of Messages
0315E
Trailer record not confirmed
Reason:
The trailer record was not confirmed. The remote side has detected an error in
the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport trailer, either in its format or in the
number of records transferred.
Action:
This error may be the result of a send text file which contains zero-length
records. If this is the case, try to send the file with the compression turned on.
0318E Receive_and_wait failed to turn line around
Reason:
This may be a communication or internal error.
Action:
Retry the transfer. If the error persists, contact your network administrator or
Computer Associates Customer Support.
0319E
Error confirming checkpoint: Descriptive message
Reason:
There is an error in confirming the checkpoint.
Action:
Possible network problems. Try turning off checkpointing. Check the SNA
connectivity and retry the transfer. If the problem persists, contact Computer
Associates Customer Support.
0320E
Error issuing confirmed for checkpoint: Descriptive message
Reason:
There is an error issuing confirmed for the checkpoint.
Action:
Check the SNA connectivity and retry the transfer. If the problem persists,
contact Computer Associates Customer Support.
Messages
B–39
List of Messages
0321E
Error requesting trailer confirmation: Descriptive message
Reason:
An error was encountered when requesting trailer confirmation.
Action:
Check the SNA connectivity and retry. If the problem persists, contact Computer
Associates Customer Support.
0322E
Preallocation User Exit failed, RC=n
Reason:
The user customized script specified by the XPRECMD parameter failed.
Action:
Check for errors in the user customized script specified by the XPRECMD
parameter. The sample script provided is xcompre.
0403E
Cannot open output file: Descriptive message
Reason:
Cannot open the output file using the requested action.
Action:
Check the problem reported by the descriptive message, fix the problem, and
retry the transfer.
0404E
Error confirming header: Descriptive message
Reason:
An error was encountered when attempting to issue a confirmed response to an
incoming header.
Action:
Check the SNA connectivity and retry the transfer. If the problem persists,
contact Computer Associates Customer Support.
B–40
User Guide
List of Messages
0405E
Error receiving maxreclen: Descriptive message
Reason:
An error was encountered when trying to read an incoming maximum record
length record or when trying to realloc() a read buffer of the size specified in the
record received.
Action:
Check the SNA connectivity and retry the transfer. If the problem persists,
contact Computer Associates Customer Support.
0406E
Error while trying to read Feature Negotiation Record: Descriptive message
Reason:
An error was encountered while trying to read a feature negotiation record.
Action:
Check the SNA connectivity and retry the transfer. If the problem persists,
contact Computer Associates Customer Support.
0407E
Error compress flag in feature negotiation protocol
Reason:
Compression type provided by the remote system is not supported.
Action:
Check Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport configuration file on the remote
system and retry.
0408E
Error encountered in feature negotiation protocol
Reason:
An error was encountered in feature negotiation protocol.
Action:
Check the SNA connectivity and retry the transfer. If the problem persists,
contact Computer Associates Customer Support.
Messages
B–41
List of Messages
0409E
Error encountered trying to confirm feature negotiation record: Descriptive message
Reason:
An error was encountered in trying to confirm a feature negotiation record.
Action:
Possible SNA configuration problems. Check RUSIZES. Check the SNA
connectivity and retry the transfer. If the problem persists, contact Computer
Associates Customer Support.
0410E
Error sending feature negotiation record: Descriptive message
Reason:
An error occurred in sending a feature negotiation record.
Action:
Check the SNA connectivity and retry the transfer. If the problem persists,
contact Computer Associates Customer Support.
0411E
Error while confirming feature negotiation record: Descriptive message
Reason:
An error occurred while confirming a feature negotiation record.
Action:
Check the SNA connectivity and retry the transfer. If the problem persists,
contact Computer Associates Customer Support.
0412E
Error receiving data: Descriptive message
Reason:
An error was detected by the SNA APPC receive and wait verb or TCP/IP while
reading incoming data.
Action:
Check the TCP/IP or SNA connectivity and retry the transfer. If the problem
persists, contact Computer Associates Customer Support.
B–42
User Guide
List of Messages
0413E
Trailer invalid
Reason:
The count in the received trailer record did not match the actual number of
records received.
Action:
Make sure your version of Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport is up to date.
Retry the transfer. If the problem persists, take a Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport trace and contact Computer Associates Customer Support.
0415E
Error receiving trailer: Descriptive message
Reason:
The receive and wait issued for an incoming trailer record has failed.
Action:
Check the SNA connectivity and retry the transfer. If the problem persists,
contact Computer Associates Customer Support.
0416E
Error writing output file: Descriptive message
Reason:
The write() system call has returned a -1. This probably means that the file
system is out of space or that the user’s file size limit has been exceeded.
Action:
Check the free space in the file system. If free space is not the problem, check the
size of the user’s ulimit (file size limit) and compare it to the size of the file that
caused the transfer to fail. Repair the problem and retry the transfer.
If you are transferring files larger than 2 GB, make sure your version of Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport supports large file sizes.
Messages
B–43
List of Messages
0418E
Transmission interrupted: signal received
Reason:
An interrupt signal has been received and transmission has been interrupted.
Action:
Retry the transfer. If the problem persists, contact Computer Associates
Customer Support.
0422E
Login incorrect.
Reason:
User ID and/or password do not match security database.
Action:
Provide correct user ID and/or password.
0423I
Error receiving file descriptor record.
Reason:
An error occurred while trying to receive a file descriptor record.
Action:
Check the SNA connectivity and retry the transfer. If the problem persists,
contact Computer Associates Customer Support.
0424E
Attempting to create an existing file
Reason:
You cannot create an existing file.
Action:
Decide whether you want to replace the target file or create one using a different
name. Set the parameters appropriately and retry the transfer.
B–44
User Guide
List of Messages
0425E
Cannot seek to position on restart
Reason:
When trying to reposition a file to restart a transfer, the fseek() call returned a -1.
This usually indicates a file that has been updated since its transfer was
interrupted.
Action:
Determine why the file was updated and/or retry the transfer.
0426E
Restarting from beginning of file
Reason:
Checkpointing information was not found.
Action:
None required. The transfer will restart from the beginning of the file.
0427E
Error starting TP: no retry possible
Reason:
A call to execl() subroutine returned a non-zero return code; the data following
the explanation is the sense.
Action:
Check if the file specified in TP_CMD parameter in your xcom.glb file exists and
has execute permission.
0435I
Waiting for an available session.
Reason:
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport is waiting for available sessions to start a
transfer.
Action:
Wait until a session becomes available or increase the session limits in the
xcom.ses file, restart xcomd, and retry the transfer.
Messages
B–45
List of Messages
0436E
TP ended abnormally.
Reason:
The Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport daemon has detected a transaction
program failure. Or, possible security problems.
Action:
Retry the transfer. If the problem persists, contact Computer Associates
Customer Support.
0437E
Record larger than input buffer.
Reason:
The length of a file record is greater than the length of the input buffer.
Action:
Check for correct file type. May also need to increase MAXRECLEN. Retry.
0438E
Record length greater than maxreclen, but truncation not allowed.
Reason:
The length of the received record is greater than maxreclen, but truncation is not
allowed.
Action:
Make sure you are specifying the correct parameters for the file and retry.
Note: On a receive operation, MAXRECLEN is set to whatever the LRECL value
is on the initiating side.
0439E
Record exceeds maxreclen following compression
Reason:
The data in this record is already compressed.
Action:
Turn off compression for this transfer.
B–46
User Guide
List of Messages
0440E
Internal buffer < maxreclen received.
Reason:
The internal buffer is smaller than the maxreclen received.
Action:
Retry the transfer. If the problem persists, run a trace and contact Computer
Associates Customer Support.
0441I
Restart request IDs and group name do not match.
Reason:
A restart request was received from the remote side, but the request IDs do not
match.
Action:
No action necessary; this is an informational message that indicates that the
transaction program has encountered a problem during an attempted restart and
must restart the transfer from the beginning.
0442I
Filename does not match on restart request.
Reason:
A restart request was received from the remote side, but the local filenames do
not match.
Action:
Retry the transfer. If the problem persists, run a trace and contact Computer
Associates Customer Support.
Messages
B–47
List of Messages
0443I
Group name does not match on restart request
Reason:
A restart request was received from the remote side, but the remote group names
do not match.
Action:
No action necessary; this is an informational message that indicates that the
transaction program has encountered a problem during an attempted restart and
must restart the transfer from the beginning.
0448E
Type of record packing not supported.
Reason:
An unsupported type of record packing was specified in the header.
Action:
Check that the remote system is generating a packing type that corresponds to a
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport supported packing type: YES, NO,
MPACK or XPACK. For AT&T or NCR systems, the value of the mode definition
code set field must be set to A for ASCII. If PACK=LENGTH is specified,
RECSEP=NO must also be specified.
0450E
xcomd unknown state
Reason:
The XCOM API program may have been compiled with a different version of
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport than what is running.
Action:
Make sure the XCOM API program was compiled at the level of Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport that you are running.
B–48
User Guide
List of Messages
0451E
Invocation mode undefined.
Reason:
This is an internal error.
Action:
Try the transfer again and if the error persists, contact Computer Associates
Customer Support.
0454E
Invalid starting date format.
Reason:
The transfer was not scheduled because the starting date cannot be parsed.
Action:
Repair the date format and retry the transfer.
0455E
Invalid starting time format.
Reason:
The transfer was not scheduled because the starting time cannot be parsed.
Action:
Repair the time format and retry the transfer.
0456E
Cannot open EBCDIC-ASCII translation file.
Reason:
Global parameter INTERNAL_CONVERSION_TABLES is set to NO and the
specified EBCDIC-ASCII translation file cannot be opened.
Action:
Check that the EBCDIC to ASCII conversion table file specified in the global
variable ETOA_FILENAME exists and is readable.
Messages
B–49
List of Messages
0457E
Cannot open ASCII-EBCDIC translation file.
Reason:
Global parameter INTERNAL_CONVERSION_TABLES is set to NO and the
specified ASCII-EBCDIC translation file cannot be opened.
Action:
Check that the ASCII to EBCDIC conversion table file specified in the global
variable ATOE_FILENAME exists and is readable.
0458E
Cannot open ASCII-EBCDIC translation file.
Reason:
An error was encountered while trying to parse the EBCDIC-ASCII translation
file.
Action:
Check the EBCDIC to ASCII file. It must be 256 lines long and contain a single
integer per line specified according to C conventions: a leading 0 indicates an
octal number, a leading 0x indicates a hexadecimal; anything else is decimal.
0459E
Cannot open ASCII-EBCDIC translation file.
Reason:
An error was encountered while trying to parse the ASCII-EBCDIC translation
file.
Action:
Check the ASCII to EBCDIC file. It must be 256 lines long and contain a single
integer per line specified according to C conventions: a leading 0 indicates an
octal number, a leading 0x indicates a hexadecimal; anything else is decimal.
B–50
User Guide
List of Messages
0460E
Unable to Queue: Reason.
Reason:
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport is unable to perform an enqueue function.
The reason follows.
Action:
This message may appear for a number of reasons. If the reason is ‘queue is full’,
remove some unnecessary entries from the queue, wait for them to be removed
automatically, or increase MAX_QUEUE_ENTRIES and/or decrease
EXPIRATION_TIME and restart xcomd. If the reason is ‘cannot close data file,’
then the file system is full. Issue a df -v command to list file systems and check to
see which file system is full, and then clear disk space as needed. If the problem
persists, contact Computer Associates Customer Support.
0461E
Cannot get shared memory.
Reason:
The Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport queue manager cannot get shared
memory.
Action:
Increase shared memory. Retry the transfer. If the problem persists, contact
Computer Associates Customer Support.
0463E
Cannot allocate shared memory.
Reason:
The Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport queue manager cannot allocate shared
memory.
Action:
Retry the transfer. If the problem persists, contact Computer Associates
Customer Support.
Messages
B–51
List of Messages
0464E
Cannot create shared memory.
Reason:
The Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport queue manager cannot create shared
memory.
Action:
Retry the transfer. If the problem persists, contact Computer Associates
Customer Support.
0465E
Check of xcom.glb pathnames failed.
Reason:
You must specify full paths to XLPCMD, TP_CMD, TRACE_PATH, and
QUEUE_PATH in your xcom.glb file.
Action:
Check the xcom.glb file to be sure that pathnames have been specified for each of
the variables listed in the Explanation. Restart the daemon after you fix any
problems.
0466E
Unable to create an index file for queue.
Reason:
Unable to create an index file for the queue.
Action:
Check the permissions on the directory specified in the QUEUE_PATH variable
in xcom.glb. Restart the daemon after you have repaired the problem.
0467E
Queue entry passed to xcomtp is NULL.
Reason:
This is an internal error. The queue entry passed to xcomtp is NULL.
Action:
Retry the operation. If the problem persists, contact Computer Associates
Customer Support.
B–52
User Guide
List of Messages
0468E
Cannot allocate memory.
Reason:
Cannot allocate memory.
Action:
Retry the operation. If the problem persists, contact Computer Associates
Customer Support.
0469E
xcomd is not running or not compatible.
Reason:
The Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport scheduler, xcomd, is not running, or
the version of its running copy is not compatible to the version of the Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport package you are using.
Action:
Try to start the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport daemon. If it does not start,
use xcomd -cy to clean up. If it still does not start, make sure that you have
installed the right version of xcomd. Reinstall the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport package, if necessary.
0470E
Invalid number of parameters passed to xcomtp.
Reason:
An invalid number of parameters has been passed to xcomtp.
Action:
Retry the transfer. If the problem persists, contact Computer Associates
Customer Support.
Messages
B–53
List of Messages
0471E
Invocation mode undefined.
Reason:
This is an internal error. The invocation mode is undefined.
Action:
Retry the operation. If the problem persists, contact Computer Associates
Customer Support.
0472E
Current mode undefined.
Reason:
This is an internal error. The current mode is undefined.
Action:
Retry the operation. If the problem persists, contact Computer Associates
Customer Support.
0473E
Error(s) parsing xcom.glb; xcomd cannot start.
Reason:
Error(s) found in parsing /usr/spool/xcom.glb; xcomd cannot start. Possible
problem with the /usr/spool/xcom/config/xcom.tid file.
Action:
Check the xcom.glb file and fix any syntax errors you find there. Make sure the
xcom.tid contains a non-zero six-digit number, the next transfer ID number. Edit
and correct if necessary. Restart the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
daemon.
0474E
xcomd is already running. Multiple instances not supported.
Reason:
xcomd is already running. Multiple instances are not supported.
Action:
If xcomd is running, stop it with xcomd -cy and restart.
B–54
User Guide
List of Messages
0475E
xcomd index file 000025.IDX is bigger than allowed for maximum number of queue
entries (xx bytes).
Reason:
The xcomd index file 000025.IDX is bigger than allowed for maximum number of
queue entries (xx bytes). The MAX_QUEUE_ENTRIES parameter in xcom.glb
may have been reduced.
Action:
Increase the MAX_QUEUE_ENTRIES parameter in xcom.glb and restart xcomd.
If the error persists remove all files in the Q directory and restart xcomd.
0476E
Error reading xcomd index file 000025.IDX, records read xx.
Reason:
When reading records from the 000025.IDX file an error occurred at record
number xx.
Action:
Try restarting xcomd. If the error persists, remove all files in the Q directory and
restart xcomd.
0477E
xcomd index file 000025.IDX size (xx bytes) not a multiple of record size.
Reason:
The xcomd index file 000025.IDX size must be a multiple of the record size,
otherwise a corrupt file is assumed.
Action:
Remove all files in the Q directory and restart xcomd.
Messages
B–55
List of Messages
0478E
xcomd index file 000025.IDX contains a corrupt TID at index record xx.
Reason:
TID must be six digits. The index record contains something other than digits.
The 000025.IDX file got corrupted.
Action:
Remove all files in the Q directory and restart xcomd.
0483E
Error: unable to fork.
Reason:
Either the system or the user process limit has been reached and no additional
processes can be created.
Action:
Stop some processes, or raise process limits, and retry the operation.
0486E
Error writing configuration.
Reason:
An error was encountered while writing the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport configuration file.
Action:
Check the free space in the file system. If free space is not the problem, check the
permissions on the configuration file that is being written. Repair the problem
and retry the operation.
0488E
Input file not specified, but stdin cannot be used.
Reason:
When the local input file is not specified, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
normally uses console input stream (stdin). This message indicates that stdin
cannot be used for this transfer.
Action:
Specify an input file and retry.
B–56
User Guide
List of Messages
0489E
Output file not specified: stdout cannot be used.
Reason:
When the local output file is not specified, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
normally uses console output stream (stdout). This message indicates that stdout
cannot be used for this transfer.
Action:
Specify an output file and retry. If doing a receive, LOCAL_FILE_RF must be
specified.
0491E
Versions of different Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport components are not
compatible.
Reason:
The versions of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport modules are not
compatible.
Action:
Contact Computer Associates Customer Support.
0492E
MAXRECLEN exceeds 2048 bytes limit for record packing.
Reason:
Since the maximum block size for packing is 2048 bytes, MAXRECLEN should
not exceed this limit if record packing is turned on.
Action:
Change MAXRECLEN so that it is not greater than 2048 bytes or turn off record
packing.
Messages
B–57
List of Messages
0493E
Cannot generate internal transaction id
Reason:
This is an internal error.
Action:
Reduce the EXPIRATION_TIME and increase MAX_QUEUE_ENTRIES, then
stop and restart the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport scheduler, xcomd.
0494E
Duplicate transfer request number
Reason:
This is an internal error.
Action:
Retry the operation. If the problem persists, contact Computer Associates
Customer Support.
0495E
Compaction not supported
Reason:
SNA compression with dynamic compaction is not supported.
Action:
Turn off dynamic compaction.
0497E
Can’t open display
Reason:
Cannot open the display when bringing up XCOMTOOL.
Action:
Check with your administrator or Computer Associates Customer Support.
B–58
User Guide
List of Messages
0500E
Attempting to write to a directory as a regular file
Reason:
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport is attempting to write a file, but directory
exists with the same name.
Action:
Change the name of the file or delete directory.
0501E
Problems starting xwait. Retrying...
Reason:
For SUNAPPC and BRIXTON. Either XNODESPEC or XLUNAME is incorrect in
xcom.glb or the APPC is down. xcomd will come up and will schedule requests
in the queue, but no transfers will go. Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport tries
to start xwait every 3 seconds.
Action:
Check that the SNA APPC is up. Verify that XNODESPEC and XLUNAME are
set correctly in xcom.glb.
0503E Invalid compressed data
Reason:
Unable to compress or decompress the data sent or received.
Action:
Retry the transfer. If the error persists, contact Computer Associates Customer
Support.
Messages
B–59
List of Messages
0505E
Received a signal from (communications)
Reason:
An interrupt signal has been received from APPC (for SNA) or TCP/IP (for
TCP/IP) and transmission has been interrupted.
Action:
Retry the transfer. If the problem persists, contact Computer Associates
Customer Support.
0506E
Invalid pack header data
Reason:
While unpacking data an error occurred. This can be due to incorrect data
coming from the remote system.
Action:
Retry the operation. If the problem persists, contact Computer Associates
Customer Support.
0507E
Unable to rename temporary file
Reason:
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport was unable to rename the temporary file to
the permanent file name.
Action:
Retry the transfer and if the error persists, contact Computer Associates
Customer Support.
0508E
VLR/VLR2 are for binary data only
Reason:
CARRIAGE_FLAG=VLR or VLR2 is supported for binary files only.
Action:
Specify CODE_FLAG=BINARY or change CARRIAGE_FLAG to other than VLR
or VLR2.
B–60
User Guide
List of Messages
0509E
Big packing not supported by partner
Reason:
The remote system does not support the big packing type.
Action:
Retry the transfer using record packing type Y, M, or N.
0510E
Big packing not supported in version 1 transfers
Reason:
Version 1 transfers are supported for compatibility with old releases of Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport. Big packing was not supported in these old releases.
Action:
Specify version 2 to use big packing. If the remote partner does not support
version 2, retry the transfer using record packing type Y, M, or N.
0511E
rc=xxx sense=yyyy
Reason:
Applies only to AIX RS/6000 systems. This error can occur when a TP is not
available or because of a resource failure.
Action:
The transfer is retried automatically for queued transfers, depending on your
configuration. If the problem persists, it may be an RS/6000 SNA configuration
problem involving hardware or software.
Messages
B–61
List of Messages
0512E
Maximum remote tcp sessions reached
Reason:
The maximum number of remote TCP/IP transfer requests as specified in the
parameter MAX_REMOTE_TCP in xcom.glb has been reached and the transfer is
rejected.
Action:
Either increase the value of MAX_REMOTE_TCP and recycle xcomd or run less
concurrent remote TCP/IP transfers.
0514E
Destination too big
Reason:
An indirect transfer was submitted and the DESTINATION parameter is too
long. The DESTINATION cannot exceed 16 characters for an indirect transfer.
Action:
Specify a DESTINATION of 16 characters or less.
0515E
Error occurred attempting to assume super-user privileges
Reason:
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport needs system privileges (root) to be able to
set the next owner, group, and file ownership and permissions correctly.
Action:
Try the transfer again. If the error persists, contact Computer Associates
Customer Support.
0600E
Transfer is not active
Reason:
The operation which caused this message is applicable to active transfers only.
Action:
Wait until the transfer becomes active or try another operation.
B–62
User Guide
List of Messages
0601E
Permission denied
Reason:
You do not have security rights necessary to perform the operation which caused
this message.
Action:
None
0602E
General error in queue function; rc=n
Reason:
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport is unable to perform an enqueue function.
The reason follows.
Action:
If the reason is “cannot write/open”, check to see if your file system is full. If the
reason is “queue is full”, remove some unnecessary entries from the queue, wait
for them to be removed automatically, or increase QUEUE-SIZE and restart
xcomd. If the reason is “cannot generate TID”, contact Computer Associates
Customer Support. Other reasons may also be displayed. Try the operation
again. If you cannot resolve the error, contact Computer Associates Customer
Support.
0603E
The TP state is invalid
Reason:
The operation that caused this message requires that TP be in some particular
state. The current TP state is invalid for this operation.
Action:
Wait for TP to enter the proper state or try different operation.
Messages
B–63
List of Messages
0604E
The maximum number of clients for this server is exceeded
Reason:
No client was available.
Action:
Log off some of the clients or wait for clients to log off.
0605E
The client is already connected to this server
Reason:
A client with the same XPE name is already logged onto the server.
Action:
Try again. If the problem persists, contact Computer Associates Customer
Support.
0606E
The xxxxx request is unknown to this server
Reason:
A client submitted a request that is not supported by the server. The server will
ignore this request.
Action:
A server upgrade may be required. Try the transfer again. If the error persists,
contact Computer Associates Customer Support.
0609E
Timeout waiting for SEND_COMPLETE event; removing client
Reason:
Server removed client from the list of logged clients because of timeout waiting
for SEND_COMPLETE event.
Action:
Check the client for possible problems. Check with your administrator.
B–64
User Guide
List of Messages
0611E
Timeout waiting for POLL_COMPLETE event; removing client
Reason:
The client did not respond.
Action:
Logout from the server and connect to it again.
0612E
Transport error - please reconnect
Reason:
Communication error.
Action:
Reconnect to the server.
0613E
The file record in not in a VLR format.
Reason:
VLR transfers can only be done on VLR format files.
Action:
Be sure that the input file is in the right format—that it was received specifying
the CARRIAGE_FLAG=VLR/VLR2 parameter.
0785I
Starting TCP/IP Connection
Reason:
A TCP/IP connection is being started to a remote partner.
Action:
None
Messages
B–65
List of Messages
0786I
TCP/IP Connection Established
Reason:
A TCP/IP connection was successfully made to a remote partner.
Action:
None
0793I
Remote TCP/IP Connection Established
Reason:
A TCP/IP remote connection was successfully established from a remote
partner.
Action:
None
0805I
TCP/IP Connection Ended
Reason:
A TCP/IP connection completed.
Action:
None
0811I
Starting Secure TCP/IP Connection
Reason:
A Secure TCP/IP connection is being started to a remote partner.
Action:
None
B–66
User Guide
List of Messages
0812I
Remote Secure TCP/IP Connection Requested
Reason:
A request for a Secure TCP/IP remote connection was received from a remote
partner.
Action:
None
0813I
Secure TCP/IP Handshake Complete
Reason:
Secure Socket (SSL) negotiation for the connection successfully completed. The
connection is now a Secure TCP/IP connection.
Action:
None
0814I
Secure TCP/IP Connection Requested
Reason:
A request for a Secure TCP/IP connection was sent to the remote partner.
Action:
None
0818I
Secure TCP/IP Connection Ended
Reason:
A Secure TCP/IP connection completed.
Action:
None
Messages
B–67
Appendix
C
Understanding Logical Units
A logical unit (LU) is the addressable connection point into an SNA network
through which an end-user can send and receive messages. An LU is a set of
rules and responsibilities. LUs can be either dependent or independent, and each
LU type is associated with a protocol (for example, LU 0, LU 6.2).
The LU provides a connection into SNA for the end-user, which may either be an
individual or a transaction program (for example, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport). It allows end-users to communicate with each other and with other
network addressable units (NAUs) in the network.
This appendix contains information about logical units (LUs) and network
concepts that you need to understand to operate Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport when performing transfers using SNA/APPC protocols.
Physical Network Components
An SNA network is divided into physical and logical components.
The physical network consists of the following:
■
Actual processors called nodes
■
Data links between the nodes
Understanding Logical Units
C–1
Logical Network Components
Logical Network Components
The logical network consists of a set of software components called Network
Addressable Units (NAUs) that include the following:
■
Logical units (LUs)
■
Physical units (PUs)
■
System services control points (SSCPs)
LU Sessions
The logical connection between two NAUs is a session. Although several types of
sessions exist, the end-user is aware of only one type, which is LU-to-LU.
Sessions are established when one LU sends another LU an SNA request known
as a BIND.
Procedure Correlation Identifier
Each session has its own procedure correlation identifier (PCID). This is an eightbyte field placed in the BIND, UNBIND, and other SNA requests to help an LU
distinguish one session from another. It is required when you are running
parallel sessions.
Session Identifier
A PCID is also known as a session identifier (SID) in VTAM displays. For each
session, VTAM prompts you to note the primary or secondary node and displays
the Session ID (SID) in hex. This SID is the PCID. If a trace of the BIND is taken,
the PCID vector is towards the end.
The following VTAM operator command lists all sessions generated for that LU:
DISPLAY NET, ID=XXX,E
C–2
User Guide
Logical Unit Types
Logical Unit Types
The following table describes all of the LU types that are in use today:
LU Type Definition
0
A customizable protocol, which eliminates standardization beyond
layers of SNA. This was commonly used in the late 1970s (before the
advent of LU 6.2).
1
The protocol used as early as the 1960s by remote job entry devices
such as the 3770 RJE terminal. Designed for use with printers and card
readers, this protocol is most typically used in asymmetrical links
where one node is a slave to the host.
2
The protocol for 3270 video display stations. It defines the data
streams used by dumb terminals to communicate with the host.
3
This was a variant subset of the 3270 protocol which was used to drive
printers attached to 3274 cluster controllers. Today it is still used to
support old hardware.
4
This protocol was intended to be used on word processors attached to
a host network. You may still see it on old IBM word processors.
6.1
Developed during the late 1970s, this was SNA’s prototype protocol
defined for program-to-program communication. It was a first attempt
to provide a standardized mechanism for communication between
intelligent peer computers.
6.2
LU 6.2 defines standard functions or verbs such as SEND, RECEIVE,
and CONFIRM that simplify the work of making two programs
running on different platforms talk to each other. This protocol is also
referred to as Advanced Program-to-Program Communications
(APPC).
7
This protocol specifies the data stream of the 5250 video display
stations commonly used with the IBM mid-range computers.
Understanding Logical Units
C–3
Independent Logical Units
Independent Logical Units
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport supports independent logical units (ILUs).
An ILU is a logical unit that can generate sessions independent of the host. An
ILU also meets the following criteria:
■
It utilizes LU 6.2.
■
It works on top of PU 2.1.
■
It can be a primary logical unit and therefore can send a BIND.
■
It supports an extended BIND (one that contains a Procedure Correlation
Identifier [PCID]) and works with the new NCP PU 2.1 support.
Systems Supporting ILUs
The following systems currently support ILUs:
■
z/OS
■
VM (all versions)
■
AS/400
■
IBM PC
■
OS/2 EE
■
Most minicomputers and UNIX or Linux workstations that support PU 2.1
■
Windows NT, 2000, XP
Software Version Support for ILUs
ACF/VTAM Version 3 Release 2 is required for full use of ILUs. The release of
ACF/NCP required depends on the front-end processor being used. An IBM
3725 requires ACF/NCP Version 4 Release 3. A 3270 and 3745 require ACF/NCP
Version 5 Release 2.1. Users working with ILUs over a Token Ring Interface
Coupler (TIC) into a host must have Release 2.1.1, as older releases permit a
token ring-attached PC to push an NCP into slowdown. When using Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport over COAX (event DFT LU 6.2 COAX), dependent
LUs are used because 3174/3274 cluster controllers do not support PU 2.1.
C–4
User Guide
Independent Logical Units
LU 6.2 Independent Implementations
Only Type 6 LUs can be independent. All other LU types are dependent.
However, not all LU 6.2 implementations are independent. For example, the
DECnet (VAX) APPC version of Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport is said to
be a dependent LU because it works on top of PU 2.0, not PU 2.1.
Not every LU 6.2/PU 2.1 implementation can work with independent LUs. There
are some aspects of PU 2.1 that NCP requires with which not all PU 2.1
implementations will work correctly. This reflects the fact that not all
minicomputer and PC SNA Gateway vendors had the latest NCP and VTAM for
testing. However, PU 2.1 support can be enhanced to work with ILUs without
changes to Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport. NCP supports ILUs over
SDLC, the most common configuration using ILUs. A local area network
gateway attached through an SDLC link to a host can also use ILUs. NCP also
supports ILUs over a token ring through the (TIC).
Direct Sessions with Dependent Logical Unit
An independent logical unit can have an LU 6.2 session with a dependent LU.
This allows for direct sessions from an AS/400 to a VAX/VMS over the SNA
background network, even though the VTAM is PU Type 2.0. In this
environment, the VTAM LOGAPPL parameter and the VTAM VARY NET
LOGON command do not work.
Note: The ILU must initiate the session; it must send to the BIND.
PU Type
When using ILUs with VTAM and Netview displays, VTAM shows the PU type
in its status display (PU Type 2 or PU Type 2.1). All PUs originally appear as PU
2.0. Once they become active, they display as PU 2.1.
Understanding Logical Units
C–5
Appendix
D
Using xcomtool
xcomtool is the MOTIF-based Graphical User Interface (GUI) that allows you to
do the following:
■
Specify transfer type
■
Initiate transfers
■
Control SNA (on applicable systems)
■
Specify protocols for SNA or TCP/IP transfers
■
Monitor the log and trace functions
■
Update the status of active and pending transfers
■
Edit Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport configuration files
This appendix contains information about using xcomtool and procedures for
performing transfers.
Using xcomtool
D–1
Starting xcomtool
Starting xcomtool
xcomtool is started from the shell prompt. All operations performed from the
command line interface can be performed with xcomtool.
Note: xcomd must be up and running to start xcomtool.
To start xcomtool, enter the following at the shell prompt:
xcomtool [-d display] &
where -d display invokes xcomtool using the display defined in the display
parameter.
The About xcomtool banner displays, and then the xcomtool Main window
displays:
D–2
User Guide
The Main Window
The Main Window
Use the Main window to select a configuration file to use to send or receive
transfers, to edit an existing configuration file, and to check on the status of
transfers.
The Main window provides access to the following:
■
Directory and File list display
■
Toggle and Process Action Buttons
■
Drag and Drop processing
■
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Status window
■
SNA information (on RS/6000 AIX SNA Server systems)
■
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Control Windows
■
About Xcomtool window
Four distinct control windows (one for each transfer type) can be accessed from
the Main window menu to initiate the following types of transfer:
■
Send File
■
Send Job
■
Send Report
■
Receive File
These control windows can be accessed in two different ways:
■
By using the Main window Menu Bar
■
By using the Drag and Drop processing method
For information about using Drag and Drop Processing, see Drag and Drop
Processing in this appendix.
Using xcomtool
D–3
The Main Window
Using the Main Window
To access the xcomtool Main window menu bar, follow these steps:
1.
From the xcomtool Main window, click the Window pull-down menu.
The Window pull-down list displays.
2.
Click CA-XCOM Control or CA-XCOM Status.
The applicable window displays. For more information, see the appropriate
procedure in this appendix.
D–4
User Guide
The Main Window
Menu Bar Selections
See the following table for Main window menu bar selections and explanations:
Selection
Options
Window
The following options can be selected:
Quit
Option
Function
CA-XCOM Control
Open the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport Control Window for Send File.
CA-XCOM Status
Open the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport Status Window.
SNA Status
Open SNA Server Window. Only
available on RS/6000 AIX systems
running SNA Server.
About Xcomtool
Open a window that describes xcomtool.
Closes xcomtool.
Using xcomtool
D–5
Drag and Drop Processing
Drag and Drop Processing
Use Drag and Drop from the Main window to select an existing configuration file
to edit or use for a transfer, or to create a new configuration file.
The Main window displays a list of directories and files, along with function
buttons at the right of the window. You can select a file by clicking and dragging
it to a button and dropping it to perform a transfer operation.
Before you use the Drag and Drop feature you should read the rest of this
appendix. Refer to the control window sections for information you need to
know to perform transfers.
D–6
User Guide
Drag and Drop Processing
Directory and File Lists
The Main window displays directories and files. When there are more files than
can be displayed in the window, vertical scroll bars appear. You can click on the
scroll bars to scroll up or down in the displayed list.
Selection
Option
Directory List
Double-click in this list of directories to change to a different
directory.
File List
Select and drag on a configuration file with the middle mouse
button to perform a transfer or to edit the file. (If you use a
system with only two mouse buttons, hold down both
buttons at the same time.) Double-clicking on a file will result
in a File Info Window.
Editing and Submitting Toggle Buttons
Use the two toggle buttons at the upper right of the window to indicate the type
of action you want to perform on a selected file. The highlighted toggle button
determines what happens before you select a file. Click on the diamond in the
button to choose the active process. For example, if the Submit button is
highlighted, a file transfer will be initiated using the default options specified in
the selected configuration file.
Use this button
To perform this
action
Explanation
Edit
Click on the diamond in the Edit button to
highlight it (red). Then, when you select
or drag a configuration file to a process
button, the file opens for editing, and the
appropriate screen is displayed.
Submit
Click on the diamond in the Submit
button to highlight it (red). Then, when
you select or drag a configuration file to a
process button, the transfer process
begins.
Using xcomtool
D–7
Drag and Drop Processing
Using Process Buttons
Use the process buttons at the right of the window to perform a transfer.
Depending on which toggle button is active, you can edit a configuration file or
immediately submit a transfer. When the Drop Me icon is placed over a button,
the appearance of the button changes from highlighted to pressed.
Use this button
To perform this action
Send or edit a file.
Send or edit a job.
Send or edit a report.
Receive a report or edit it for receiving.
The options and screens used to edit configuration files are discussed in each
control window section. For information about fields and options that appear on
the screens, see Using Control Windows in this appendix.
Using Drag and Drop
To perform a transfer or edit operation with Drag and Drop, follow these steps:
1.
With the middle mouse button, select the file you want to use and drag it to
the process button you want to use.
The file is highlighted, the Drop Me icon appears, and the process button
appears pressed.
Note: If you use a system with only two mouse buttons, hold down both
buttons at the same time.
2.
Release the mouse button.
The action (Edit or Submit) is initiated. If Edit is active, the appropriate
control window is displayed. If Submit is active, the selected process is
initiated.
D–8
User Guide
Dragging to Control Windows
Dragging to Control Windows
Use Drag and Drop to specify a Local File in a Control Window. With Drag and
Drop you can drag a configuration file object from the file list on the Main
window to the Local File field on a Control Window and specify that file for use
in a transfer, or use it to edit a configuration.
Before using the following Drag and Drop procedure, see the sections on control
windows, beginning with Using Control Windows in this appendix.
Specifying a Local File
To specify a Local File on a Control Window, follow these steps with Drag and
Drop:
1.
Ensure that the Main window is displayed on the screen.
2.
Open a Control Window using the procedure already described, or any of
the Control Window procedures described beginning with the topic, Sending
a File Using a Control Window, later in this appendix.
3.
Click in the Main window to make it active.
4.
With the middle mouse button, select the file from the file list on the Main
window that you want to use, drag it to the Local File field on the desired
Control Window, and release the mouse button.
The Local File is specified.
Editing Configuration Files
Transfer parameters are stored in configuration files. In order to change
parameters for a particular transfer, it is necessary to edit these files. You can
open files for editing using the procedure described here or from the Main
window using Drag and Drop.
Before you attempt to edit a configuration file, find out what parameters you
may have to set on specific transfers.
Also, before attempting to queue a transfer, you need to know the name of some
or all of the following components:
■
Local file
■
Remote file
■
Target system
Using xcomtool
D–9
Editing Configuration Files
To edit an xcomtool configuration file, follow these steps:
1.
From the menu bar on a Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Control
Window click File.
The File pull-down list displays.
2.
Click Open, highlight the configuration file you want to edit, and press OK.
The following window displays:
3.
Click Filter and enter the name of a directory to filter from.
The directory is highlighted.
4.
Click Directories to select a directory from the pull-down list to filter from.
The directory is highlighted and displayed in both Filter and Selection.
5.
Click Files, select a file from the pull-down list to edit.
The file is highlighted.
6.
Click the OK pushbutton.
The file displays on the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Control
Window.
D–10
User Guide
Before Performing Transfers
Before Performing Transfers
Use Control Windows to specify information to be used in a file transfer.
The Control Windows display the parameters and defaults in effect for a selected
transfer. This transfer can be edited, queued, or deleted. A new transfer can also
be created.
Determine which parameters you may have to set for the specific transfer.
Also, before attempting to queue a transfer, you need to know the names of some
or all of the following components:
■
Local file
■
Remote file
■
Target system
Continue with the applicable procedure:
If you want to...
See the topic…
Send a file
Sending a File Using a Control Window
Send a report
Sending a Report Using a Control Window
Send a job
Sending a Job Using a Control Window
Receive a file
Receiving a File Using a Control Window
Using Control Windows
The Control Windows are accessed by clicking Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport Control on the xcomtool Main window, or by using Drag and Drop
processing. The control window examples and procedures in this appendix
illustrate how xcomtool works on an RS/6000 AIX system running SNA Server.
Other platforms have control windows with slightly different fields. This is due
to the variations in the underlying APPC for each particular platform. Therefore,
you should adjust the procedures as appropriate for your platform.
This section contains information about using the Control Windows. It describes
the menu selections and their options, and the fields available on the control
windows. It also contains a description of record format options for use with IBM
mainframe transfers.
Using xcomtool
D–11
Using Control Windows
Menu Bar Selections
The following selections and options are available from the Control Window
menu bar, through drop-down menus. They are also accessed from the process
buttons if the Edit button is highlighted. For more information, see Drag and
Drop Processing in this appendix.
Selection
Options
File
The following options can be selected:
Request
Options
D–12
User Guide
Selection
Function
Default
Resets parameters to default values from
xcom.glb.
Open
Open an existing configuration file.
Save
Save a configuration file.
Save As
Save a configuration file under a different
name.
Close Window
Exit this window.
The following options can be selected:
Selection
Function
Send File
Open Control Window-Send File.
Send Job
Open Control Window-Send Job.
Send Report
Open Control Window-Send Report.
Receive File
Open Control Window-Receive File.
The following options can be selected:
Selection
Function
Directories/
Commands
Open the Directories/Commands window.
Notify User
Open Notify User window.
User Code
Conversion
Open Conversion window.
Miscellaneous
Open Miscellaneous window.
Secure Socket
Open Secure Socket window.
Using Control Windows
Fields
See the following table for explanations of the fields found on the Control
Windows. Many of these fields are common to the different types of transfer
operations. Some differences in the fields displayed depend on the platform you
are running.
Note: If you type trailing spaces after a parameter, they will be included as part
of the parameter.
Field
Destination
System
Definition
■
■
For performing transfers using SNA, this is the Remote
LU. (On RS/6000 AIX systems, this is the Side
Information Profile Name.)
For performing transfers using TCP/IP, this can be the IP
address, host name, or domain name of the remote
system.
Local SNA LU
Specifies the name of the local SNA LU. Not used for TCP/IP
transfers. (Does not appear on RS/6000.)
Local file
Specifies the name of the local file.
Target System
Specifies the name of the remote system that receives files,
jobs, reports, and sends messages.
UNIT
(system specific)
Specifies the unit for the remote file.
VOLUME
(system specific)
Specifies the volume for the remote file.
RECFM
(system specific)
Specifies the record format for the remote file. See
RECORD_FORMAT in this appendix.
DATACLAS
Specifies the name of the data class to use when allocating a
new SMS-managed data set.
DSNTYPE
Specifies the data set definition.
MGMTCLAS
Specifies the name of the management class to use when
allocating a new SMS-managed data set.
STORCLAS
Specifies the name of the storage class for a new SMSmanaged data set.
LCLNTFYL
Specifies the local user notification level.
RMTNTFYL
Specifies the remote user notification level when sending
data to a remote system.
Using xcomtool
D–13
Using Control Windows
Field
Definition
LRECL
(system specific)
Specifies the actual or maximum length, in bytes, of a logical
record for the remote file. This parameter corresponds to the
JCL LRECL subparameter.
If the format is Variable Blocked Record then the maximum
length of a logical record must be equal to the Maximum
record length plus 4.
If the format is Fixed or Fixed Block Record then the
maximum length of a logical record must be equal to the
constant record length.
BLKSZE
(system specific)
Specifies the block size for the remote file. If the format is
Fixed or Fixed Block Record then the block size must be a
multiple of the record length. If the format is Variable Record
then the block size must be 4 bytes larger than the record
length. If the format is undefined then the block size must be
larger than the largest record length.
SPACE
(system specific)
Specifies the unit of storage allocation for the remote file.
Values are as follows:
■
CYL = Cylinders
■
TRK = Tracks
■
BLK = Blocks
Specify by:
D–14
User Guide
■
Primary allocation space for the remote file
■
Secondary allocation for the remote file
■
Directory blocks for the remote file.
COPIES
Specifies the number of copies to be printed.
FCB
(system specific)
Specifies the FCB JCL parameter when sending the report to
an IBM mainframe.
CLASS
(system specific)
Specifies the print class to be assigned to this report on the
remote system. If the remote system is an IBM mainframe,
this field designates the JES SYSOUT class. In this case, type
B.
FORM
(system specific)
Specifies to the remote user the type of form that this report
is to be printed on. When sending to a VAX computer, leave
this field blank.
DISPOSITION
Specifies what the remote system should do with the report
after it is printed. Not used if the remote system is an IBM
mainframe.
Using Control Windows
Field
Definition
CONTROL
Specifies the type of printer carriage control codes, if any,
included in the report file. Values are:
■
ASA = ASA control codes in column 1
■
IBM = IBM machine characters (IBM mainframe only)
■
OTHER = No carriage control codes
SPOOL
Specifies whether to spool the report to disk or to print it
directly. If the remote system is an IBM mainframe, setting
this field has no effect on the transfer.
HOLD
Specifies whether this transferred report is to be placed on
hold on the remote system or printed immediately. Values
are:
■
DELETE = delete after printing
■
KEEP = keep after printing
■
HOLD = Hold after printing
Truncate Records Allows you to specify if a record exceeding the maximum
record length should be truncated
Max Record
Length
For UNIX/Linux systems, the locally initiating Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport system determines the values for
MAXRECLEN, TRUNCATION, and LRECL, for send and
receive operations. When the local Unicenter CA-XCOM
Data Transport system initiates a transfer of a text file, the
value in this field designates the length, in bytes, of the
largest record that can be transferred. If a record length is
longer than this value, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
uses the value in the TRUNCATION parameter on the
initiating side to determine whether to terminate the transfer
or to truncate the record and continue the transfer. When
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport transfers binary files,
this value indicates the length of the records that are
transferred. On a receive operation, MAXRECLEN is set to
whatever the LRECL value is on the initiating side.
Using xcomtool
D–15
Using Control Windows
RECORD_FORMAT
This parameter specifies the record format of a dataset created on an IBM
mainframe. This corresponds to the JCL RECFM subparameter. This field is
unique to the Control Window-Send File.
D–16
User Guide
Option
Definition
Record Length
Comment
F
Fixed unblocked
The same length as the
data set
FA
Fixed unblocked
ANSI
The same length as the Contains
data set
ISO/ANSI/FIPS control
characters.
FB
Fixed blocked
Fixed
Fixed record length with
multiple records per
block.
FBA
Fixed blocked
ANSI
Fixed
Multiple records per
block where these
records contain
ISO/ANSI/FIPS control
characters.
FBS
Fixed blocked
spanned
Fixed
Multiple records per
block written as
standard blocks.
FM
Fixed unblocked
machine
The same length as the Contains machine code
data set
control characters.
FS
Fixed unblocked
spanned
The same length as the Written as standard
data set
blocks where these
records do not contain
any truncated blocks or
unfilled tracks.
U
Undefined
Undefined
V
Variable
unblocked
Variable
VA
Variable
unblocked ANSI
Variable
Contains
ISO/ANSI/FIPS control
characters.
VB
Variable blocked
Variable
Multiple records per
block.
Using Control Windows
Option
Definition
Record Length
Comment
VBA
Variable blocked
ANSI
Variable
Multiple records per
block where these
records contain
ISO/ANSI/FIPS control
characters.
VBM
Variable blocked
machine
Variable
Multiple records per
block where these
records contain machine
code control characters.
VBS
Variable blocked
spanned
Variable
May have multiple
records per block where
these records can span
more than one block.
VM
Variable
unblocked
machine
Variable
Contains machine code
control characters.
VS
Variable
unblocked
spanned
Variable
A record can span more
than one block.
Control Window Common Options
See the following table for detailed information on each option that can be
selected. These options are common to each transfer type and are located on the
right side of each Control Window.
Option
Description
Protocol
Specify protocol to use for the transfer, either SNA or TCP/IP.
TCP/IP Port
For transfers that use TCP/IP, this is the value for the port on
the remote system. The default Port value of 8044 should be
valid for most remote hosts.
Encoding
Method
Allows you to select file encoding and record packing for a
transfer. Options from this menu are as follows:
Option
Code_Flag
Carriage_Flag
ASCII
ASCII
No
ASCII
(text)
ASCII
Yes
Using xcomtool
D–17
Using Control Windows
Option
Description
ASCII
(pack)
ASCII
XPACK
Binary
Binary
No
Binary
(VLR)
Binary
VLR
EBCDIC
EBCDIC
No
EBCDIC
(text)
EBCDIC
Yes
EBCDIC
(pack)
EBCDIC
XPACK
Truncate
Records
Allows you to specify the maximum record length.
Indirect
Transfer
Allows you to specify the intermediate destination.
Security
Allows you to specify the remote user ID, remote password,
remote domain name, and whether the transfer is a trusted
transfer.
Schedule
Request
Allows you to specify the start date and start time.
Note: Binary (VLR2) is not shown as an option but can be specified on the
command line by setting CODE_FLAG=BINARY and CARRIAGE_FLAG=VLR2.
D–18
User Guide
Sending a File Using a Control Window
Sending a File Using a Control Window
Use the Control Window-Send File to specify options for a Send File transfer.
Access this window from the Main window menu bar or through drag and drop.
Some of the fields will contain the default values defined in the configuration
file.
Before completing this window, you must know the following:
■
Destination system
■
Local file
■
Remote file
■
File action
■
Remote system type
■
Maximum record length
Note: In the Local file, Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport r11 can use
wildcard characters to:
■
■
Receive multiple PDS members from a z/OS system, with each member
saved as a separate file
Transfer multiple directory members to another r11 system or PDS members
on a z/OS system
Using xcomtool
D–19
Sending a File Using a Control Window
Note: If the remote system is running a Version 1 protocol then the Partner
Version 2 is not selected from the Miscellaneous window. If the remote system is
using a Version 2 protocol, then the Miscellaneous window must be chosen from
the Options pull-down and Partner Version 2 must be selected.
Obtain this information before completing the following procedure.
Procedure
To complete this window, follow these steps:
Note: For more information, see Using Control Windows in this appendix.
1.
Click Destination System, type the name of the destination system, and click
Local File.
The cursor is positioned in Local File field.
2.
Enter the name of the local file and click Target System.
The Target System pull-down list is displayed.
3.
Select Other, Midrange, VSE, or Host from the list.
Selection appears and some additional fields may be displayed.
4.
Enter File Options.
The File Options pull-down list is displayed.
5.
Select Create, Replace, or Append from the list.
Selection is made and some additional fields may be displayed.
6.
Click Remote File.
The cursor is positioned in the Remote File field.
7.
Enter the name of the remote file.
The window is complete. Select options and complete fields from the right
side of this screen, as appropriate.
8.
After all entries are complete, click the Send File pushbutton.
The request to send a file transfer is processed.
D–20
User Guide
Sending a Report Using a Control Window
Sending a Report Using a Control Window
Use the Control Window-Send Report to specify options for a Send Report
transfer.
Access this window from the Main window menu bar or through drag and drop.
Some of the fields will contain the default values defined in the configuration
file.
Before completing this window, you must know the following:
■
Destination system
■
Local file
■
Destination printer
■
Maximum record length
Note: If the remote system is running a Version 1 protocol then the Partner
Version 2 is not selected from the Miscellaneous window. If the remote system is
using a Version 2 protocol, choose the Miscellaneous window from the Options
pull-down and select Partner Version 2.
Obtain this information before completing the following procedure.
Using xcomtool
D–21
Sending a Report Using a Control Window
Procedure
To complete this window, follow these steps:
Note: For more information, see Using Control Windows in this appendix.
1.
Click Destination System, type the name of the destination system, and click
Dest. Printer.
The cursor is positioned in Destination Printer field.
2.
Enter the name of the printer on the remote system and click Local File.
The cursor is positioned in the Local File field.
3.
Enter the name of the Local File and click Report Title.
The cursor is positioned in the Report Title field.
4.
Enter a name for the report and click Copies.
The cursor is positioned in Copies field.
5.
Enter information the Copies field and all remaining fields as required for
the printer on the remote system. For information about specific
requirements for each remote system, see the chapter “Remote System
Information.”
6.
Select options and complete fields from the right side of this screen, as
appropriate.
7.
After all entries are complete, click the Send Report pushbutton.
The request to send a report is processed.
D–22
User Guide
Sending a Job Using a Control Window
Sending a Job Using a Control Window
Use the Control Window-Send Job to specify options for a Send Job transfer.
Access this window from the Main window menu bar or through drag and drop.
Some of the fields will contain the default values defined in the configuration
file.
Before completing this window, you must know the following:
■
Destination system
■
Local file
■
Maximum record length
Note: If the remote system is running a Version 1 protocol then the Partner
Version 2 is not selected from the Miscellaneous window. If the remote system is
using a Version 2 protocol, then the Miscellaneous window must be chosen from
the Options pull-down and Partner Version 2 must be selected.
Obtain this information before completing the following procedure.
Using xcomtool
D–23
Receiving a File Using a Control Window
Procedure
To complete this window, follow these steps:
Note: For more information, see Using Control Windows in this appendix.
1.
Click Destination System, enter the name of the destination system and click
Local File.
The cursor is positioned in Local File field.
2.
Enter the name of the local file.
The name of a local file is displayed.
3.
Select options and complete fields from the right side of this screen, as
appropriate.
4.
After all entries are complete, click the Send Job pushbutton.
The request to send a job is processed.
Receiving a File Using a Control Window
Use the Control Window – Receive File to specify options for a Receive File
transfer.
Access this window from the Main window menu bar or through drag and drop.
Some of the fields will contain the default values defined in the configuration
file.
D–24
User Guide
Receiving a File Using a Control Window
Before completing this window, you must know the following:
■
Destination system
■
Local file
■
Remote file
■
File action
■
Remote system type
■
Maximum record length
Note: In the Local file Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport r11 can use wildcard
characters to:
■
■
Receive multiple PDS members from a z/OS system, with each member
saved as a separate file
Transfer multiple directory members to another r11 system or PDS members
on a z/OS system
Note: If the remote system is running a Version 1 protocol then the Partner
Version 2 is not selected from the Miscellaneous window. If the remote system is
using a Version 2 protocol, then the Miscellaneous window must be chosen from
the Options pull-down and Partner Version 2 must be selected.
Obtain this information before completing the following procedure.
Procedure
To complete this window, follow these steps:
Note: For more information, see Using Control Windows in this appendix.
1.
Click Destination System, type the name of the destination system and click
Target System.
The Target System pull-down list is displayed.
2.
Select Other, Midrange, VSE, or Host from the list.
Selection appears and some additional fields may be displayed.
3.
Click Remote File.
The cursor is positioned in the Remote File field.
4.
Enter the name of the remote file.
Entry is displayed.
5.
Click File Options.
The File Options pull-down list is displayed.
Using xcomtool
D–25
Specifying Directories and Commands
6.
Select Create, Replace, or Append from the list.
Selection is made and some additional fields may be displayed.
7.
Click Local File.
The cursor is positioned in the Local File field.
8.
Enter the name of the local file.
The window is complete. Select options and complete fields from the right
side of this screen, as appropriate.
9.
After all entries are complete, click the Receive File pushbutton.
The parameters to receive a file are specified.
Specifying Directories and Commands
Use the Directories/Commands window to specify directories and commands
for Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport to use.
Access this window by clicking on the Options menu bar selection and selecting
Directories/Commands from any Control Window. You can specify any or all of
the following:
D–26
User Guide
■
Log File Name
■
Local Notify Command
■
Post processing Directory
■
Local Print Command
■
Queue Directory
Specifying Directories and Commands
■
Trace Directory
■
Local TP Command
These directories and commands have default values that can be modified.
Procedure
Before completing this window, you must know the directories and commands
necessary for completing this window.
To complete this window, follow these steps:
1.
Click Log File Name.
The Log File Name field is highlighted.
2.
Accept the default by pressing Enter or type the name of the log file and click
Local Notify Command.
The Local Notify Command field is highlighted.
3.
Accept the default by pressing Enter or type the name of the local notify
command and click Postproc. Directory.
The Postproc. Directory field is highlighted.
4.
Accept the default by pressing Enter or type the name of the directory to be
used for post processing and click Local Print Command.
The Local Print Command field is highlighted.
5.
Accept the default by pressing Enter or type the name of the print command
to be used on the local system and click Queue Directory.
The Queue Directory field is highlighted.
6.
Accept the default by pressing Enter or type the name of the queue directory
and click Trace Directory.
The Trace Directory field is highlighted.
7.
Accept the default by pressing Enter or type the name of the trace directory
and click Local TP Command.
The Local TP Command field is highlighted.
8.
After all entries are complete, click the OK pushbutton.
The directories/commands are updated. A Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport Control Window is displayed.
Using xcomtool
D–27
Specifying Directories and Commands
Fields
The following fields are associated with the Directories/Commands window:
Field
Definition
Log File Name
Name of the directory string where log files are
saved.
Local Notify Command
Name of the directory where local notify commands
are saved.
Postproc. Directory
Name of the directory string where post processing
files are saved.
Local Print Command
Name of the directory string where local print
commands are saved.
Queue Directory
Name of the directory string where transfers are
queued.
Trace Directory
Name of the directory string where trace files are
saved.
Local TP Command
Name of the directory string where local transaction
processing commands are saved.
Pushbuttons
The following pushbuttons are located at the bottom of this window:
D–28
User Guide
Button
Function
OK
Accept the specified directories/commands. The Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport Control Window is displayed.
Cancel
Exit this window without accepting any specified
directories/commands. Default values are used. The Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport Control Window is displayed.
Notifying of Transfer Completion
Notifying of Transfer Completion
Use the Notify User dialogs to specify notification procedures for transfers.
Access this dialog by clicking on the Options menu bar selection and selecting
Notify User from any Control Window. Use this dialog to specify the local and
remote users who are to be notified that the transfer has been sent or received.
You can also use this dialog to specify how the local and remote users will be
notified and the level of notification.
Procedure
To complete the Notify User dialog, follow these steps:
Note: Pull-down menu, field, and pushbutton explanations are described after
this procedure.
1.
Click Local Notify.
The Local User field and a pull-down list is displayed.
2.
Click on the Local Notify pull-down list.
Methods by which to notify the local user are displayed.
3.
Select a method from the list and click Local User.
Selection is made and the cursor is positioned in the Local User field.
4.
Enter the name of the local user and click Remote Notify.
Selection is displayed. The Remote User field and pull-down list display.
5.
Click on the Remote Notify pull-down list.
Methods by which to notify the remote user are displayed.
6.
Select a level and a method from the list and click Remote User.
Selection is made and the cursor is positioned in the Remote User field.
Using xcomtool
D–29
Notifying of Transfer Completion
7.
Enter the name of the remote user.
Selection is displayed in the Remote User field.
8.
After all entries are complete, click the OK pushbutton.
A Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Control Window is displayed.
Pull-Down Menus
The following options are available on the pull-down menu associated with the
Notify User window:
Option
Function
Local Notify The local user notification flag. Options from this menu are:
Remote
Notify
Option
Function
ALL
NOTIFY on transfer completion.
WARN
NOTIFY only if the transfer received a
warning or error.
ERROR
NOTIFY only if the transfer received an
error.
The remote user notification flag. Options from this menu are:
Option
Function
ALL
NOTIFY on transfer completion.
WARN
NOTIFY only if the transfer received a
warning or error.
ERROR
NOTIFY only if the transfer received an
error.
Fields
The following fields are associated with the Notify User window:
D–30
User Guide
Field
Definition
Local User
The user on the local system who is to be notified when
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport completes a transfer.
Remote User
The user on the remote system who is to be notified when
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport completes a transfer.
Using the Conversion Dialog
Pushbuttons
The following pushbuttons are located at the bottom of this window:
Button
Function
OK
Accept the specified parameters. A Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport Control Window is displayed.
Cancel
Exit this window without accepting any specified parameters. A
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Control Window is displayed.
Using the Conversion Dialog
Use the Conversion dialog to specify a prefix to the file names that contain the
external ASCII-to-EBCDIC and EBCDIC-to-ASCII custom character conversion
tables for user data conversion procedures for transfers.
The Conversion dialog is displayed only if the xcom.glb parameter,
INTERNAL_CONVERSION_TABLES=NO, is specified.
Access the Conversion dialog by clicking on the Options menu bar selection and
selecting User Code Conversion from any Control Window. Use the Conversion
dialog to specify a one- to three- character prefix to the file names, atoe.tab and
etoa.tab, that contains the external ASCII-to-EBCDIC and EBCDIC-to-ASCII
custom character conversion tables for user data conversion procedures for
transfers.
Procedure
Before completing this window, make sure you know the one- to three- character
prefix for the user-defined ASCII-to-EBCDIC and EBCDIC-to-ASCII conversion
table names that reside in the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport convtab
directory that will be used for the transfer.
Using xcomtool
D–31
Using the Conversion Dialog
To complete the Conversion dialog, follow these steps:
Note: Pull-down menu, field, and pushbutton explanations are described after
this procedure.
1.
Type in the prefix name of the user-defined code tables.
Selection is displayed in the CODETABL field.
2.
Click the OK pushbutton.
A Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Control Window is displayed.
Fields
The following fields are associated with the Conversion dialog:
Field
Definition
CODETABL
The prefix to the file names, atoe.tab and etoa.tab, containing
the external ASCII-to-EBCDIC and EBCDIC-to-ASCII custom
character conversion tables that determine which external
translation tables will be used by the transfer.
Pushbuttons
The following pushbuttons are located at the bottom of the Conversion dialog:
D–32
User Guide
Button
Function
OK
Accept the specified parameter. A Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport Control Window is displayed.
Cancel
Exit this window without accepting the specified parameter.
Default parameters are used. A Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport Control Window is displayed.
Using the Miscellaneous Window
Using the Miscellaneous Window
Use the Miscellaneous window to control compression, tracing, checkpoint, and
restart options for a transfer.
Access this window by clicking on the Options menu bar selection and selecting
Miscellaneous from any Control Window. Use this window to set the following
parameters:
■
Compression
■
Trace level
■
Checkpoint
■
Automatic retries
These parameters have default values that can be modified.
Using xcomtool
D–33
Using the Miscellaneous Window
Procedure
Before completing this window, check with your system administrator to
determine the settings for each parameter.
To complete this window, follow these steps:
Note: Pull-down menu, field, and pushbutton explanations are described after
this procedure.
1.
Click Compression to activate/deactivate compression.
The Compression field is highlighted. Strip Blanks is activated.
2.
If you are not using Brixton or SunLink APPCs, skip this step.
If you are using Brixton or SunLink APPCs, click in Gateway’s Hostname
and type in the appropriate name. (See the Fields list that follows.)
3.
If you are using SNA, click SNA Log Mode.
The SNA Log Mode field is highlighted.
4.
If you are using SNA, accept the default by pressing ENTER or type the
name of the SNA log mode command and click Trace to activate/deactivate
tracing.
Selection is made and the cursor is positioned in the Trace Level pull-down
menu.
5.
Click on the Trace Level pull-down list.
Levels by which to set tracing are displayed.
6.
Select a trace level from the list and click Partner Version 2 to
activate/deactivate Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport version 2.
Selection is made and the cursor is positioned in the Checkpoint Interval
field.
7.
Type in a checkpoint interval and click Automatic Retries to
activate/deactivate automatic restart of failed transfers.
Selection is made and the cursor is positioned in the Retry Interval field.
8.
Type in a retry interval and click Number of Retries.
Selection is made and the cursor is positioned in the Number of Retries field.
9.
Type in the number of retries.
Selection is made and the Number of Retries field is highlighted.
10. After all entries are complete, click the OK pushbutton.
A Control Window is displayed.
D–34
User Guide
Using the Miscellaneous Window
Pull-down Menu
The following options are available on the pull-down menu associated with the
Miscellaneous window:
Option
Function
Trace Level
The following trace levels can be selected: 1 - 10. For more
information, see the description of the XTRACE parameter in the
appendix “Parameters.”
Fields
The following fields are associated with the Miscellaneous window:
Field
Definition
Gateway’s Hostname
Required for Brixton and SunLink APPCs. For Brixton,
it indicates the name of the node that specifies the
gateway to use for the transfer. For SunLink, it indicates
the name of the gateway, as defined in the /etc/appcs
file.
SNA Log Mode
For SNA only. Mode table entry.
Checkpoint Interval
Defines how often (based on record count) the sending
system requests a checkpoint to be taken. The value 0
indicates no checkpointing.
Retry Interval
Indicates the maximum number of retries before a
transfer is logged as failed and taken out of the transfer
queue.
Number of Retries
The number of seconds between retries of unsuccessful
transfers. If the value is 0, no retries are attempted.
Using xcomtool
D–35
Using the Secure Socket Window
Pushbuttons
The following pushbuttons are located at the bottom of this window:
Button
Function
OK
Accept the specified parameters. A Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport Control Window is displayed.
Cancel
Exit this window without accepting any specified parameters.
Default parameters are used. A Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport Control Window is displayed.
Using the Secure Socket Window
Use the Secure Socket window to indicate whether the PROTOCOL=TCPIP
transfer will use a secure or non-secure socket.
Accessing the Secure Socket Window
Access the Secure Socket window by clicking on the Secure Socket pushbutton in
an Edit Transfer window or clicking in the associated empty checkbox. The
Secure Socket window specifies whether the PROTOCOL=TCPIP transfer uses
either a secure or non-secure socket.
The Secure Socket window also defines the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
secure socket configuration file.
D–36
User Guide
Viewing Transfer Status
Procedure
Use the following procedure to complete the Secure Socket window:
1.
Select the Secure Socket option for a PROTOCOL=TCP/IP transfer using
Secure Sockets or select the Non Secure Sockets option for a
PROTOCOL=TCP/IP transfer using Non Secure Sockets.
The Secure Socket option is specified.
2.
Type the full path and file name of the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
secure socket configuration file (configssl.cnf).
The Secure Socket File path and name is specified.
3.
Click OK.
The options are specified and the Edit Transfer window displays.
Pushbuttons
The following pushbuttons are available in the Secure Socket window:
Button
Function
OK
Accepts the specified parameters. The Edit Transfer window
displays.
Cancel
Exits this window without accepting any specified parameters.
The Edit Transfer window displays.
Viewing Transfer Status
Use the Status Window to view the status of transfers.
Using xcomtool
D–37
Viewing Transfer Status
Access this window by clicking Window on the Main window menu bar and
selecting CA-XCOM Status. This window can be used while the transfer is in
progress or after it has been completed. The window allows you to perform
several functions on the queued transfers, such as putting a transfer on hold or
deleting it.
This window is also the beginning point to access the following Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport status windows:
■
Xcomlog
■
Xcomtp Status
Procedure
To maintain transfers listed on the Status window, highlight a transfer and select
an option on the right side of this window.
The appropriate window for the selected option is displayed.
Fields
The following fields are associated with the Status window:
D–38
User Guide
Field
Definition
TID
Transfer ID.
Condition
Result of a transfer, for example, failed, succeeded.
Initiate
Indicate whether transfer was initiated by local or
remote system.
Status
Transfer status, for example, started, active, done.
Message
Explanation of informational or error message relating
to a particular transfer.
Viewing Transfer Status After Completion
Pushbuttons
The following pushbuttons are located on the right side of this window:
Button
Function
Suspend
Allows you to suspend an active transfer.
Resume
Allows you to resume with a suspended transfer.
Hold/Release
Allows you to put on hold a scheduled transfer or allows
you to release a held transfer.
Terminate
Allows you to kill an active transfer.
Remove Entry
Allows you to delete selected transfer.
TP Info
Opens Xcomtp Status window for selected transfer.
Log/Trace
Opens Xcomlog window for the selected transfer.
Close Window
Closes this window. The xcomtool Main window is
displayed.
Viewing Transfer Status After Completion
Use the XcomTP Status Window to view the progress of a transfer after it has
completed. This window is for inquiry only.
Access this window by clicking the TP Info pushbutton on the Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport Status Window, or by double-clicking on an entry in
the Status window list. This window displays information such as the
Transaction ID of the transfer and the Start Time. The State field at the bottom of
the window indicates the current status of the transfer.
Using xcomtool
D–39
Viewing Transfer Status After Completion
Procedure
To view the Xcomtp Status window, select a transfer on the Unicenter CAXCOM Data Transport Status window and click the TP Info pushbutton.
The Xcomtp window displays the progress of the selected transfer.
Fields
See the following table for Xcomtp Status window field names and descriptions.
These fields are informational and cannot be updated.
Field
Displays
Transaction ID
Transaction ID associated with a specific transfer.
Remote LU
The name of the system that receives or sends a file.
Request
Type of transfer requested.
File
Name of file.
Start Time
The time at which the request started.
State
Result of a transfer, for example, failed, succeeded.
TP PID
Process ID of the transaction program.
Owner UID
User ID.
Records
The number of records per second since beginning of the
transfer.
Bytes
The number of bytes per second since the beginning of the
transfer.
Pushbutton
The following pushbutton is located at the bottom of this window:
D–40
User Guide
Button
Function
Close
Closes this window. The Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
Status window is displayed.
Viewing Log Information
Viewing Log Information
Use the Xcomlog window to display the log messages and trace information
about a transfer.
Access this window by clicking the Log/Trace pushbutton on the Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport Status window.
Procedure
To view the Xcomlog window, select a transfer on the Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport Status window and click the TP Info pushbutton.
The Xcomtp window displays the progress of the selected transfer.
Pushbuttons
The following pushbuttons are located at the top of this window:
Button
Function
More
Allows you to view the next page of information.
Save Trace
Allows you to save the results of the trace to a file.
Using xcomtool
D–41
Viewing Log Information
Button
Function
Close
Closes this window. The Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport Status window is displayed.
VI
Activates the command:
xterm -e vi /usr/spool/xcom/trace/000013.tra
Note: If the vi screen does not come up, you will have to
add the path to xterm in the PATH environment variable.
D–42
User Guide
Appendix
E
Problem Determination
With each implementation, the problem determination procedures vary slightly.
This appendix is focused towards help desk personnel or a designated Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport troubleshooter with knowledge of the following:
■
■
The operational characteristics of Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for
UNIX and Linux
For transfers that use SNA, some knowledge of the structure and
components of an SNA networking environment, including an
understanding of the nature of SNA LUs, PUs, sessions, and conversations
Where to Find Information
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport stores messages about the success and
failure of all transactions in the following log file.
/usr/spool/xcom/xcom.log, except for the following:
■
HP-UX: /var/spool/xcom/xcom.log
■
OSF Digital UNIX: /var/opt/xcom/xcom.log
When you have a problem, you should review the messages displayed on the
screen as well as those recorded in this file. In many cases, you will be able to
determine the cause of the problem from the messages. For more information
about the log file, see Setting Up Log Files in the chapter “The Command Line
Interface.” For more information about Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport for
UNIX and Linux messages, see the appendix “Messages.”
Problem Determination
E–1
General Procedures
General Procedures
This section contains a general test procedure to use for documenting problems.
Most problems encountered by users are the result of the following:
■
Improper configuration
■
Incorrectly performed procedures
■
A faulty environment
The purpose of the procedures and worksheet in this Appendix is to help you to
isolate the cause of problems and to correct them in an efficient and timely
manner or to gather enough information for Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport Customer Support to help you as quickly as possible.
Test Procedure
To be effective, you must follow these procedures in order and document the
results of every test carefully. It is good practice to run through the tests at least
twice to ensure that the results are consistent.
Follow these steps:
1.
Document the precise actions that were performed immediately prior to the
appearance of the problem.
Note: The description of the actions performed should be detailed enough to
allow for you to recreate the problem at some future time if necessary.
2.
Document the symptoms of the problem. This includes:
■
Error messages
■
Unexpected events
■
Other details relevant to the malfunction
Wherever possible, record any error messages that appear on the screen.
E–2
User Guide
3.
If a data file has been corrupted, save the data file in a safe place for later
analysis by Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Customer Support. Any
information that appears even remotely relevant may prove vital in
achieving a quick resolution to the problem.
4.
Retry the operation, isolating and eliminating as many extraneous factors as
possible.
General Procedures
5.
Use the following table to determine your next step.
Did the Problem Then...
Reoccur?
6.
No
Record as much as you can from the
problem’s first occurrence (log files, and so
forth) so that if you ever see it again, you
will have additional evidence.
Yes
Continue with Step 6.
Is an error message issued?
Answer
Action
Yes
Look up the error message in the appropriate
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport manual and
follow the instructions.
No
If no error message was issued and the operation does
not complete (for example, hangs), the problem may
be related to a system malfunction (for example,
remote system response time problems, and so forth).
Leave the function in the “hung state” for at least 10
minutes. If the problem persists, contact a person who
can verify the current status of the system and
backbone network. If the system or the network is not
operating normally, retry the transfer at some later
time.
7.
Run a trace to pinpoint and trace problems in your communication lines.
Problem Determination
E–3
Problem Determination Worksheet
Problem Determination Worksheet
This section contains worksheets for use in determining problems. When you call
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport Customer Support, it is helpful to have the
following information available so they can quickly and efficiently narrow down
the cause of the problem. Use the following sheets to gather the information
Customer Support will need.
General Information
Use the following table to provide general customer information.
Information
Date of Incident
Incident Number
(to be supplied by Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport
Customer Support)
Customer Name
Site ID
Customer Address
Customer Telephone Number
Customer email Address
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data
Transport Platform, Version,
Release, and Maintenance
Customer Support Contact
(to be supplied by Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport
Customer Support)
E–4
User Guide
Your Response
Problem Determination Worksheet
Environment Information
Use the following table to inventory information about your environment. Use
additional sheets as necessary.
Information Type
Initiating
System
Receiving
System
(Receiving
System)
Intermediary
System
Platform
Operating System
Communications
Subsystem
Security Subsystem
For SNA/APPC
(Version/
Release/
Maintenance)
Have there been any
hardware or
software changes
(for example,
hardware upgrades,
operating system,
Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data
Transport or
communications
type changes)
Transfer Type
Please Check the box that applies to the file transfer:
Send File
Send Job
Send Report
Retrieve File
Problem Determination
E–5
Problem Determination Worksheet
Problem Description
What is the customer attempting to perform or accomplish?
Provide a detailed problem description:
Use the following table to answer the questions below:
Question
Is the problem reproducible?
Is this an immediate transfer (Foreground, TYPE=EXECUTE)
or a scheduled transfer (Background, TYPE=SCHEDULE)?
Has there been any hardware or software changes (for
example, hardware upgrades, operating system, Unicenter
CA-XCOM Data Transport or communications type changes)
If YES, please explain in detail.
E–6
User Guide
YES
NO
Problem Determination Worksheet
Problem History
Use the following section to provide a description of the problem history.
Yes
No
Is this the first occurrence of the problem?
If No, please explain.
Error Messages
Please provide a list of error messages include the message ID and all of the text.
Problem Determination
E–7
Problem Determination Worksheet
Network Configuration Diagram
Network Configuration Diagram (How are each of the partners connected?)
Environmental Information Inventory
Use the following table to inventory information about your environment. Fill in
the boxes of platforms involved in transfer)
Platform
z/OS
VM
VSE
AS/400
VAX
Stratus
Tandem
HP/9000
Linux
RS/6000
Sun Solaris
OS/2
E–8
User Guide
Operating
System
Communications
Subsystem
Security
Subsystem
APPC Version/
Release/
Maintenance
Problem Determination Worksheet
DOS
Windows
Windows NT, 2000, and XP
NetWare
Other
Initiating Platform
____________________________
Check the column that applies to the file transfer:
Send File
Send Job
Send Report
Receive File
This is a
Documentation
The following is a starting point for various error conditions on various
platforms. More documentation may be required to resolve the error condition:
Conditions
Platforms
Abend
z/OS
Documentation
■
Full Dump
■
JES2 or JES3 log
■
VM
■
GCS Dump
■
Virtual machine Console log Dest Table
■
Default File
■
VSE
Xcom log, Batch job stream or ISPF
parameters
■
■
■
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
parameter file
Partition DUMP,POWER log
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
log Batch Job stream
Dest and Default Tables
Problem Determination
E–9
Problem Determination Worksheet
Conditions
Platforms
Tandem
Documentation
■
■
Error in Transfer
z/OS
VM
VSE
AS/400
OS/2
VPROC of XCOM62
■
JES2 or JES3 log
■
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport log
■
Batch Job Stream or ISPF parameters
■
Xcomcntl and default file
■
VTAM Buffer/IO trace
■
VTAM Buffer/IO trace
■
Virtual Machine Console log
■
Rexx exec or Clist
■
Dest and default file
■
POWER Log
■
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport log
■
Batch Job Stream
■
VTAM Buffer/IO trace
■
Dest and default tables
■
Error message received
■
Sense codes
■
Job logs
■
Comm. Manager Trace (APPC only)
■
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport log
User Guide
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
parameter file
■
Tptrace
■
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport log
■
E–10
What was being attempted Transfer
parameters
■
■
DOS
Abend message
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
parameter file
Problem Determination Worksheet
Conditions
Platforms
Tandem
Documentation
■
■
VAX
Parameters used for transfer
■
Local initiator log
■
Remote initiator log
■
SNA Trace
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
Config
■
Parameters used for transfer
■
Local initiator log
■
Remote initiator log
■
Syserr_log messages
■
NetWare
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
Config
■
■
Stratus
SNA Trace
Network definitions on both sides of the
connection
■
Monitor_SDLC log
■
Status of station, link, line, LU and session
■
Syserr_log messages
■
Network definitions on both sides of the
connection
■
Monitor_SDLC log
■
Status of station, link, line, LU and session
Other
Problem Determination
E–11
Contacting Customer Support
Contacting Customer Support
For online technical assistance and a complete list of locations and phone
numbers, contact Customer Support at http://ca.com/supportconnect.
Customer support is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.
For telephone assistance, call:
■
U.S. and Canada
1-800-645-3042
■
International
(1) 631-342-4683
Product Releases and Maintenance
Clients are requested to operate only under currently supported releases of the
product.
Clients with current maintenance agreements also receive ongoing maintenance.
When a new release of the system is available, a notice is sent to all current
clients.
E–12
User Guide
Index
#
B
#!ENCRYPT, 3-54
BLKSIZE, A-4
mainframe file creation parameter, 3-26
blksize, API, 4-7
A
AGE_TIME, 2-7, A-3
ALLOCATION_TYPE, A-4
mainframe file creation parameter, 3-25
Brixton, 3-18, A-45
API, 4-35
C
allocation_type, API, 4-7
C structures, API, 4-6
API
accessing the queue, 2-20
xcomqm, 2-20
options, 2-20
syntax, 2-20
API example, 4-40
API return values, 4-3
apitest.c file, API, 4-40
APPC
Brixton, 3-18, A-45
SunLink, 3-18, A-45
AS/400, 5-2
ASCII/EBCDIC conversion, 3-44
ATOE_FILENAME, 2-7, A-4
CA certificate for SSL, 6-2
expiration, 6-2
CARRIAGE_CONTROL_CHARACTERS, A-5
send report parameter, 3-35
carriage_control_characters, API, 4-8
CARRIAGE_FLAG, A-5
file type conversion parameter, 3-46
carriage_flag, API, 4-8
CA-XCOM network levels, 1-12
CA-XCOM parameters, 2-2
changing encrypted parameter values, 3-55
character conversion, 3-45, 3-47
ASCII to EBCDIC example, 3-48
EBCDIC to ASCII example, 3-48
hexadecimal numbers, 3-48
EBCDIC to ASCII, 3-48
checkpoint and restart, 3-62
performance issues, 3-62
xcom62 command, 3-62
xcomtcp command, 3-63
Index–1
checkpoint parameters
CHECKPOINT_COUNT, 3-63
NUMBER_OF_RETRIES, 3-63
CHECKPOINT_COUNT, A-6
checkpoint/restart parameter, 3-63
checkpoint_count, API, 4-9
CLASS, A-6
send report parameter, 3-36
class, API, 4-9
CLEANLOG, 2-21
example, 2-22
syntax, 2-22
client certificate for SSL, 6-3
CODE_FLAG, A-6
file type conversion parameter, 3-46
code_flag, API, 4-9
CODETABL, 3-12, A-7
codetabl, API, 4-10
command line interface, Retrieve File command, 3-21
communications parameters
DESTINATION_TYPE, 3-14
REMOTE_SYSTEM, 3-15
REMOTE_SYSTEM_RF, 3-15
REMOTE_SYSTEM_SJ, 3-16
REMOTE_SYSTEM_SR, 3-16
setting, 3-12
XLUNAME, 3-17
XMODE, 3-17
XNODESPEC, 3-18
COMPRESS, 3-13, A-7
compress, API, 4-10
configuration files, 3-1
creating, 3-2
opening and editing in xcomtool, D-9
xcom.cnf, 3-12
xcom.glb, 2-7
xcom.ses, 2-18
CONTROL, A-8
control block structure, API, 4-3
Control Windows
Receive File, D-24
Send File, D-19
Send Job, D-23
Send Report, D-21
xcomtool, D-9, D-11
drag and drop procedure, D-8
conventions in this guide, 1-21
conversion dialog, D-31
using xcomtool, D-31
CONVERT_CLASSES, 2-7, A-8
convert_classes, API, 4-11
COPIES, 2-31, A-8
Send Report parameter, 3-36
copies, API, 4-11
CREATE_DIR, 3-19, A-9
creating configuration files, 3-2
custom character sets, stored, 3-47
Customer Support, E-12
customizing notification, 2-32
D
daemon, 3-1
process, 2-5
data transfer parameters
CODETABL, 3-12
COMPRESS, 3-13
MAXRECLEN, 3-14
TRUNCATION, 3-17
DATACLAS, A-9
mainframe file creation parameter, 3-26
dataclas, API, 4-11
configuring Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
SSL client, 6-5
SSL server, 6-4
debug_flag, API, 4-12, A-9
connection_profile, 2-19
transfers using SNA, 2-19
transfers using TCP/IP, 2-19
DEC, 5-7
Index–2
User Guide
debugging scripts, 2-26
DEN, A-10
den, API, 4-12
DESTINATION, A-10
Send Report parameter, 3-36
EXPIRATION_TIME, A-13
global parameter, 2-9
destination system, xcomtool, D-13
destination, API, 4-12
DESTINATION_TYPE, A-10
configuration parameter, 3-14
directories, 2-1
xcomtool, D-26
Directories/Commands Window, D-26
DISPLAY_PASSWORD_IN_TRACE, 2-8, A-10
DISPOSITION, A-11
Send Report parameter, 3-37
disposition, API, 4-13
DOMAIN, A-11
domain, API, 4-13
drag and drop processing menu, xcomtool, D-6
Drop Me icon, D-8
DSNTYPE, A-11
mainframe file creation parameter, 3-26
dsntype, API, 4-13
E
EBCDIC conversion, 3-44
using xcom62 command, 3-45
using xcomtcp command, 3-45
Edit button, xcomtool, D-7
Edit Transfer Window
common options, D-11
common uses, D-11
edit xcomtool Main Window, D-11
encrypted parameter values, 3-55
EOL_CLASSES, 2-8, A-12
eol_classes, API, 4-14
error messages, system identifier, B-1
ETOA_FILENAME, 2-8, A-12
EXPDT, A-12
expdt, API, 4-14
F
fcb, API, 4-14
FCB, Send Report parameter, 3-37, A-13
file conversion
custom character sets, 3-47, 3-50
default character sets, 3-49
file conversion parameters
CARRIAGE_FLAG, 3-46
CODE_FLAG, 3-46
file type conversion, 3-44
FILE_OPTION, 3-19, 3-25, A-13
file_option, API, 4-14
FILE_OPTION_RF, 3-22, A-14
FORM, A-15
Send Report parameter, 3-37
form, API, 4-15
fully qualified domain name, 3-9
G
global parameters, 2-6
AGE_TIME, 2-7, A-3
ATOE_FILENAME, 2-7
CONVERT_CLASSES, 2-7
DISPLAY_PASSWORD_IN_TRACE, 2-8, A-10
EOL_CLASSES, 2-8
ETOA_FILENAME, 2-8
EXPIRATION_TIME, 2-9
INTERNAL_CONVERSION_TABLES, 2-9
MAX_QUEUE_ENTRIES, 2-9
MAX_REMOTE_TCP, 2-10, 3-15, A-20
MAX_SESSIONS_ENTRIES, 2-10
METACODE_CLASSES, 2-10
PROTOCOL, 2-10
QUEUE_PATH, 2-11
SAVE_PASSWORD_IN_CNF, 2-11, A-31
SESSIONS_FILE, 2-11
SHELL_CMD, 2-12
SOCK_DELAY, 2-12
SOCK_RCV_BUF_SIZE, 2-12
SOCK_SEND_BUF_SIZE, 2-13
Index–3
STAT_FREQUENCY, 2-13
TCP_CMD, 2-13
TEMPDIR, 2-13
TP_CMD, 2-14
TRACE_PATH, 2-14
TRUSTED_PATH, 2-14
TXPI_BUF_SIZE, 2-14
TXPI_SEND_CHECK_FREQ, 2-15
TXPI_TERM_TIMEOUT, 2-15
UMASK, 2-15
using, 2-6
XCOM_PASSWORD, 2-15
XCOM_USERID, 2-16
XCOMPRE_LOCAL, 2-16
XENDCMD, 2-16
XLPCMD, 2-17
XNOTIFYCMD, 2-17
XPPCMD, 2-17
XPRECMD, 2-18
XTRACE, 2-18
graphical user interface, D-1
IBM mainframe, creating a file on, 3-25
indirect transfer, 3-51
INTERNAL_CONVERSION_TABLES, A-15
global parameter, 2-9
L
LABEL, A-16
label, API, 4-16
LABELNUM, A-16
labelnum, API, 4-16
lclntfy, API, 4-16
LCLNTFYL, A-17
notification parameter, 3-59
link libraries, API
SNA, 4-2
TCP/IP, 4-2
Linux, 5-16
H
Local Notify, xcomtool, D-26, D-29
hold, API, 4-15
local SNA LU, xcomtool, D-13
HOLDFLAG, A-15
Send Report parameter, 3-37
LOCAL_FILE, A-17
send file parameter, 3-20
local_file, API, 4-17
I
LOCAL_FILE_RF, A-18
Retrieve File parameter, 3-22, 4-17
IBM mainframe file creation parameters
ALLOCATION_TYPE, 3-25
BLKSIZE, 3-26
DATACLAS, 3-26
DSNTYPE, 3-26
LRECL, 3-27
MGMTCLAS, 3-27
NUM_OF_DIR_BLOCKS, 3-27
PRIMARY_ALLOC, 3-27
RECORD_FORMAT, 3-28
SECONDARY_ALLOC, 3-29
SECURE_SOCKET, 3-30, A-32
STORCLAS, 3-30
UNIT, 3-30
UNIT_RF, 3-24
VOLUME, 3-30, 3-31
VOLUME_RF, 3-24
XCOM_CONFIG_SSL, 3-31
XCOM_SHOW_CIPHER, 3-31
local_file_rf, API, 4-17
Index–4
User Guide
LOCAL_FILE_SJ, A-18
Send Job parameter, 3-41
local_file_sj, API, 4-18
LOCAL_FILE_SR, A-18
Send Report parameter, 3-38
local_file_sr, API, 4-18
LOCAL_NOTIFY, A-19
notification parameter, 3-59
LOCAL_RECEIVE, 4-3
LOCAL_SEND, 4-3
locally initiated transfers, 3-56
localnotify, API, 4-18
Log Browser, using status window, xcomtool, D-37
log files, 3-43
using xcom62 command, 3-43
using xcomtcp command, 3-44
logging, 3-43
logging parameter, XLOGFILE, 3-44
logical units, C-3
dependent logical units
direct sessions with, C-5
independent logical units (ILUs), C-4
direct sessions with dependent logical units,
C-5
LU 6.2 independent implementations, C-5
PU type, C-5
software version support for LU 6.2, C-4
LU type 0, C-3
LU type 1, C-3
LU type 2, C-3
LU type 3, C-3
LU type 4, C-3
LU type 6.1, C-3
LU type 6.2, C-3
LU type 7, C-3
MAX_QUEUE_ENTRIES, A-19
global parameter, 2-9
MAX_REMOTE_TCP, A-20
global parameter, 2-10, 3-15
MAX_SESSIONS_ENTRIES, 2-18, A-20
global parameter, 2-10
MAXRECLEN, A-20
configuration parameter, 3-14
maxreclen, API, 4-19
member names, API, 4-6
METACODE_CLASSES, 2-10, A-20
metacode_classes, API, 4-19
MGMTCLAS, A-21
mainframe file creation parameter, 3-27
mgmtclas, API, 4-20
Miscellaneous window, xcomtool, D-33
modifying post processing parameters, xcompp, 2-26
modifying post transfer script, xcomend, 2-28
LRECL, 3-27, A-19
modifying printing processes, 2-31
xcomlp, 2-31
lrecl, API, 4-19
MOTIF, D-1
LU. See logical units
multiple transfers, 3-4, A-8
using semicolons, 3-4
LU 6.2
benefits, improved throughput, 1-15
independent implementations, C-5
M
machine code characters, reports, 2-36
mailx, 2-32
Main window menu
xcomtool, D-3
directories, D-7
drag and drop, D-6
editing toggle buttons, D-7
file lists, D-7
menu bar, D-5
submitting toggle buttons, D-7
mainframe file creation, 3-25
managing queue, 2-20
MVS, 5-4
N
network levels
diagram, 1-14
end user level, 1-12
general explanation, 1-12
logical level, 1-13
physical level, 1-13
send file flowchart, 1-20
successful send file transfer over SNA network,
1-19
network term definitions
logical and physical components, C-1, C-2
LU, C-1
procedure correlation identifier (PCID), C-2
session, C-2
NEWXFER, A-8
Index–5
notification parameters
LCLNTFYL, 3-59
LOCAL_NOTIFY, 3-59
NOTIFY_NAME, 3-60
NOTIFY_TERM, 3-60
NOTIFYL, 3-60
NOTIFYR, 3-61
RMLNTFYL, 3-61
using, 3-58
xcom62 command, 3-58
xcomtcp command, 3-59
P
notification script, xcomntfy, sample, 2-32
path considerations, 2-1
Notify User window, D-26, D-29
PCID (procedure correlation ID), C-2
NOTIFY_NAME, A-21
notification parameter, 3-60
performing file transfers, 3-3
command prompt, 3-7, 3-8
notify_name, API, 4-20
performing Secure Socket transfers, D-36
NOTIFY_TERM, A-22
notification parameter, 3-60
permissions, 2-5, 2-15, A-40
NOTIFY_TERM, API, 4-21
notifying of transfer completion, 3-58
xcomtool, D-29
NOTIFYL, A-21
notification parameter, 3-60
parameter format, 2-3
parameter values, A-1
parameters, encrypting, 3-54
PASSWORD, A-23
security parameter, 3-53
password, API, 4-22
port
in xcomtool, D-17
remote system, in xcomtool, D-17
PORT, A-23
and xcomtcp, 3-10
port, API, 4-22
notifyl, API, 4-20
post processing scripts, 2-25
NOTIFYR, A-22
notification parameter, 3-61
post transfer script, 2-28
notifyr, API, 4-21
prerequisites, 1-1
Novell NetWare, 5-6
PRIMARY_ALLOC, 3-27, A-23
NUM_OF_DIR_BLOCKS, 3-27, A-23
primary_alloc, API, 4-22
num_of_dir_blocks, API, 4-22
printing, script, 2-31
xcomlp sample, 2-31
NUMBER_OF_RETRIES, A-22
checkpoint/restart parameter, 3-63
number_of_retries, API, 4-21
O
OpenSSL, 1-4
OpenVMS, 5-7
OpenVMS Alpha, 5-7
OpenVMS VAX, 5-7
OS/2, 5-10
Index–6
User Guide
pre-allocation exit, xcompre, 2-22
PRIORITY, 3-57, A-24
problem tracing, 3-41
xcom62 command, 3-42
xcomtcp command, 3-42
PROTOCOL, 3-3, A-24
and xcomtcp, 3-10
protocol, API, 4-23
protocol, in xcomtool, D-17
protocols, 2-2
PU 2.0 devices and store and forward, 3-51
PU type, C-5
REMOTE_FILE, A-27
send file parameter, 4-26
Send File parameter, 3-20
remote_file, API, 4-26
Q
REMOTE_FILE_RF, A-28
retrieve file parameter, 3-23, 4-26
QUEUE, 3-57, A-24
remote_file_rf, API, 4-26
queue corruption, 2-5
REMOTE_SYSTEM, A-28
configuration parameter, 3-15
queue manager (xcomqm), 2-20
queue parameters
QUEUE, 3-57
START_DATE, 3-58
START_TIME, 3-58
using, 3-56
xcom62 command, 3-56
xcomtcp command, 3-56
queue status, using status window, D-37
queue, API, 4-23
remote_system, API, 4-27
REMOTE_SYSTEM_RF, A-29
configuration parameter, 3-15, 3-24
REMOTE_SYSTEM_SJ, 3-16, 3-41, A-29
REMOTE_SYSTEM_SR, A-29
configuration parameter, 3-16, 3-38
REMOVE_TRAIL_BLANKS, A-30
global parameter, 2-11
QUEUE_PATH, A-25
global parameter, 2-11
remove_trail_blanks, API, 4-27
R
report_title, API, 4-28
REPORT_TITLE, A-30
Send Report parameter, 3-38
reports, machine code characters, 2-36
receiving files, 3-21
using a Control Window, D-24
RECORD_FORMAT, 3-28, A-26
xcomtool, D-16
record_format, API, 4-24
Remote Notify, xcomtool, D-30
remote systems, 3-9
AS/400, 5-2
Linux, 5-16
MVS, 5-4
Novell NetWare, 5-6
OpenVMS, 5-7
OpenVMS Alpha, 5-7
OpenVMS VAX, 5-7
OS/2, 5-10
Stratus/System 88, 5-12
Tandem, 5-14
UNIX/Linux, 5-16
VM, 5-17
VSE, 5-19
Windows, 5-25
Windows NT, 5-27
resolving symbolic names, TCP/IP, 3-10
restart parameters
RESTART_SUPPORTED, 3-63
RETRY_TIME, 3-64
RESTART_SUPPORTED, A-31
checkpoint/restart parameter, 3-63
restart_supported, API, 4-28
restarting transfers, 3-62
RETPD, A-31
retpd, API, 4-28
Retrieve File command, 3-21
parameters, 3-22
xcom62, 3-21
xcomtcp, 3-21
Retrieve File parameters
FILE_OPTION_RF, 3-22
LOCAL_FILE_RF, 3-22, 4-17
REMOTE_FILE_RF, 3-23, 4-26
Index–7
RETRY_TIME, A-31
checkpoint/restart parameter, 3-64
return codes, system restrictions, 3-42
return values, 4-3
RMLNTFYL, A-25
notification parameter, 3-61
rmtmtful, API, 4-24
S
sample API program, 4-40
SAVE_PASSWORD_IN_CNF
global parameter, 2-11, A-31
script changes and shell, 2-25
scripts, 2-26
post processing, 2-25
SECONDARY_ALLOC, 3-29, A-32
secondary_alloc, API, 4-29
Secure Socket Layer (SSL), 1-4
Secure Socket transfers, performing, D-36
Secure Socket window, D-36
SECURE_SOCKET
global parameter, A-32
mainframe file creation parameter, 3-30
secure_socket, API, 4-29
security parameters
PASSWORD, 3-53
TRUSTED, 3-53
USERID, 3-53
using, 3-52
xcom62 command, 3-52
xcomtcp command, 3-52
Send File command, 3-18
parameters, 3-19
xcom62, 3-18
xcomtcp, 3-18
Send File parameters
FILE_OPTION, 3-19
LOCAL_FILE, 3-20
REMOTE_FILE, 3-20, 4-26
Index–8
User Guide
Send Job command, 3-40
parameters, 3-41
xcom62, 3-40
xcomtcp, 3-40
Send Job parameter
LOCAL_FILE_SJ, 3-41
Send Report command, 3-35
parameters, 3-35
support, IBM machine code characters, 3-39
xcom62, 3-35
xcomtcp, 3-35
Send Report parameters
CARRIAGE_CONTROL_CHARACTERS, 3-35
CLASS, 3-36
COPIES, 3-36
DESTINATION, 3-36
DISPOSITION, 3-37
FCB, 3-37
FORM, 3-37
HOLDFLAG, 3-37
LOCAL_FILE_SR, 3-38
REPORT_TITLE, 3-38
SPOOL_FLAG, 3-39
sending
files, 3-18
using a control window, D-19
jobs, using a Control Window, D-23
reports, using a Control Window, D-21
server certificate for SSL, 6-3
session control, 2-18
session ID (SID), C-2
SESSIONS_FILE, A-32
global parameter, 2-11
setting
communications parameters, 3-12
session control parameters, 2-18
SHELL_CMD, 2-12, A-33
shell_cmd, API, 4-29
shells and script changes, 2-25
SID (session ID), C-2
SNA/APPC
performing transfers using, 3-4, 3-7
protocols, 3-7
xcom62 example, 3-7
SOCK_DELAY, 2-12, A-33
Status Window, xcomtool, D-37
SOCK_RCV_BUF_SIZE, 2-12, A-33
STORCLAS, A-35
mainframe file creation parameter, 3-30
SOCK_SEND_BUF_SIZE, 2-13, A-34
specify protocol, in xcomtool, D-17
specifying
directories and commands, xcomtool, D-26
prefix to custom character conversion tables,
D-31
remote system, 3-9
SPOOL_FLAG, A-34
send report parameter, 3-39
storclas, API, 4-30
store and forward, 5-6
store and forward parameter
using, 3-51
xcom62 command, 3-51
xcomtcp command, 3-51
XIDEST, 3-52
Stratus/System 88, 5-12
spool_flag, API, 4-29
structure of API, 4-6
SSL
Submit button, xcomtool, D-7
CA certificate, 6-2
expiration, 6-2
client
certificate, 6-3
configuring, 6-5
mode, 6-1
server
certificate, 6-3
configuring, 6-4
standard features
choice of interfaces, 1-6
initiation by either computer (any-to-any), 1-6
low maintenance, 1-6
SunLink, 3-18, A-45
API, 4-35
SYSTEM_USER_DATA, A-35
T
Tandem, 5-14
TAPE, A-35
tape, API, 4-30
standard functions
ASCII/EBCDIC translation, 1-6
checkpoint/restart, 1-7
compression, 1-6
remote spooling, 1-7
store-and-forward, 1-7
TCP/IP, 1-3, 1-16
name resolution, 3-10
performing transfers using, 3-4, 3-8
port, A-23
in xcomtool, D-17
protocol stack, 1-16
protocols, 3-8
START_DATE, 3-58, A-34
TCP_CMD, 2-13, A-36
start_date, API, 4-30
TEMPDIR, 2-13, 3-16, A-36
start_time, API, 4-30
tempdir, API, 4-31
START_TIME, queue parameter, 3-58, A-34
TP_CMD, 2-14, A-36
starting
xcomd, 2-6
xcomtool, D-2
TRACE_PATH, A-36
global parameter, 2-14
starting states, API, 4-3
tracing, 3-41
return codes, 3-42
STAT_FREQUENCY, 2-13, A-35
tracing parameter, XTRACE, 3-43
stat_frequency, API, 4-30
transfer protocols, 2-2
Index–9
features, 1-1
data link types, 1-6
high capacity and performance, 1-7
management, 1-8
modular support of most systems, 1-5
security, 1-8
standard, 1-6
standard functions, 1-6
file transfer types, 1-2
invoking, 1-10
menu interface, 1-10
programming interface, 1-10
standard features
simple installation, 1-6
unified solution, 1-2
user interfaces, 1-2
uses, 1-2
transfer types
answering remote requests
files, 1-9
jobs, 1-9
reports, 1-9
retrieving files, 1-9
sending batch jobs for execution, 1-9
sending files, 1-9
sending reports, 1-9
TRANSFER_NAME, A-37
TRANSFER_TYPE, A-37
TRANSFER_USER_DATA, A-38
transferring files, 3-3
transfers, performing in xcomtool, D-11
troubleshooting, general procedures
purpose of procedures, E-2
test procedure, E-2
UNIT, 3-30, A-40
TRUNCATION, 3-17, A-38
UNIT_RF, 3-24, A-40
truncation, API, 4-31
UNITCT, A-40
TRUSTED, A-38
security parameter, 3-53
unitct, API, 4-32
trusted, API, 4-31
USE_TP_SECURITY, A-40
TRUSTED_PATH, A-38
global parameter, 2-14
USERID, A-41
security parameter, 3-53
TXPI_BUF_SIZE, 2-14, A-39
userid, API, 4-32
TXPI_RECEIVE_TIMEOUT, A-39
using configuration files, 3-1
unit, API, 4-31
UNIX/Linux, 5-16
TXPI_SEND_CHECK_FREQ, 2-15, A-39
TXPI_TERM_TIMEOUT, 2-15, A-39
V
VAX, 5-7
U
VERSION, 3-17, A-41
UMASK, 2-15, A-40
version, API, 4-32
Unicenter CA-XCOM Data Transport
applications
report distribution, 1-4
RJE/NJE replacement, 1-4
type 2.1 support, 1-3
benefits of LU 6.2 (APPC), 1-14
connectivity, 1-11
viewing log information, xcomtool, D-41
VM, 5-17
VOLCT, A-41
volct, API, 4-32
VOLSQ, A-42
volsq, API, 4-32
Index–10
User Guide
VOLUME, 3-30, A-41
XCOM_USERID, global parameter, 2-16, A-43
volume, API, 4-33
xcom62, 3-3
SNA/APPC protocol example, 3-7
syntax, 3-5
VOLUME_RF, 3-24, A-41
VSE, 5-19
xcom62, options, 3-5
XCOMAPI, 4-3
W
wildcard characters, 3-4
xcom62 syntax, 3-5
xcomtcp syntax, 3-5
wildcard transfers
FILE_OPTION, 3-19, 3-22, A-14
LOCAL_FILE, 3-20, 4-17, A-17
LOCAL_FILE_RF, 3-22, 4-17, A-18
REMOTE_FILE, 3-21, 4-26, A-27
REMOTE_FILE_RF, 3-23, 4-26, A-28
Windows, 5-25
Windows NT, 5-27
XCOMAPI return values, 4-3
XcomAPI structure, 4-6
xcomapi.h, 4-3, 4-40
xcomd, 2-4
options, 2-5
xcomd command, 2-4
XCOMENCR, 3-54
xcomend, 2-28
sample script, 2-28
Xcomlog window, D-37, D-41
xcomlp, 2-25, 2-31
XcomnQAPI, 2-20
X
xbuffsize, API, 4-33
xcom.cnf, 3-1, 3-12
xcom.glb, 3-1
xcom.ses, 2-18
example, 2-19
xcom.trusted
file entries, 2-34
sample file, 2-36
trusted transfers, 2-34
xcom.trusted.all, 2-35
xcom_config_ssl, 4-33
XCOM_CONFIG_SSL, 3-31
global parameter, A-42
xcomntfy, 2-25, 2-32
xcompp, 2-25
post processing parameters
example, 2-28
modifying, 2-26
sample script, 2-27
xcompre, 2-22
example, 2-25
options, 2-24
sample, 2-24
XCOMPRE_LOCAL, 2-16
global parameter, A-43
XcomQAPI, return codes, 4-46
xcomqm, 2-20
xcomqm command line syntax, 2-20
XCOM_PASSWORD, global parameter, 2-15, A-42
XCOMSEND, 2-31
xcom_show_cipher, 4-33
xcomtcp, 3-3
example, 3-11
performing transfers using, 3-8
port and protocol, 3-10
syntax, 3-5
XCOM_SHOW_CIPHER
global parameter, A-42
mainframe file creation parameter, 3-31
XCOM_TRUSTED_OVR, 2-35
global parameter, 2-16, A-43
xcomtcp, options, 3-5
xcomtool drag and drop, specifying local files, D-9
Index–11
Xcomtp Status Window, D-39
XMODE, 3-17, A-45
XENDCMD, 2-16, A-43
xmode, API, 4-35
xendcmd, API, 4-34
XNODESPEC, A-45
configuration parameter, 3-18
XIDEST, A-44
store and forward parameter, 3-52
xidest, API, 4-34
XLOGFILE, A-44
logging parameter, 3-44
xnodespec, API, 4-35
XNOTIFYCMD, A-45
global parameter, 2-17
xnotifycmd, API, 4-36, 4-37
xlogfile, API, 4-34
XPPCMD, 2-17, A-46
XLPCMD, A-44
global parameter, 2-17
xppcmd, API, 4-36
xlpcmd, API, 4-35
XLUNAME, 3-17, A-45
xluname, API, 4-35
Index–12
User Guide
XPRECMD, 2-18, 2-22, A-46
xprecmd, API, 4-37
XTRACE, 2-18
performance, 3-43
testing and tracing parameter, 3-43, A-46